84547569-New Holland TS6020 TS6030 TS6030HC Tractor

SERVICE MANUAL
TS6020 / TS6030 / TS6030HC

Tractor
Part number 84547569

English
December 2011
Printed in U.S.A. Replaces part number 84188817
Copyright © 2011 CNH America LLC. All Rights Reserved. New Holland is a registered trademark of CNH America LLC.
Racine Wisconsin 53404 U.S.A.
Contents
INTRODUCTION
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS A
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.10.A
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.30.A
ENGINE AND PTO IN ................................................................... B

ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B.10.A
TRANSMISSION, DRIVE AND PTO OUT ........................................ C

POWER COUPLING Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C.10.C
TRANSMISSION Mechanical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C.20.B
ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Creeper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C.30.C
AXLES, BRAKES AND STEERING................................................. D

FRONT AXLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.10.A
REAR AXLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.12.A
2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.14.C
STEERING Hydraulic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.20.C
SERVICE BRAKE Mechanical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.30.B

PARKING BRAKE Mechanical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.32.B
FRAME AND CAB ........................................................................ E

USER CONTROLS AND SEAT Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E.32.B
USER PLATFORM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E.34.A
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E.40.D
HITCH AND WORKING TOOL ....................................................... H

HITCH Rear hitch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H.10.C
84547569 01/12/2011
INTRODUCTION
84547569 01/12/2011
1
Contents
INTRODUCTION
Foreword - Ecology and the environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

International symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Safety rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Safety rules - Personal safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Safety rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Personal safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Safety rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Basic instructions - Important notice regarding equipment servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Torque - Minimum tightening torques for normal assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Torque - Standard torque data for hydraulics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Basic instructions - Chain Wear Tables - Roller Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Basic instructions - Shop and Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Basic instructions - How To Use and Navigate Through This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
General specification - Biodiesel Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
General specification - General Welding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
84547569 01/12/2011
2
INTRODUCTION
Foreword - Ecology and the environment

Soil, air, and water are vital factors of agriculture and life in general. When legislation does not yet rule the treatment
of some of the substances which are required by advanced technology, sound judgement should govern the use and
disposal of products of a chemical and petrochemical nature.
NOTICE: The following are recommendations which may be of assistance:
• Become acquainted with and ensure that you understand the relative legislation applicable to your country.
• Where no legislation exists, obtain information from suppliers of oils, filters, batteries, fuels, antifreeze, cleaning
agents, etc., with regard to their effect on man and nature and how to safely store, use and dispose of these
substances.
• Agricultural consultants will, in many cases, be able to help you as well.
HELPFUL HINTS
• Avoid filling tanks using cans or inappropriate pressurized fuel delivery systems which may cause considerable
spillage.
• In general, avoid skin contact with all fuels, oils, acids, solvents, etc. Most of them contain substances which
may be harmful to your health.
• Modern oils contain additives. Do not burn contaminated fuels and or waste oils in ordinary heating systems.
• Avoid spillage when draining off used engine coolant mixtures, engine, gearbox and hydraulic oils, brake fluids,
etc. Do not mix drained brake fluids or fuels with lubricants. Store them safely until they can be disposed of in
a proper way to comply with local legislation and available resources.
• Modern coolant mixtures, i.e. antifreeze and other additives, should be replaced every two years. They should
not be allowed to get into the soil but should be collected and disposed of properly.
• Do not open the air-conditioning system yourself. It contains gases which should not be released into the at-
mosphere. Your NEW HOLLAND AGRICULTURE dealer or air conditioning specialist has a special extractor
for this purpose and will have to recharge the system properly.
• Repair any leaks or defects in the engine cooling or hydraulic system immediately.
• Do not increase the pressure in a pressurized circuit as this may lead to a component failure.
• Protect hoses during welding as penetrating weld splatter may burn a hole or weaken them, allowing the loss of
oils, coolant, etc.
84547569 01/12/2011
3
INTRODUCTION
International symbols
As a guide to the operation of the machine, various universal symbols have been utilized on the instruments, controls,
switches, and fuse box. The symbols are shown below with an indication of their meaning.
Thermostart Position
Radio PTO
starting aid Control
Alternator Keep alive Transmission Draft

charge memory in neutral Control
Creeper Accessory
Fuel level Turn signals
gears socket
Automatic Turn signals Slow or Implement

Fuel shut-off -one trailer low setting socket
Engine speed Turn signals Fast or high %age

(rev/min x 100) -two trailers setting slip
Front wind-
Ground Hitch raise
Hours recorded screen
speed (rear)
wash/wipe
Rear wind-
Engine oil Differential Hitch lower
screen
pressure lock (rear)
wash/wipe
Rear axle
Engine coolant Heater temp- Hitch height
oil tem-
temperature erature control limit (rear)
perature
Coolant Transmission Hitch height
Heater fan
level oil pressure limit (front)
FWD Hitch dis-

Tractor lights Air conditioner
engaged abled
Hydraulic and
Headlamp Air filter FWD dis-
transmission
main beam blocked engaged
filters
Headlamp Parking Remote
Warning!
dipped beam brake valve extend
Brake fluid Hazard Remote

Work lamps
level warning lights valve retract
Stop Trailer Variable Remote

lamps brake control valve float
Malfunction!
Roof Pressurised!
Horn See Operator's
beacon Open carefully
Manual
Warning ! Malfunction!
Corrosive (alter-
substance native symbol)
84547569 01/12/2011
4
INTRODUCTION
Safety rules
Personal safety
This is the safety alert symbol. It is used to alert you to potential personal injury hazards. Obey all
safety messages that follow this symbol to avoid possible death or injury.
Throughout this manual and on machine decals, you will find the signal words DANGER, WARNING, and CAUTION
followed by special instructions. These precautions are intended for the personal safety of you and those working
with you.
Read and understand all the safety messages in this manual before you operate or service the machine.
DANGER indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury. The
color associated with DANGER is RED.
WARNING indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.
The color associated with WARNING is ORANGE.
CAUTION, used with the safety alert symbol, indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result
in minor or moderate injury. The color associated with CAUTION is YELLOW.
FAILURE TO FOLLOW DANGER, WARNING, AND CAUTION MESSAGES COULD RESULT

IN DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY.
Machine safety
NOTICE: Notice indicates a situation which, if not avoided, could result in machine or property damage. The color
associated with Notice is BLUE.
Throughout this manual you will find the signal word Notice followed by special instructions to prevent machine or
property damage. The word Notice is used to address practices not related to personal safety.
Information
NOTE: Note indicates additional information which clarifies steps, procedures, or other information in this manual.
Throughout this manual you will find the word Note followed by additional information about a step, procedure, or
other information in the manual. The word Note is not intended to address personal safety or property damage.
84547569 01/12/2011
5
INTRODUCTION
Safety rules - Personal safety

Carefully study these precautions, and those included in the external attachment operators
manual, and insist that they be followed by those working with and for you.
1. Thoroughly read and understand this manual and the attachment Operator’s Manual before operating this or
any other equipment.
2. Be sure all people and pets are clear of the machine before starting. Sound the horn, if equipped, three times
before starting engine.
3. Only the operator should be on the machine when in operation. Never allow anyone to climb on to the machine
while it is in motion. If the machine is equipped with an Instructors Seat, this must only be used for training
purposes. Passengers must not be allowed to use the Instructors Seat.
4. Keep all shields in place. Never work around the machine or any of the attachments while wearing loose clothing
that might catch on moving parts.
5. Observe the following precautions whenever lubricating the machine or making adjustments.
• Disengage all clutching levers or switches.

• Lower the attachment, if equipped, to the ground or raise the attachment completely and engage
the cylinder safety locks. Completing these actions will prevent the attachment from lowering un-
expectedly.
• Engage the parking brake.
• Shut off the engine and remove the key.
• Wait for all machine movement to stop before leaving the operators platform.
6. Always keep the machine in gear while travelling downhill.

7. The machine should always be equipped with sufficient front or rear axle weight for safe operation.
8. Under some field conditions, more weight may be required at the front or rear axle for adequate stability. This
is especially important when operating in hilly conditions or/when using heavy attachments.
9. Always lower the attachment, shut off the engine, set the parking brake, engage the transmission gears, remove
the key and wait for all machine movement to stop before leaving the operators platform.
10. If the attachment or machine should become obstructed or plugged; set the parking brake, shut off the engine
and remove the key, engage the transmission gears, wait for all machine or attachment motion to come to a
stop, before leaving the operators platform to removing the obstruction or plug.
11. Never disconnect or make any adjustments to the hydraulic system unless the machine and/or the attachment
is lowered to the ground or the safety lock(s) is in the engaged position.
12. Use of the flashing lights is highly recommended when operating on a public road.
13. When transporting on a road or highway, use accessory lights and devices for adequate warning to the operators
of other vehicles. In this regard, check local government regulations. Various safety lights and devices are
available from your NEW HOLLAND AGRICULTURE dealer.
14. Practice safety 365 days a year.
15. Keep all your equipment in safe operating condition.
16. Keep all guards and safety devices in place.
17. Always set the parking brake, shut off the engine and remove the key, engage the transmission gears, wait for all
machine or attachment motion to come to a stop, before leaving the operators platform to service the machine
and attachment.
18. Remember: A careful operator is the best insurance against an accident.
19. Extreme care should be taken in keeping hands and clothing away from moving parts.
84547569 01/12/2011
6
INTRODUCTION
Safety rules
BT09A213 1
84547569 01/12/2011
7
INTRODUCTION
Personal safety
WARNING
Avoid injury! Always do the following before lubricating, maintaining, or servicing the machine.
1. Disengage all drives.
2. Engage parking brake.
3. Lower all attachments to the ground, or raise and engage all safety locks.
4. Shut off engine.
5. Remove key from key switch.
6. Switch off battery key, if installed.
7. Wait for all machine movement to stop.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0047A
Before you service the machine, put a DO NOT OPERATE tag on the instrument panel.
321_4614 1
DO NOT OPERATE TAG
A. (1) Do not operate.

B. (2) Do not remove this.
C. (3) See other side.
D. (4) Signed by.
E. (5) Reason
The DO NOT OPERATE tag can be obtained from your NEW HOLLAND AGRICULTURE dealer.
84547569 01/12/2011
8
INTRODUCTION
Safety rules
Important notice to operators
Your machine may be equipped with special guarding or other devices in compliance with local legislation. Some of
the guarding or safety devices require active use by the operator.
Check local legislation on the usage of this machine.
Accident prevention
Farm accidents can be prevented with your help.
No accident prevention program can be successful without the wholehearted cooperation of the person who is directly
responsible for the operation of the equipment.
To read accident reports from all over the country is to be convinced that a large number of accidents can be prevented
only by the operator anticipating the result before the accident is caused and doing something about it.
It is said that "The best kind of safety device is a careful operator who with care and mature consideration can save
more lives and limbs than any accident prevention program which is not adhered to".
Further in this chapter you will find a list of the most important safety precautions.
Take time to read and follow the instructions and furthermore, be careful!
Some pictures in this manual may show the safety guarding open or removed to better illustrate a particular feature
or adjustment.
Ensure to close or replace all guards before operating the machine.
General and operating safety

Most farm machinery accidents can be avoided by the observance of a few simple safety precautions.
1. The machine must only be used by a skilled operator familiar with all the controls and harvesting techniques on
cultivated land with slopes up to maximum 26 % ( 15 °) uphill and downhill.
2. Do not permit anyone other than the operator to ride on the machine.
3. Before starting the engine, ensure everyone is clear of the machine.
4. Warn bystanders by sounding the horn several times.
5. Keep children away from and off the machine at all times.
6. No-one should be standing on the ladders when the machine is moving.
7. When driving on public roads, observe traffic regulations, adapt your speed to road and traffic conditions and
ensure that all lights and other safety mechanisms on the machine (if they are required) are fitted and work
properly. The grain tank must be empty when driving on the road. Ensure that the unloading tube is locked in
its closed position.
8. Ensure that both brake pedals are locked together when travelling on public roads.
9. Ensure the hazard warning signs provided are installed at the front and the rear of the machine and use the
rotating amber traffic warning beacon(s) (if equipped) when driving on public roads to indicate the vehicle is of
abnormal size and is slow-moving.
10. Do not brake abruptly to avoid tipping of the machine.
11. Do not exceed 20 km/h (12.5 mph) when driving downhill. If necessary, change into a lower gear before starting
the descent.
12. Never travel at high speed in crowded areas.
13. Avoid making turns at high speed.
14. When driving on public roads, either with the grain header loaded on a trailer and attached to the rear of the
machine, or with the grain header still attached to the machine (provided local legislation allows), always be
aware and conscious of its size.
84547569 01/12/2011
9
INTRODUCTION
15. Before operating the machine ensure that all safety guards are installed.
16. Check the wheel nuts torque as described in MAINTENANCE.
17. Do not enter the grain tank while the machine engine is running. With engine stopped, use a wooden clearing
club should the grain tank unloading auger become bridged. Take utmost care not to be pulled into the grain
tank in case un-bridging is required.
18. Do not attempt to clean, lubricate or carry out any adjustments on the machine while it is in motion or while the
engine is running.
19. Never leave the operator's platform without first disengaging the machine drive mechanism, lowering the header,
stopping the engine, applying the park brake and removing the ignition key.
20. Do not work under the machine header unless it is securely blocked and/or the header safety latch is engaged.
21. Do not work around the machine in loose clothing that might catch in any of the moving parts.
22. Keep hands away from moving parts of the machine.
23. Keep the fire extinguisher within easy reach of the operator. Ensure to replace it by a similar type of extinguisher
or have it checked or refilled after every usage and/or date of expiry.
24. Do not step on the grain tank extensions, covers, or the cab roof.
25. Machine dust can cause "farmer's lung" disease. It may also contain harmful spraying residues. Keep the cab
door and window closed during operation. Wear a dust mask when cleaning the accumulated dust and debris
on the machine.
Hydraulic system safety

• Hydraulic oil leaking under pressure can penetrate the skin and cause infection or other injury. To prevent per-
sonal injury:
• Relieve all pressure before disconnecting fluid lines.
• Before applying pressure, make sure all connections are tight and components are in good condition.
• Never use your hand to check for suspected leaks under pressure. Use a piece of cardboard or wood for
this purpose.
• If injured by leaking fluid, seek medical attention immediately.
• The hydraulic hoses and fittings on your machine meet engineering specifications for the particular function.
When replacing damaged, blown or worn hoses or fittings, use only manufacture authorized service parts.
• Care in hydraulic hose installation is a must:
• Make sure pressure is relieved before starting installation procedure.
• DO NOT kink or twist a hose, failure may occur.
• Properly route the hose.
• Have a certified hydraulic technician install the hose.
• Remove air from the hydraulic system after installing any hydraulic component.
• Periodically check hydraulic system for leaks or damage. check for:
• Leaks at hose fitting or in hose.
• Damaged hoses and/or fittings.
• Kinked, crushed, flattened, hard blistered, heat cracked, charred, twisted, soft or loose covered hoses.
• Corroded or damaged fittings.
• Leaking ports.
• Excessive dirt and debris around hoses and/or fittings.
• Damaged or missing hose retaining clamps, guards, shields, etc.
• DO NOT stand on or use a hose as a step. DO NOT pull or apply external forces to the hose. The hose may
fail and cause injury.
• Keep all persons away from the working area. Mechanisms controlled by fluid power can become hazardous if
a hose fails. Lifted mechanisms can fall to the ground, machine steering may fail, etc.
84547569 01/12/2011
10
INTRODUCTION
• Stay clear of a pressurized hose assembly that has blown apart. Hose fittings can be thrown off at high speed
and a loose hose can whip around with great force.
• Hydraulic fluid can reach high temperatures. Allow fluid to cool before servicing the system.
• Escaping fluid under pressure may form a mist or fine spray which can flash or explode upon contact with an
ignition source.
• Vibration can reduce hose service life. Make sure all retaining clamps and/or devices are secured.
• Environmental conditions can cause hose and fittings to deteriorate. Inspect hydraulic hoses periodically. Re-
place worn or damaged hoses and fittings.
Safety requirements for fluid power systems and components - Hydraulics (European stan-
dard PR EN 982)
Flexible hose assemblies must not be constructed from hoses which have been previously used as part of a hose
assembly.
Do not weld hydraulic piping.
When flexible hoses or piping are damaged, replace them immediately.
It is forbidden to modify a hydraulic accumulator by machining, welding or any other means.
Before removing hydraulic accumulators for servicing, the liquid pressure in the accumulator must be reduced to zero.
Pressure check on hydraulic accumulators shall be carried out by method recommended by the accumulator manu-
facturer.
Care must be taken not to exceed the maximum allowable pressure of the accumulator. After any check of adjustment
there must be no leakage of gas.
Danger of death by electrocution!

Pay special attention to the overhead power lines. Make sure the machine has sufficient clearance to pass in all
directions (also with raised or opened machine components). Also think of the radio aerial(s) or any other factory-
fitted accessory or parts which may have been added afterwards.
Should a contact between the machine and an electric power line occur, then the following precautions must be taken:
Stop the machine movement immediately, stop the engine and apply the hand-brake or parking brake.
Check if you can safely leave the cab or your actual position without direct contact with electric wires. If not, stay
in your position and call for help. If you can leave your position without touching the lines, jump off the last step or
support position to ensure that there is no contact between any part of your body and the ground at any time. Do not
touch the machine afterwards until power to the lines has been shut off. When people approach the machine, warn
them not to touch the machine but to ask the electric power supply company to shut off the power to the lines.
Engine safety
1. Keep the engine area clean of dust, chaff and straw to prevent the possibility of fires.
2. Never idle the engine in an enclosed area as harmful exhaust gases may build up.
3. Wear a suitable hearing protective device, such as ear muffs or ear plugs, if you are exposed to noise which
you feel is uncomfortable.
4. The cooling system operates under pressure which is controlled by the radiator cap. It is dangerous to remove
the cap while the engine is hot.
5. Switch off the engine and wait until it has cooled. Even then use extreme care when removing the cap. Cover
the cap with a rag and turn it slowly to the first stop to allow the pressure to escape before removing the cap
completely. Stand clear of the radiator opening as hot coolant may splash out.
6. Never add cold water to a hot radiator. Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury
from hot coolant or steam blowout and/or damage to the cooling system or engine.
84547569 01/12/2011
11
INTRODUCTION
7. Antifreeze contains monoethylene glycol and other chemicals which are toxic if taken internally and can be
absorbed in toxic amounts through repeated or prolonged skin contact. Follow these precautions when working
with antifreeze:
8. Do not take antifreeze internally. If antifreeze is swallowed accidentally, obtain medical attention immediately.
9. Keep antifreeze in sealed containers out of reach of children, livestock or pets.
10. Periodically check the engine coolant and heater hoses for signs of wear, deterioration, weak sections and leaks
to avoid hazardous situations and possible injury caused by hot coolant.
11. The fuel oil in the injection system is under high pressure and can penetrate the skin. Unqualified persons should
not remove or attempt to adjust a fuel injection pump, injector, nozzle or any other part of the fuel injection
system. Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious injury. If fuel is injected through the skin,
medical assistance should be obtained.
12. Be very careful to avoid contact with hot engine oil. If the engine oil is extremely hot, allow the oil to cool to a
moderately warm temperature for safe removal.
13. Do not handle a hot oil filter with bare hands.
14. Continuous and prolonged contact with used engine oil may cause skin cancer. Protect your skin by wearing
heavy plastic gloves. If oil gets onto the skin, wash promptly with soap and water.
Diesel fuel safety

1. Under no circumstances should gasoline, alcohol or blended fuels be added to diesel fuel. These combinations
can create an increased fire or explosive hazard. In a closed container, such as a fuel tank, such blends are
more explosive than pure gasoline. Do not use these blends.
2. Never remove the fuel tank cap or refuel with the engine running or hot. Refuel the machine only when the
engine has been turned off. Do not smoke or use a naked flame when refuelling or when standing near fuel
tanks.
3. Maintain control of the fuel filler pipe nozzle when filling the tank.
4. Do not fill the fuel tank to capacity. Allow room for expansion.
5. Wipe up spilled fuel immediately.
6. Always tighten the fuel tank cap securely.
7. If the original fuel tank cap is lost, replace it with an NEW HOLLAND AGRICULTURE cap. A non-approved,
proprietary cap may not be safe.
8. Keep equipment clean and properly maintained.
9. Do not drive equipment near open fires.
10. Never use fuel for cleaning purposes.
Battery safety
WARNING
Explosion hazard!
Batteries emit explosive gases. Always ventilate when using in an enclosed area or when charging.
Keep the battery away from sparks, open flames, and other ignition sources.
W0369A
WARNING
Battery acid causes burns. Batteries contain sulfuric acid.
Battery electrolyte contains sulfuric acid. Contact with skin and eyes could result in severe irritation
and burns. Always wear splash-proof goggles and protective clothing (gloves and aprons). Wash
hands after handling.
W0120A
The essential precautions listed below must be observed:

• Do not use an open flame to check the electrolyte level. Keep sparks, flames and lighted tobacco away.
84547569 01/12/2011
12
INTRODUCTION
• Do not produce sparks with cable clamps when charging the battery or starting the engine with a slave battery.
• Wear eye protection when working near batteries.
• Wear eye protection and gloves if removing the battery cover plugs.
• Provide ventilation when charging or using in an enclosed space.
• Ensure the vent plugs are correctly installed and tight.
If the electrolyte comes into contact with the skin, eyes or is taken internally, treat as follows:
• Skin: Flush with cold water.
• Eyes: Flush with cold water for 10 minutes and get prompt medical attention.
• Internal: Call a doctor immediately.
Fire and explosion prevention

• Due to the flammable nature of the crop materials encountered, fire risks are high. This risk can be minimized
by frequent removal of accumulated crop material from the machine and checking for overheated machine com-
ponents. If oil leaks appear, re-torque bolts or replace gaskets as necessary.
• Remove all trash or debris from the machine each day. Especially check the engine area and exhaust system.
• Sparks or flame can cause the hydrogen gas in a battery to explode. To prevent an explosion do the following:
• When disconnecting the battery cables, disconnect the negative (▬) cable first; when connecting the bat-
tery cables, connect the negative (▬) cable last.
• When connecting jumper cables to start the engine, use the procedure shown in this manual (see Auxiliary
Battery connections in this manual).
• Do not short circuit the battery posts with metal items.
• Do not weld, grind or smoke near a battery.
• Sparks from the electrical system or engine exhaust can cause an explosion and fire. Before you operate this
machine in an area with flammable dust or vapors, use good ventilation to remove the flammable dust or vapors.
• Use nonflammable cleaning solvent to clean parts.
• A fire can cause death or injury. Always have fire extinguisher near or on the machine. Make sure the fire
extinguishers are serviced according to the manufacturers instructions.
• If a fire extinguisher has been used, always recharge or replace the fire extinguisher before operating the ma-
chine.
• Keep the cooling system clean and maintain the correct coolant level.
• Make sure that you DO NOT store oily rags or other flammable materials on the machine.
• Engine fuel can cause an explosion or fire. Do not fill the fuel tank with the engine running; if you are near an
open fire; or if you are welding, smoking, etc.
• If the machine has an oil, fuel or hydraulic leak, always repair the leak and clean the area before operating.
• Check the electrical system for loose connections or frayed insulation. Repair or replace the loose or damaged
parts.
• Before welding or using a torch on the machine, clean the area to be repaired.
Wheels and tires

The life and performance of the tires depends largely upon maintaining the correct pressure. Keep the tires inflated
to the pressures given in SPECIFICATIONS.
Check the wheel nuts torque daily during the first week of operation and thereafter on a weekly basis.
The wheel nut torque is given in SPECIFICATIONS.
Whenever preparing to jack-up the machine, park on a level, firm surface and securely block the drive tire opposite
the side to be lifted, both in front and rear.
84547569 01/12/2011
13
INTRODUCTION
Basic instructions - Important notice regarding equipment servicing

All repair and maintenance work listed in this manual must be carried out only by qualified dealership personnel,
strictly complying with the instructions given, and using, whenever possible, the special tools.
Anyone who performs repair and maintenance operations without complying with the procedures provided herein
shall be responsible for any subsequent damages.
The manufacturer and all the organizations of its distribution chain, including - without limitation - national, regional, or
local dealers, reject any responsibility for damages caused by parts and/or components not approved by the manu-
facturer, including those used for the servicing or repair of the product manufactured or marketed by the manufacturer.
In any case, no warranty is given or attributed on the product manufactured or marketed by the manufacturer in case
of damages caused by parts and/or components not approved by the manufacturer.
The information in this manual is up-to-date at the date of the publication. It is the policy of the manufacturer for
continuous improvement. Some information could not be updated due to modifications of a technical or commercial
type, or changes to the laws and regulations of different countries.
In case of questions, refer to your NEW HOLLAND AGRICULTURE Sales and Service Networks.
84547569 01/12/2011
14
INTRODUCTION
Torque - Minimum tightening torques for normal assembly

METRIC NON-FLANGED HARDWARE
NOM. LOCKNUT LOCKNUT
SIZE CL.8 CL.10
CLASS 8.8 BOLT and CLASS 10.9 BOLT and W/CL8.8 W/CL10.9
CLASS 8 NUT CLASS 10 NUT BOLT BOLT
PLATED PLATED
UNPLATED UNPLATED
W/ZnCr W/ZnCr
2.2 N·m (19 lb 2.9 N·m (26 lb 3.2 N·m (28 lb 4.2 N·m (37 lb 2.9 N·m (26 lb
M4 2 N·m (18 lb in)
in) in) in) in) in)
4.5 N·m (40 lb 5.9 N·m (52 lb 6.4 N·m (57 lb 8.5 N·m (75 lb 5.8 N·m (51 lb
M5 4 N·m (36 lb in)
in) in) in) in) in)
7.5 N·m (66 lb 10 N·m (89 lb 11 N·m (96 lb 15 N·m (128 lb 6.8 N·m (60 lb 10 N·m (89 lb
M6
in) in) in) in) in) in)
18 N·m (163 lb 25 N·m (217 lb 26 N·m (234 lb 35 N·m (311 lb 17 N·m (151 lb 24 N·m (212 lb
M8
49 N·m (36 lb 70 N·m (51 lb 33 N·m (25 lb 48 N·m (35 lb
M10 37 N·m (27 lb ft) 52 N·m (38 lb ft)
ft) ft) ft) ft)
M12 64 N·m (47 lb ft) 91 N·m (67 lb ft)
ft) ft) ft) ft)
158 N·m (116 lb 210 N·m (155 225 N·m (166 lb 301 N·m (222 143 N·m (106 lb 205 N·m (151 lb
M16
ft) lb ft) ft) lb ft) ft) ft)
M20
M24
NOTE: M4 through M8 hardware torque specifications are shown in pound-inches. M10 through M24 hardware torque
specifications are shown in pound-feet.
84547569 01/12/2011
15
INTRODUCTION
METRIC FLANGED HARDWARE

NOM. CLASS 8.8 BOLT and CLASS 10.9 BOLT and LOCKNUT LOCKNUT
SIZE CLASS 8 NUT CLASS 10 NUT CL.8 CL.10
W/CL8.8 W/CL10.9
BOLT BOLT
PLATED PLATED
UNPLATED UNPLATED
W/ZnCr W/ZnCr
2.4 N·m (21 lb 3.2 N·m (28 lb 3.5 N·m (31 lb 4.6 N·m (41 lb 2.2 N·m (19 lb 3.1 N·m (27 lb
M4
4.9 N·m (43 lb 6.5 N·m (58 lb 7.0 N·m (62 lb 9.4 N·m (83 lb 4.4 N·m (39 lb 6.4 N·m (57 lb
M5
8.3 N·m (73 lb 11 N·m (96 lb 12 N·m (105 lb 16 N·m (141 lb 7.5 N·m (66 lb 11 N·m (96 lb
M6
M8
54 N·m (40 lb 77 N·m (56 lb
M10 40 N·m (30 lb ft) 57 N·m (42 lb ft) 37 N·m (27 lb ft) 53 N·m (39 lb ft)
ft) ft)
93 N·m (69 lb 100 N·m (74 lb 134 N·m (98 lb
M12 70 N·m (52 lb ft) 63 N·m (47 lb ft) 91 N·m (67 lb ft)
ft) ft) ft)
M16
M20
607 N·m (447 lb 809 N·m (597 838 N·m (618 lb 1118 N·m (824 552 N·m (407 lb
M24
ft) lb ft) ft) lb ft) ft)
IDENTIFICATION
Metric Hex head and carriage bolts, classes 5.6 and up
20083680 1
1. Manufacturer's Identification
2. Property Class
Metric Hex nuts and locknuts, classes 05 and up
20083681 2
84547569 01/12/2011
16
INTRODUCTION
1. Manufacturer's Identification
2. Property Class
3. Clock Marking of Property Class and Manufacturer's Identification (Optional), i.e. marks 60 ° apart indicate
Class 10 properties, and marks 120 ° apart indicate Class 8.
INCH NON-FLANGED HARDWARE

LOCKNUT LOCKNUT
NOMINAL SAE GRADE 5 BOLT SAE GRADE 8 BOLT
GrB W/ Gr5 GrC W/ Gr8
SIZE and NUT and NUT
BOLT BOLT
UN-
UN-
PLATED PLATED PLATED
PLATED
or W/ZnCr W/ZnCr
or PLATED
PLATED GOLD GOLD
SILVER
SILVER
8 N·m (71 lb 11 N·m (97 lb 12 N·m (106 16 N·m (142 12.2 N·m (109 lb
1/4 8.5 N·m (75 lb in)
in) in) lb in) lb in) in)
17 N·m (150 23 N·m (204 24 N·m (212 32 N·m (283 17.5 N·m (155 lb 25 N·m (220 lb
5/16
lb in) lb in) lb in) lb in) in) in)
30 N·m (22 lb 40 N·m (30 43 N·m (31 lb 57 N·m (42 lb
3/8 31 N·m (23 lb ft) 44 N·m (33 lb ft)
ft) lb ft) ft) ft)
48 N·m (36 lb 65 N·m (48 68 N·m (50 lb 91 N·m (67 lb
7/16 50 N·m (37 lb ft) 71 N·m (53 lb ft)
ft) lb ft) ft) ft)
74 N·m (54 lb 98 N·m (73 104 N·m (77 139 N·m (103
1/2 76 N·m (56 lb ft) 108 N·m (80 lb ft)
ft) lb ft) lb ft) lb ft)
107 N·m (79 142 N·m (105 150 N·m (111 201 N·m (148 156 N·m (115 lb
9/16 111 N·m (82 lb ft)
lb ft) lb ft) lb ft) lb ft) ft)
147 N·m (108 196 N·m (145 208 N·m (153 277 N·m (204 153 N·m (113 lb 215 N·m (159 lb
5/8
lb ft) lb ft) lb ft) lb ft) ft) ft)
3/4
7/8
630 N·m (465 841 N·m (620 890 N·m (656 1187 N·m 654 N·m (483 lb 924 N·m (681 lb
1
lb ft) lb ft) lb ft) (875 lb ft) ft) ft)
NOTE: For Imperial Units, 1/4 in and 5/16 in hardware torque specifications are shown in pound-inches. 3/8 in
through 1 in hardware torque specifications are shown in pound-feet.
84547569 01/12/2011
17
INTRODUCTION
INCH FLANGED HARDWARE

NOM- LOCKNUT LOCKNUT
SAE GRADE 5 BOLT and SAE GRADE 8 BOLT and
INAL GrF W/ Gr5 GrG W/ Gr8
NUT NUT
SIZE BOLT BOLT
UNPLATED PLATED UNPLATED PLATED
or PLATED W/ZnCr or PLATED W/ZnCr
SILVER GOLD SILVER GOLD
1/4 9 N·m (80 lb in) 8 N·m (71 lb in)
in) in) in) in)
5/16
44 N·m (33 lb 47 N·m (35 lb 63 N·m (46 lb
3/8 33 N·m (25 lb ft) 30 N·m (22 lb ft) 43 N·m (32 lb ft)
ft) ft) ft)
71 N·m (52 lb 75 N·m (55 lb 100 N·m (74 lb
7/16 53 N·m (39 lb ft) 48 N·m (35 lb ft) 68 N·m (50 lb ft)
ft) ft) ft)
108 N·m (80 lb 115 N·m (85 lb 153 N·m (113 104 N·m (77 lb
1/2 81 N·m (60 lb ft) 74 N·m (55 lb ft)
ft) ft) lb ft) ft)
117 N·m (86 lb 156 N·m (115 165 N·m (122 221 N·m (163 157 N·m (116 lb
9/16 106 N·m (78 lb ft)
ft) lb ft) lb ft) lb ft) ft)
162 N·m (119 lb 216 N·m (159 228 N·m (168 304 N·m (225 147 N·m (108 lb 207 N·m (153 lb
5/8
ft) lb ft) lb ft) lb ft) ft) ft)
3/4
7/8
1
IDENTIFICATION
Inch Bolts and free-spinning nuts
20083682 3
Grade Marking Examples
SAE Grade Identification

1 Grade 2 - No Marks 4 Grade 2 Nut - No Marks
2 Grade 5 - Three Marks 5 Grade 5 Nut - Marks 120 ° Apart
3 Grade 8 - Five Marks 6 Grade 8 Nut - Marks 60 ° Apart
84547569 01/12/2011
18
INTRODUCTION
Inch Lock Nuts, All Metal (Three optional methods)
20090268 4
Grade Identification
Grade Corner Marking Method (1) Flats Marking Method (2) Clock Marking Method (3)
Grade A No Notches No Mark No Marks
Grade B One Circumferential Notch Letter B Three Marks
Grade C Two Circumferential Notches Letter C Six Marks
84547569 01/12/2011
19
INTRODUCTION
Torque - Standard torque data for hydraulics

INSTALLATION OF ADJUSTABLE FITTINGS
IN STRAIGHT THREAD O RING BOSSES
1. Lubricate the O-ring by coating it with a light oil or

petroleum. Install the O-ring in the groove adjacent
to the metal backup washer which is assembled at
the extreme end of the groove (4).
2. Install the fitting into the SAE straight thread boss
until the metal backup washer contacts the face of
the boss (5).
NOTE: Do not over tighten and distort the metal
backup washer. 23085659 1
3. Position the fitting by turning out (counterclockwise)
up to a maximum of one turn. Holding the pad of the
fitting with a wrench, tighten the locknut and washer
against the face of the boss (6).
STANDARD TORQUE DATA FOR HYDRAULIC TUBES AND FITTINGS

TUBE NUTS FOR 37° FLARED FITTINGS O-RING BOSS PLUGS
ADJUSTABLE FITTING
LOCKNUTS, SWIVEL
JIC- 37° SEATS
SIZE TUBING OD THREAD TORQUE TORQUE
SIZE
4 6.4 mm (1/4 in) 7/16-20 12 - 16 N·m (9 - 12 lb ft) 8 - 14 N·m (6 - 10 lb ft)
12 19.1 mm (3/4 in) 1-1/16-12 104 - 111 N·m (77 - 82 lb ft) 81 - 95 N·m (60 - 70 lb ft)
14 22.2 mm (7/8 in) 1-3/16-12 122 - 136 N·m (90 - 100 lb ft) 95 - 109 N·m (70 - 80 lb ft)
16 25.4 mm (1 in) 1-5/16-12 149 - 163 N·m (110 - 120 lb ft) 108 - 122 N·m (80 - 90 lb ft)
20 31.8 mm (1-1/4 in) 1-5/8-12 190 - 204 N·m (140 - 150 lb ft) 129 - 158 N·m (95 - 115 lb ft)
24 38.1 mm (1-1/2 in) 1-7/8-12 217 - 237 N·m (160 - 175 lb ft) 163 - 190 N·m (120 - 140 lb ft)
32 50.8 mm (2 in) 2-1/2-12 305 - 325 N·m (225 - 240 lb ft) 339 - 407 N·m (250 - 300 lb ft)
These torques are not recommended for tubes of 12.7 mm (1/2 in) OD and larger with wall thickness of 0.889 mm
(0.035 in) or less. The torque is specified for 0.889 mm (0.035 in) wall tubes on each application individually.
Before installing and torquing 37 ° flared fittings, clean the face of the flare and threads with a clean solvent or Loctite
cleaner and apply hydraulic sealant LOCTITE® 569 to the 37 ° flare and the threads.
Install fitting and torque to specified torque, loosen fitting and retorque to specifications.
84547569 01/12/2011
20
INTRODUCTION
PIPE THREAD FITTING TORQUE PIPE THREAD FITTING

Thread Size Torque (Maximum)
Before installing and tightening pipe fittings, clean the
threads with a clean solvent or Loctite cleaner and apply 1/8-27 13 N·m (10 lb ft)
sealant LOCTITE® 567 PST PIPE SEALANT for all fittings 1/4-18 16 N·m (12 lb ft)
including stainless steel or LOCTITE® 565 PST for most 3/8-18 22 N·m (16 lb ft)
metal fittings. For high filtration/zero contamination sys- 1/2-14 41 N·m (30 lb ft)
tems use LOCTITE® 545. 3/4-14 54 N·m (40 lb ft)
INSTALLATION OF ORFS (O-RING FLAT

FACED) FITTINGS
When installing ORFS fittings thoroughly clean both flat
surfaces of the fittings (1) and lubricate the O-ring (2) with
light oil. Make sure both surfaces are aligned properly.
Torque the fitting to specified torque listed throughout the
repair manual.
NOTICE: If the fitting surfaces are not properly cleaned,
the O-ring will not seal properly. If the fitting surfaces are
not properly aligned, the fittings may be damaged and will
not seal properly.
NOTICE: Always use genuine factory replacement oils
50011183 2
and filters to ensure proper lubrication and filtration of en-
gine and hydraulic system oils.
The use of proper oils, grease, and keeping the hydraulic

system clean will extend machine and component life.
84547569 01/12/2011
21
INTRODUCTION
Basic instructions - Chain Wear Tables - Roller Chains

Chain wear
The individual joints in a roller chain articulate as they en-
ter and leave the sprockets. This articulation results in
wear on the pins and bushings. Material that is worn away
from these surfaces will cause the chain to gradually elon-
gate. Chains do not stretch. Material is worn from pin and
bushing.
Critical dimensions of the chain are as follows:

• (1) 2X pitch
• (2) Wear plus 2X pitch
• (3) Elongation due to pin and bushing wear
96091478 1
Elongation is normal and may be minimized by proper

lubrication and drive maintenance. The rate of wear is
dependent upon: the relationship between the load and
the amount of bearing area between pin and bushing, the
material and surface condition of the bearing surfaces, the
adequacy of lubrication, and the frequency and degree
of articulation between pins and bushings. The latter is
determined by the quantity of sprockets in the drive, their
speeds, the number of teeth and the length of the chain
in pitches.
An accurate wear measurement (1) can be made by us-
ing the above illustration. Measure as closely as possible
from the center of one pin to the center of another. The
more pitches (pins) contained within the measurement in-
crease the accuracy. If the measured value exceeds the
nominal by more than the allowable percentage the chain
should be replaced. The maximum allowable wear elon-
gation is approximately 3 % for most industrial applica-
tions, based upon sprocket design. The allowable chain
wear in percent can be calculated using the relationship:
200/ (N), where (N) is the number of teeth in the large
sprocket. This relationship is often useful since the nor-
mal maximum allowable chain wear elongation of 3 % is
valid only up to 67 teeth in the large sprocket. In drives
having fixed center distances, chains running in parallel 96091469 2
or where smoother operation is required, wear should be
limited to approximately 1.5 %.
For example, if 12 pitches (12 pins) of a #80 chain were
measured and the result was 313.944 mm (12.360 in) or
greater (using 3 % as the maximum allowable wear), the
chain should be replaced. Anything less than 313.944
mm (12.360 in) would still be acceptable by most indus-
trial standards.
84547569 01/12/2011
22
INTRODUCTION
WEAR LIMITS ON ROLLER CHAIN

Strand No. 40 Chain (08A) No. 50 Chain (10A) No. 60 Chain (12A) No. 80 Chain (16A)
Length
in New Replace New Replace New Replace New Replace
Pitches
508 mm 523 mm 635 mm 654 mm 762 mm 787 mm 1016 mm 1047 mm
40P (20.0 in) (20.591 in) (25.0 in) (25.748 in) (30.0 in) (31.0 in) (40.0 in) (41.220 in)
STANDARD ROLLER CHAIN SIZES - NEW CHAINS

Chain No. 150 Chain No. Pitch Width Roller Diameter
40 08A 12.7 mm (0.5 in) 7.9 mm (0.311 in) 7.9 mm (0.311 in)
50 10A 15.8 mm (0.622 in) 9.5 mm (0.374 in) 10.1 mm (0.398 in)
60 12A 19 mm (0.748 in) 12.7 mm (0.500 in) 11.9 mm (0.469 in)
80 16A 25.4 mm (1.000 in) 15.8 mm (0.622 in) 15.8 mm (0.622 in)
100 20A 31.7 mm (1.248 in) 19 mm (0.748 in) 19 mm (0.748 in)
120 24A 38.1 mm (1.500 in) 25.4 mm (1.000 in) 22.2 mm (0.874 in)
140 28A 44.4 mm (1.748 in) 25.4 mm (1.000 in) 25.4 mm (1.000 in)
160 32A 50.8 mm (2.000 in) 31.7 mm (1.248 in) 28.5 mm (1.122 in)
180 * 57.1 mm (2.248 in) 35.7 mm (1.406 in) 35.7 mm (1.406 in)
200 40A 63.4 mm (2.496 in) 38.1 mm (1.500 in) 39.6 mm (1.559 in)
* No. 150 Number does not exist.
84547569 01/12/2011
23
INTRODUCTION
Basic instructions - Shop and Assembly

SHIMMING
For each adjustment operation, select adjusting shims and measure individually using a micrometer, then add up
the recorded values. Do not rely on measuring the entire shimming set, which may be incorrect, or the rated value
indicated on each shim.
ROTATING SHAFT SEALS

For correct rotating shaft seal installation, proceed as follows:
• before assembly, allow the seal to soak in the oil it will be sealing for at least thirty minutes.
• thoroughly clean the shaft and check that the working surface on the shaft is not damaged.
• position the sealing lip facing the fluid; with hydrodynamic lips, take into consideration the shaft rotation direction
and position the grooves so that they will deviate the fluid towards the inner side of the seal.
• coat the sealing lip with a thin layer of lubricant (use oil rather than grease) and fill the gap between the sealing
lip and the dust lip on double lip seals with grease.
• insert the seal in its seat and press down using a flat punch or seal installation tool. Do not tap the seal with a
hammer or mallet.
• whilst inserting the seal, check that it is perpendicular to the seat; once settled, make sure that it makes contact
with the thrust element, if required.
• to prevent damaging the seal lip on the shaft, position a protective guard during installation operations.
O-RING SEALS
Lubricate the O-RING seals before inserting them in the seats, this will prevent them from overturning and twisting,
which would jeopardise sealing efficiency.
SEALING COMPOUNDS
Apply one of the following sealing compounds on the mating surfaces when specified: SILMATE® RTV1473, or
LOCTITE® RTV 598 or LOCTITE® INSTANT GASKET 587 BLUE. Before applying the sealing compound, prepare the
surfaces as directed on product container or as follows:
• remove any incrustations using a metal brush.
• thoroughly de-grease the surfaces using a locally approved cleaning agent such as safety solvent or brake parts
cleaner.
SPARE PARTS
Only use "CNH Original Parts" or " NEW HOLLAND AGRICULTURE Parts".
Only genuine spare parts guarantee the same quality, duration and safety as original parts, as they are the
same parts that are assembled during standard production. Only "CNH Original Parts" or " NEW HOLLAND
AGRICULTURE Parts" can offer this guarantee.
When ordering spare parts, always provide the following information:
• machine model (commercial name) and serial number
• part number of the ordered part, which can be found in the "Microfiches" or the "Service Parts Catalogue", used
for order processing
84547569 01/12/2011
24
INTRODUCTION
PROTECTING THE ELECTRONIC/ ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS DURING CHARGING OR WELD-

ING
To avoid damage to the electronic/electrical systems, always observe the following:
1. Never make or break any of the charging circuit connections, including the battery connections, when the engine
is running.
2. Never short any of the charging components to ground.
3. Always disconnect the ground cable from the battery before arc welding on the combine or on any header at-
tached to the combine.
• position the welder ground clamp as close to the welding area as possible
• if welding in close proximity to a computer module, then the module should be removed from the combine
• never allow welding cables to lay on, near or across any electrical wiring or electronic component while
welding is in progress
4. Always disconnect the negative cable from the battery when charging the battery in the combine with a battery
charger.
NOTICE: If welding must be performed on the unit, either the combine or the header (if it is attached), the battery
ground cable must be disconnected from the combine battery. The electronic monitoring system and charging system
will be damaged if this is not done.
Remove the battery ground cable. Reconnect the cable when welding is completed.
WARNING
Battery acid causes severe burns. Batteries contain sulfuric acid. Avoid contact with skin, eyes or clothing.
Antidote - EXTERNAL: flush with water. INTERNAL: drink large quantities of water or milk. Follow with milk
of magnesia, beaten egg or vegetables oil. Call physician immediately. EYES: flush with water for 15 minutes
and get prompt medical attention.
84-110
TOOLS
The tools that NEW HOLLAND AGRICULTURE suggests and illustrate in this manual have been:
• specifically researched and designed for use with NEW HOLLAND AGRICULTURE machines
• essential for reliable repair operations
• accurately built and rigorously tested so as to offer efficient and long-lasting operation
By using these tools, repair personnel will benefit from:

• operating in optimal technical conditions
• obtaining the best results
• saving time and effort
• working in safe conditions
NOTE: The terms "front", "rear", "right-hand" and "left-hand" (when referred to different parts) are determined from
the rear, facing in the direction of travel of the machine during operation.
84547569 01/12/2011
25
INTRODUCTION
Basic instructions - How To Use and Navigate Through This Manual

Technical Information
This manual has been produced by a new technical information system. This new system is designed to deliver
technical information electronically through Web delivery, DVD and in paper manuals. A coding system called SAP
has been developed to link the technical information to other Product Support functions, e.g., Warranty.
Technical information is written to support the maintenance and service of the functions or systems on a customer's
machine. When a customer has a concern on his machine it is usually because a function or system on his machine
is not working at all, is not working efficiently, or is not responding correctly to his commands. When you refer to
the technical information in this manual to resolve that customer's concern, you will find all the information classified
using the SAP coding, according to the functions or systems on that machine. Once you have located the technical
information for that function or system then you will find all the mechanical, electrical or hydraulic devices, compo-
nents, assemblies and sub assemblies for that function or system. You will also find all the types of information that
have been written for that function or system, the technical data (specifications), the functional data (how it works),
the diagnostic data (fault codes and troubleshooting) and the service data (remove, install adjust, etc.).
By integrating SAP coding into technical information , you will be able to search and retrieve just the right piece of
technical information you need to resolve that customer's concern on his machine. This is made possible by attaching
3 categories to each piece of technical information during the authoring process.
The first category is the Location, the second category is the Information Type and the third category is the Product:
• LOCATION - is the component or function on the machine, that the piece of technical information is going to
describe e.g. Fuel tank.
• INFORMATION TYPE - is the piece of technical information that has been written for a particular component or
function on the machine e.g. Capacity would be a type of Technical Data that would describe the amount of fuel
held by the Fuel tank.
• PRODUCT - is the model for which the piece of technical information is written.
Every piece of technical information will have those 3 categories attached to it. You will be able to use any combination
of those categories to find the right piece of technical information you need to resolve that customer's concern on his
machine.
That information could be:

• the description of how to remove the cylinder head
• a table of specifications for a hydraulic pump
• a fault code
• a troubleshooting table
• a special tool
84547569 01/12/2011
26
INTRODUCTION
How to Use this Manual

This manual is divided into Sections. Each Section is then divided into Chapters. Contents pages are included at the
beginning of the manual, then inside every Section and inside every Chapter. An alphabetical Index is included at the
end of a Chapter. Page number references are included for every piece of technical information listed in the Chapter
Contents or Chapter Index.
Each Chapter is divided into four Information types:

• Technical Data (specifications) for all the mechanical, electrical or hydraulic devices, components and, assem-
blies.
• Functional Data (how it works) for all the mechanical, electrical or hydraulic devices, components and assem-
blies.
• Diagnostic Data (fault codes, electrical and hydraulic troubleshooting) for all the mechanical, electrical or hy-
draulic devices, components and assemblies.
• Service Data (remove disassembly, assemble, install) for all the mechanical, electrical or hydraulic devices,
components and assemblies.
Sections
Sections are grouped according to the main functions or a systems on the machine. Each Section is identified by
a letter A, B, C etc. The amount of Sections included in the manual will depend on the type and function of the
machine that the manual is written for. Each Section has a Contents page listed in alphabetic/numeric order. This
table illustrates which Sections could be included in a manual for a particular product.
SECTION
A - Hydraulic – Pneumatic – Electrical – Electronic Systems
B - Engine and PTO In
C - Transmission, Drive and PTO Out
D - Axles, Brakes and Steering
E - Frame and Cab
F - Frame Positioning
G - Tool Positioning
H - Hitch and Working Tool
J - Excavating and Landscaping
K - Crop Processing
L - Field Processing
PRODUCT
Tractors X X X X X X X X
Vehicles with working arms: backhoes, X X X X X X X X X
excavators, skid steers, .....
Combines, forage harvesters, balers, .... X X X X X X X X X X
Seeding, planting, floating, spraying X X X X X X X X X
equipment, ....
Mounted equipment and tools, ..... X X X X
84547569 01/12/2011
27
INTRODUCTION
Section Contents
SECTION LETTER DESCRIPTION
HYDRAULIC – A This Section covers the main systems that interact with most of
PNEUMATIC – the functions of the product. It includes the central parts of the
ELECTRICAL – hydraulic, electrical, electronic, pneumatic, lighting and grease
ELECTRONIC lubrication systems. The components that are dedicated to a
SYSTEMS specific function are listed in the Chapter where all the technical
information for that function is included.
ENGINE AND PTO IN B This Section covers all the functions related to the production
of power to move the machine and to drive various devices.
In the case of a pulled-type machine, this Section covers the
power take-off function where power is provided from the towing
machine.
TRANSMISSION, C This Section covers all the functions related to the transmission
DRIVE AND PTO OUT of power from the engine to the axles and to internal or external
devices. This Section also covers the power take-off function
where power is provided to the pull-type machine and additional
Process Drive functions.
AXLES, BRAKES AND D This Section covers all the functions related to moving the
STEERING machine, including tracks, wheels, steering and braking. It covers
all the axles; both driven axles and non-driven axles, including
any axle suspension.
FRAME AND CAB E This Section covers all the main functions and systems related to
the structure and the body of the machine, including the frame,
the shields, the operators cab and the platform. The functions
related to the positioning of the machine frame are included in
Section F, Frame Positioning.
FRAME POSITIONING F This Section covers all the main functions and systems related to
positioning of the machine frame or to positioning the attachment
on the supporting machine frame.
TOOL POSITIONING G This Section covers all the functions related to the final and/or
automatic positioning of the tool once the tool is positioned using
the Working Arm or the machine frame.
HITCH AND H This Section covers all the functions related to the articulated
WORKING TOOL or single arms mounted on the front or rear of the machine. A
working arm can have various tools and quick couplers mounted
on to it. The tools and quick couplers are included in Section J,
Excavating and Landscaping.
EXCAVATING AND J This Section covers all the functions related to the specific tools
LANSCAPING that mount on the front, rear or beside the machine. The tools
described here can be mounted with the positioning systems
(lifting, side shift, swing) listed in Section G Tool Positioning. This
Section covers all the quick coupling systems, located between
the tool and the positioning system. The tools used for field
preparation, soil preparation and treatment, planting and seeding
are included.
CROP PROCESSING K This Section covers all the functions related to crop processing.
Examples of crop processing include threshing, baling,
windrowing, cutting and conditioning.
FIELD PROCESSING L This Section covers all the field processing functions of the
machine. Examples of field process include seeding, fertilizer
application, seedbed preparation and chemical application.
84547569 01/12/2011
28
INTRODUCTION
This manual contains these Sections:
Contents
INTRODUCTION
HYDRAULIC – PNEUMATIC – ELECTRICAL – ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS A
ENGINE AND PTO IN B
FRAME POSITIONING F
CROP PROCESSING K
Chapters
Each Chapter is identified by a letter and number combination e.g. Engine B.10.A The first letter is identical to the
Section letter i.e. Chapter B.10 is inside Section B, Engine and PTO In.
CONTENTS
The Chapter Contents lists all the technical data (specifications), functional data (how it works), service data (remove,
install adjust, etc..) and diagnostic data (fault codes and troubleshooting) that have been written in that Chapter for
that function or system on the machine.
Contents
ENGINE AND PTO IN
ENGINE _ 10.A
TECHNICAL DATA
ENGINE - General specification (B.10.A)
FUNCTIONAL DATA
ENGINE - Dynamic description (B.10.A)
SERVICE
ENGINE - Remove (B.10.A)
DIAGNOSTIC
ENGINE - Troubleshooting (B.10.A)
INDEX
The Chapter Index lists in alphabetical order all the types of information (called Information Units) that have been
written in that Chapter for that function or system on the machine.
Index
ENGINE AND PTO IN - B
ENGINE
ENGINE - Dynamic description (B.10.A)
ENGINE - General specification (B.10.A)
ENGINE - Remove (B.10.A)
ENGINE - Troubleshooting (B.10.A)
84547569 01/12/2011
29
INTRODUCTION
Information Units and Information Search

Each chapter is composed of information units. Each information unit has the SAP code shown in parentheses which
indicates the function and the type of information written in that information unit. Each information unit has a page ref-
erence within that Chapter. The information units provide a quick and easy way to find just the right piece of technical
information you are looking for.
Example information unit Stack valve - Sectional View (A.10.A.18)

Information Unit SAP code A 10.A 18
SAP code classification Hydraulic – Primary hydraulic power Stack valve
Pneumatic –
Electrical –
Electronic Systems
CRIL03J033E01A 1
Navigate to the correct information unit you are searching for by identifying the function and information type
from the SAP code.
• (1) Function and (2) Information type.
• (A) corresponds to the sections of the repair manual.
(B) corresponds to the chapters of the repair manual.
(C) corresponds to the type of information listed in the chapter contents, Technical Data, Functional Data, Diag-
nostic or Service.
(A) and (B) are also shown in the page numbering on the page footer.
THE REST OF THE CODING IS NOT LISTED IN ALPHANUMERIC ORDER IN THIS MANUAL.
• You will find a table of contents at the beginning and end of each section and chapter.
You will find an alphabetical index at the end of each chapter.
• By referring to (A), (B) and (C) of the coding, you can follow the contents or index (page numbers) and quickly
find the information you are looking for.
Page Header and Footer

The page header will contain the following references:
• Section and Chapter description
The page footer will contain the following references:

• Publication number for that Manual, Section or Chapter.
• Version reference for that publication.
• Publication date
• Section, chapter and page reference e.g. A.10.A / 9
84547569 01/12/2011
30
INTRODUCTION
General specification - Biodiesel Fuels

Fatty Acid Methyl Ester Biodiesel (Biodiesel Fuel) consists of a family of fuels derived from vegetable oils treated with
methyl esters.
NOTICE: Biodiesel Fuel blends are approved for your engine only if they comply with EN14214 Specification Stan-
dards or ASTM D6751.
NOTICE: It is imperative that you check which blend is approved for your engine with your NEW HOLLAND AGRI-
CULTURE dealer. Be aware that the use of Biodiesel Fuel that does not comply with the Standards mentioned above
could lead to severe damage to the engine and fuel system of your machine. The use of fuels that are not approved
may void NEW HOLLAND AGRICULTURE Warranty coverage.
Biodiesel Fuel Usage Conditions

NOTICE: The Biodiesel Fuel must meet the fuel Specification mentioned above.
Biodiesel Fuel must be purchased from a trusted supplier that understands the product and maintains good fuel qual-
ity. Biodiesel Fuel must be pre-blended by the supplier. Mixing Biodiesel Fuels on-site can result incorrect mixture
that can lead to problems with both engine and fuel system.
Engine performance is affected by the use of Biodiesel Fuel. There may be up to 12 % reduction in power or torque
depending on the blend used.
NOTICE: DO NOT modify the engine and/or injection pump settings to recover the reduced performance.
The reduced power must be accepted if using any Biodiesel Fuel blend.
Some modification may be required to allow your engine to run Biodiesel Fuel. Consult you dealer for complete
information on these modifications.
Biodiesel Fuel has a higher cloud point than Diesel Fuel.

NOTICE: The use of high Biodiesel Fuel blends are not recommended in cold weather conditions.
With Biodiesel Fuels, it may be necessary to change the engine oil, engine oil filter and fuel filter elements more
frequently than with Diesel Fuels. Biodiesel Fuel can remove rust and particles from the inside of on-site fuel storage
tanks that would normally adhere to the sides of the tank. Like particle deposits that commonly occur with Diesel
Fuel, these particles can become trapped by the machine fuel filters, causing blockage and shortening filter life. In
cold weather, this is more likely to happen. Consult your NEW HOLLAND AGRICULTURE dealer for information on
cold weather operation and proper maintenance intervals when using any Biodiesel Fuel blend.
When handling Biodiesel Fuel, care must be taken not to allow water into the fuel supply. Biodiesel Fuel will actually
attract moisture from the atmosphere.
Fuel tanks must be kept as full as possible to limit the amount of air and water vapors in them. It may be necessary
to drain the fuel filter water tap more frequently.
Potential oxidation and stability could be a problem with the fuel stored in the machine.
NOTICE: Machines must not be stored for more than three months with Biodiesel Fuel blends in the fuel system.
If long storage periods are necessary, the engine must run on Diesel Fuel for 20 hours to flush the Biodiesel Fuel out
of the engine fuel system prior to storage.
NOTICE: Biodiesel Fuel must not be stored in on-site storage tanks for more than three months.
Any spillage of Biodiesel Fuel must be cleaned up immediately before it can cause damage to the environment and
the paint finish of the machine.
Before using Biodiesel Fuel blends you should consult with your dealer to receive full information about the approved
blend for your machine and any detailed conditions of its usage.
NOTICE: Be aware that not fulfilling the requirements and conditions of Biodiesel Fuel usage will void your machine’s
NEW HOLLAND AGRICULTURE Warranty coverage.
84547569 01/12/2011
31
INTRODUCTION
General specification - General Welding

WARNING
Explosion hazard!
Batteries emit explosive gases. Always ventilate when using in an enclosed area or when charging.
Keep the battery away from sparks, open flames, and other ignition sources.
W0369A
Use a 7013 or 7011 welding rod or wire that meets the following American Welding Society (AWS) specifications:
ER80S-D2, ER70S-6 or E70C-M6-H4.
NOTICE: ALWAYS disconnect the battery (both terminals) before welding on any part of the machine. Failure to do
so may cause damage to sensitive electrical components.
NOTICE: Locate the welding ground as close as possible to the area to be welded. Do not allow the ground current
to pass through any roller type bearing. Arcing inside the roller bearing can result in severe machine damage.
84547569 01/12/2011
32
SERVICE MANUAL
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS
TS6020
TS6030 HC
TS6030
84547569 01/12/2011
A
Contents
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL,

ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - A
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.10.A

TS6020 , TS6030 HC , TS6030
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.30.A

TS6020 , TS6030 HC , TS6030
84547569 01/12/2011
A
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - 10.A
TS6020
TS6030 HC
TS6030
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 1
Contents
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC

SYSTEMS - A
TECHNICAL DATA
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Hydraulic pump
Tandem gear pump - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
FUNCTIONAL DATA
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Detailed view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Hydraulic standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Hydraulic symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Hydraulic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Remote coupler
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Remote valve
Detailed view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Hydraulic pump
Tandem gear pump - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Tandem gear pump - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Control valve
Priority/Regulator valve - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 2
SERVICE
Remote valve
Prepare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Hydraulic pump
Tandem gear pump - Prepare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Tandem gear pump - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Tandem gear pump - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Tandem gear pump - Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Tandem gear pump - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Tandem gear pump - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Tandem gear pump - Pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Prepare (auxiliary pump) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Flow test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Control valve
Prepare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 3
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - General specification

Hydraulic oil capacities and type
Multiple components use the tractor's hydraulic oil. The rear axle, transmission, steering, lubrication system, and the
hydraulic system use and disperse oil from the rear axle oil reservoir.
NOTE: In areas where prolonged periods of extreme temperatures, local lubricant practices are acceptable.
Capacity
Maximum capacity (includes filter) 66 l/min (17.4 US gpm)
Oil type and specifications
NEW HOLLAND AGRICULTURE make 134D AMBRA MULTI G
NEW HOLLAND AGRICULTURE specification MAT 3525
International specification API GL4, ISO 32/46 (10W30)
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 4
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Torque

Component Torque settings – N m (lb ft or lb in)
Hydraulic lift pump drive gear nut 50 - 56 N·m (37 - 41 lb ft)
Hydraulic lift pump front end–cover mounting bolts 50 - 62 N·m (37 - 46 lb ft)
Transmission mounted pump retaining bolts 57 - 76 N·m (42 - 56 lb ft)
Hydraulic lift pump pressure relief valve 60 - 68 N·m (44 - 50 lb ft)
Engine mounted pump end–cover retaining bolts 61 - 68 N·m (45 - 50 lb ft)
Engine mounted pump drive gear 40 - 45 N·m (30 - 33 lb ft)
Engine mounted pump retaining bolts 57 - 76 N·m (42 - 56 lb ft)
Engine mounted pump inlet tube retaining bolts 15 - 20 N·m (133 - 177 lb in)
Control valve front and rear plate retaining bolts 43 N·m (32 lb ft)
Priority valve pack to lift cover retaining bolts 57 - 76 N·m (42 - 56 lb ft)
Unload valve front plug 23 - 48 N·m (204 - 425 lb in)
Flow control valve rear plug 27 N·m (239 lb in)
Detent shaft pivot coupling 7 N·m (62 lb in)
Detent housing retaining screws 7 N·m (62 lb in)
Priority check valve 7 N·m (62 lb in)
Remote coupler sleeve 81 N·m (60 lb ft)
Remote valve to mounting bracket 27 - 35 N·m (239 - 310 lb in)
Remote valve centering spring retaining bolt 9 N·m (80 lb in)
Remote valve housing to coupler bolts 15 - 20 N·m (133 - 177 lb in)
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 5
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Special tools

Tool part number Tool description
FNH00705 7/16" - 20 M JIC 37° x 1/4" - 18 NPT
FNH02028 5000 psi gauge, 2.5 in dial with male disconnect
OEM1459 600 psi gauge
380000583 Joint sealer
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 6
Hydraulic pump Tandem gear pump - General specification

Tandem gear pump
Main hydraulic pump – Gear pump, fixed displacement
Maximum flow at engine rotation speed of 2200 RPM
New pump 49 l/min (13 US gpm)
Used pump 44 l/min (12 US gpm)
Safety valve activation 176 - 182 bar (2552 - 2639 psi)
Steering pump – Gear pump, fixed displacement
New pump 27 l/min (7 US gpm)
Used pump 24 l/min (6 US gpm)
Hydraulic pump - General specification

Auxiliary pump (optional)
Auxiliary pump - engine mounted gear pump, fixed displacement
New pump 35 l/min (9.2 US gpm)
Used pump 26 l/min (6.9 US gpm)
The auxiliary pump increases the hydraulic pump oil flow to the remote valves from 49 l/min (13 US gpm) to
83 l/min (22 US gpm).
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 7
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Overview

The hydraulic system provides oil flow at regulated pressures for the operation and lubrication of various circuits
within the tractor, as well as providing accurate and sensitivity control of implements over a wide range of operating
conditions.
The standard hydraulic system consists of a top link sensing and three-point linkage system, a fixed displacement
tandem (gear type) main pump, an engine mounted auxiliary pump (optional), lift cylinder assembly, and remote con-
trol valve(s). The rear axle center casing functions as the hydraulic system reservoir.
A lift control valve, and priority valve pack containing several valves, function together to direct the hydraulic oil as
needed. A pressure regulator, and various relief and check valves protect the circuits and components from overload
conditions, encountered during normal and arduous operation. The configuration and combination of valves prevents
oil back flow.
The hydraulic system consists of two major circuits:

• High Pressure Circuit (includes optional engine mounted auxiliary pump if equipped)
• Low Pressure, Steering and Lubrication Circuit
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 8
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Detailed view

High pressure hydraulic pump circuit
Operating with a maximum pressure of 182 bar (2639 psi), the high-pressure circuit supplies oil for control of the
hydraulic lift assembly, remote control valve(s), and auxiliary equipment (where installed).
With more than two remote valves installed on the tractor, it is necessary to supplement the tandem (gear type) trans-
mission mounted pump output, with an engine mounted auxiliary pump.
The front pump within the tandem pump assembly circulates pressurized hydraulic oil to the priority valve group. A
relief valve installed in the pump protects the circuit from overload, with an operating pressure of 176 - 182 bar (2552
- 2639 psi).
The oil supply from the tandem pump flows to the priority valve group through internal galleries within the hydraulic
top cover, while the supply from the optional auxiliary pump flows to the priority valve group through external tubing.
– Pump pressurized oil – Suction oil / return to deposit – Trapped oil
RCPH10TTS001FAD 1
High pressure hydraulic circuit component identification and oil flow
Component identification
(1) Position control brace (9) Hydraulic pump to high pressure (17) Check valve
circuit
(2) Selector brace (10) Pump intake filter (18) Combined valve (sequential)
(3) Draft control spring (11) Lifting piston (19) Flow control valve
(4) Yoke (12) Control valve (20) Priority valve group
(5) Selector rod and roller assembly (13) Exhaust valve (21) Relief valve
(6) Actuator link (14) Lifting cylinder safety valve (22) Check valve
(7) Safety valve (15) Auxiliary pump intake filter (23) Lifting arms
(optional)
(8) Steering Pump to low pressure (16) Engine-mounted auxiliary
circuit hydraulic pump (optional)
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 9
Low pressure hydraulic pump circuit

The low-pressure circuit performs two major functions. Supply pressurized hydraulic oil for the operation of the steer-
ing system, 4WD clutch, hydraulic PTO clutch, PTO brake, and Dual Command assembly (where installed). Secondly,
to supply lubricating oil to the hydraulic PTO clutch, Dual Command assembly (where installed) and the transmission.
Before entering the transmission, lubricating oil passes through an oil cooler mounted in front of the radiator.
Designed with an open center, the low-pressure and lubrication circuit provides a constant flow of hydraulic oil through-
out the system for as long as the engine continues to run.
The rear pump within the tandem gear pump assembly circulates pressurized hydraulic oil through tubing to the steer-
ing motor, hydraulic PTO clutch control valve, and to the Dual Command clutch control valve (where installed) within
the transmission housing.
A pressure regulating valve in the hydraulic PTO clutch assembly controls oil flow to the lubricating and cooling circuit.
In addition, excessive oil in the lubrication circuit discharges to sump through an adjacent relief valve. The relief valve
protects the circuit from overloading with a minimum operating pressure of 5.3 bar (76.9 psi).
– Pump pressurized oil – Low pressure oil circuit – Lubrication circuit oil
RCPH10TTS003GAD 2
Low pressure hydraulic circuit component identification and oil flow
Component identification
(1) Transmission oil cooler (6) PTO clutch (11) Steering motor safety valve
(2) Dual Command (DC) valve (7) Low pressure regulating valve (A) Supply line to steering motor
(3) 4WD solenoid valve (8) Lubrication circuit oil (B) Steering motor return line
(4) Tandem pump (9) DC power box (C) Supply line to 4WD valve
(5) PTO supply line (10) Steering motor (D) Supply line to DC control
valve
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 10
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Hydraulic standard

Accurate diagrams of hydraulic circuits are essential to the technician who must repair them. The diagram shows
how the components interact. The diagram shows how the system works, what each component should be doing and
where the oil should be going so the technician can diagnose and repair the system.
There are two types of circuit diagrams:

• Cutaway circuit diagrams show the internal construction of the components as well as the flow paths. Using
colors, shades or various patterns in the lines and passages, they show many different conditions of flow and
pressure. Cutaway diagrams take considerably longer to produce because of their complexity.
• Schematic circuit diagrams, the “shorthand” system of the industry, are usually preferred for troubleshooting. A
schematic diagram is made up of simple geometric symbols for the components and their controls and connec-
tions.
There are several systems of symbols used when making schematic diagrams:
• ISO – International Standards Organization
• ANSI – American National Standards Institute
• ASA – American Standards Association
• JIC – Joint Industry Conference
A combination of symbols from these systems are shown. There are differences between the symbol systems. There
is enough similarity, however, so if you understand the symbols shown, you will be able to interpret other symbols as
well.
Reservoirs
A rectangle with the top removed represents a vented
reservoir (A). A rectangle with the top in place represents
a pressurized reservoir (B).
RCIL07CCH025AAA 1
There are other schematic diagrams that show a slightly

different version of a pressurized reservoir, but the sym-
bols are similar and easily recognized. An oval with a
short line on top or a rectangle with curved sides repre-
sents a reservoir that is pressurized.
RCIL07CCH027AAA 2
Lines connected to the reservoir usually are drawn from

the top, regardless of where the actual connection is. This
symbol shows a line which returns fluid above the level in
the reservoir.
RCIL07CCH030AAA 3
If the hydraulic line returns fluid below the level in the

reservoir, it is drawn all the way to the bottom of the sym-
bol.
RCIL07CCH032AAA 4
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 11
A hydraulic line connected to the bottom of the reservoir

may be drawn from the bottom of the symbol if the bottom
connection is essential to the systems operation.
RCIL07CCH033AAA 5
If the pump inlet (B) must be charged or flooded with fluid

above the inlet port, the reservoir symbol (A) appears
above the pump symbol, and the suction line is drawn out
of the bottom of the reservoir symbol.
Every system reservoir has at least two hydraulic lines

connected to it, and some may have many more. Often
the components that are connected to the reservoir are
spread all over the schematic. Rather than multiplying
lines all over the schematic, individual reservoir symbols
are drawn close to the components. The reservoir is usu-
ally the only component symbol pictured more than once
on a diagram.
RCIL07CCH124AAA 6
Lines, tubes and hoses

A hydraulic line, tube, hose or any conductor that carries
the fluid between components is shown as a line. A work-
ing line, such as an inlet pressure or return, is shown as
a solid line.
RCIL07CCH034AAA 7
Working lines with arrows show direction of flow. In the

first example (A), fluid flows in one direction only; in the
second example (B), fluid can flow in both directions.
RCIL07CCH035AAA 8
Pilot or control lines (A) are broken into long dashes.

Drain lines (B) for leakage oil are broken into short
dashes.
RCIL07CCH036AAA 9
A flexible line is shown as an arc between two dots and is

always represented by a solid line.
RCIL07CCH026AAA 10
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 12
An enclosure outline indicates that there are several sym-

bols that make up a component assembly such as a valve
or a valve stack. The enclosure outline is rectangular and
is broken with dashes on all sides.
RCIL07CCH028AAA 11
Lines between components are drawn differently when

they are crossing or connected. There are lines that cross
other lines but are not connected. There are several ways
to show crossing lines which are not connected.
RCIL07CCH038AAA 12
Lines that are connected are shown with a dot that repre-
sents the connection or shown as a tee connection. The
dot connection is the most commonly used when drawing
schematic diagrams.
RCIL07CCH047AAA 13
Pumps
There are many basic pump designs. A simple fixed dis-
placement pump (A) is shown as a circle with a solid ar-
row that pointing outward. The arrow points in the direc-
tion that the fluid flows. If the pump is reversible (B) or
designed to pump in either direction, the symbol has two
arrows which point in opposite directions. The pump nor-
mally has a pressure port and line (1) from which pressur-
ized fluid is discharged and a suction port and line (2) into
which fluid is drawn from the reservoir.
RCIL07CCH048AAA 14
A variable displacement pump (A) is shown by an arrow

drawn through the pump symbol at a 45 degree angle. A
variable displacement, pressure compensated pump (B)
is shown by a small box with an arrow, added to the side
of the pump symbol.
RCIL07CCH040AAA 15
If the pump is controlled by a lever (A) or a pedal (B), the

appropriate symbol is added to the side of the pump.
RCIL07CCH041AAA 16
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 13
A drive shaft is shown as two short parallel lines extending

from the side of the pump. A curved arrow, if present, on
the drive shaft indicates the direction of rotation.
RCIL07CCH049AAA 17
Motors
Motor symbols are circles with solid black arrows, which
point in the opposite direction of a pump’s arrow, to show
the motor as a receiver of fluid. One arrow is used for
non-reversible motors (A); and two arrows are used for
reversible motors (B).
RCIL07CCH051AAA 18
A simple schematic diagram is shown of a hydraulic motor

(A) connected to a hydraulic pump (B).
RCIL07CCH046AAA 19
Cylinders
A cylinder is a simple rectangle (A) representing the bar-
rel. The piston and rod are represented by a tee (B), in-
serted into the rectangle. The symbol can be drawn in any
position.
RCIL07CCH055AAA 20
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 14
If the cylinder is single-acting (A), there is only one port

shown on the end of the cylinder that receives pressurized
fluid. The opposite end of the cylinder is left open. Both
ends are closed on a double-acting cylinder (B), and two
ports are shown.
RCIL07CCH054AAA 21
A double rod end cylinder has a rod extending from each

end of the rectangle.
RCIL07CCH057AAA 22
Some cylinders have cushions built into them. The cush-

ion slows the movement of the piston as it nears the end of
its stroke. Cylinder cushions are shown as a smaller rec-
tangle (A) on the piston. If the cushion has an adjustable
orifice, a slanted arrow is drawn at 45 degrees (B) across
the symbol.
RCIL07CCH126AAA 23
Accessories
Filters, strainers and heat exchangers are represented as
squares that are turned 45 degrees and have the port
connections at the corners.
A dotted line perpendicular to the flow line represent a

filter, strainer or screen.
RCIL07CCH080AAA 24
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 15
A solid line perpendicular to the flow with solid arrows

pointing outward represents a cooler.
RCIL07CCH081AAA 25
The symbol for a heater is like the symbol for a cooler,

except the solid arrows point inward.
RCIL07CCH118AAA 26
Two sets of arrows pointing inward and outward repre-

sents a temperature control unit
The solid arrows point in the direction that heat is dissi-

pated. Or in the case of the control unit, they show that
heat can be regulated.
RCIL07CCH119AAA 27
An oval with details inside represents an accumulator.

The details explain what type of accumulator it is: spring
loaded (A), gas charged (B), or other features.
The divider line indicates there is a separator between the

charge and the fluid. A hollow arrow indicates gas.
A spring indicates that the accumulator is spring-loaded.
RCIL07CCH130AAA 28
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 16
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Hydraulic symbol

Line and line functions
Solid line - main line Dotted line - exhaust or
drain line
Dashed line - pilot line Enclosure outline
Lines crossing Lines joining
Lines crossing Liquid direction of flow
Gaseous direction of flow Flexible line
Mechanical devices
Connections (two parallel Variable component (arrow
lines) for shafts, levers, etc. intersects symbol at 45 °)
Spring
Pumps and motors

Pump, fixed displacement Pump, variable
displacement
Pressure compensated, Fixed displacement pump

variable displacement (bidirectional flow)
pump
Motor, fixed displacement Motor, variable

displacement
Oscillator
Reservoirs
Reservoir, open to Pressurized reservoir
atmosphere
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 17
Return line to reservoir Return line to reservoir

below fluid level above fluid level
Cylinders
Single acting Double acting, single rod
end
Double acting. double rod Single rod end, fixed

end cushion both ends
Single rod end, adjustable Differential cylinder

cushion, rod end only
Valves
Check valve Pilot-operated check valve
On/Off manual shut off Regulating or selector

valve valves
2 position, 2 way valve 2 position, 3 way valve
2 position, 4 way valve 3 position, 4 way valve
2 position, 4 way open Valve capable of infinite

center, crossover valve positioning (indicated by
horizontal lines parallel to
the envelope)
Pressure relief valve Pressure reducing valve
Non-adjustable restrictor Adjustable restrictor valve

valve
Adjustable restrictor, Adjustable restrictor,

pressure compensated temperature and pressure
compensated
Valve actuators
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 18
Solenoid Detent
Spring Manual
Push button Lever
Pedal Mechanical
Pressure compensated Pilot pressure, remote

supply
Liquid supply
Accessories
Filter Cooler
Heater Temperature controller
Accumulator (hydro- Reversing motor

pneumatic
Station or test point Pressure indicator
Temperature indicator Pressure switch
Quick disconnect Quick disconnect

(disconnected) (connected)
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 19
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Hydraulic schema

Hydraulic system schematic
– Maximum 49 l/min (13 US gpm) – Return to tank/sump – Maximum 26 l/min (7 US gpm)
pump supply pump supply
RCIL10TTS002GAD 1
Hydraulic tandem pump, steering motor valve, and dual command valve (optional) assemblies
Component reference Component

(A) Dual command valve assembly
(A1) Under drive (tortoise gear)
(A2) Direct drive (rabbit gear)
(B) Tandem pump (fixed displacement) – 49 l/min (13 US gpm) and 26 l/min (7 US gpm).
(B1) Pressure relief valve – 176 - 182 bar (2552 - 2639 psi)
(C) Steering motor valve assembly
(C1) Two wheel drive steering cylinder
(C2) Four wheel drive steering cylinder (optional)
(C3) Regulator differential pressures
(D) Tandem gear filter with bypass valve – 0.48 bar (7 psi)
(E) Flow to priority valve and three point hitch lifting valve assemblies
(F) Flow to power take–off (PTO) clutch valve and four wheel drive valve assemblies
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 20
– * Maximum 49 l/min (13 US – Return to tank/sump – Maximum 35 l/min (9.2 US

gpm) pump supply gpm) pump supply
* Tractor's equipped with an auxiliary pump have a maximum flow of 83 l/min (22 US gpm) between the
priority valve assembly and the remote valves.
RCIL10TTS001GAD 2
Hydraulic priority valve, three point hitch lifting valve, and remote valve assemblies

A(A) Three point hitch lifting valve assembly
(A1) Lifting cylinder
(A2) Three point hitch lifting valve
(A3) Pressure relief valve – 176 - 182 bar (2552 - 2639 psi)
(B) Priority valve assembly
(B1) Priority valve
(B2) Combined valve
(C) Remote valve assembly
(C1) Remote valve – maximum flow capacity 49 l/min (13 US gpm) **
(C2) Remote valve – maximum flow capacity 49 l/min (13 US gpm) **
(D) Flow from tandem pump
(E) Ram cylinders
(F) Auxiliary pump (optional)
(G) Hydraulic flow test port
** Maximum flow capacity 57 l/min (15 US gpm) with auxiliary pump.
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 21
– Maximum 26 l/min (7 US gpm) – Return to tank/sump – Lubrication oil supply

pump supply
RCIL10TTS003GAD 3
Hydraulic PTO clutch valve and four wheel drive valve assemblies

(A) PTO clutch valve assembly
(A1) PTO control valve
(A2) Pressure regulator valve – 12 - 15 bar (174 - 218 psi)
(A3) Safety valve – 5.3 - 8.5 bar (77 - 123 psi)
(A4) PTO clutch
(A5) PTO brake
(B) Four wheel drive valve assembly (optional)
(C) Oil cooler
(D) Transmission
(E) Flow from tandem pump – 26 l/min (7 US gpm) pump supply
(F) PTO lubrication
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 22
Remote coupler - Exploded view
RCPH10TTS013GAD 1
Remote coupler components

(1) Dust cover assembly (12) Locking body (23) Probe
(2) Left-hand coupler assembly (13) Retaining ring (24) O-ring
(3) Right-hand coupler assembly (14) Spring (25) Detent ball
(4) Retaining ring (15) Washer (26) Sleeve
(5) Seal (16) Backup ring (27) O-ring
(6) Seal (17) Adaptor (28) Front sealing ring
(7) Locking sleeve (18) Seal (29) Retaining ring
(8) Spring (19) Seal (30) Spring
(9) Seal (20) Spring (31) Body
(10) Backup ring (21) Valve
(11) Detent ball (22) Spring
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 23
Remote coupler - Static description

The remote couplers remain spring loaded to the closed position when disconnected from auxiliary hydraulic equip-
ment.
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 24
Remote coupler - Dynamic description

With equipment connected and the remote valve pressurized, oil forces the hose connection check valve off the seat,
while the spring-loaded probe remains in contact with the face of the check valve.
Pressurized oil forces the locking sleeve within the coupler rearward, applying the locking balls against the end of the
probe, preventing the probe from moving rearward.
The probe locks in the forward position, which holds the connector check valve fully open, even under low-pressure
conditions.
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 25
Remote coupler - Sectional view
RCPH10TTS014HAD 1
Remote valve coupler oil flow

(A) Coupler disconnected (not pressurized) (3) Hose connector check valve
(B) Coupler connected (pressurized) (4) Probe
(1) Coupler assembly (5) Locking sleeve
(2) Auxiliary equipment hose connector (6) Detent balls
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 26
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 27
Remote valve - Detailed view

Detailed view of a remote valve and attached components
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 28
RCPH10TTS012GAD 1
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 29
NOTE: Only one set of remote coupler components are shown for illustration purposes.
(1) Hydraulic remote control levers (7) Remote valve assembly

(2) Control lever linkage (8) Hydraulic oil fill tube assembly
(3) Hydraulic hose brackets (9) Remote valve oil return tube
(4) Remote valve support bracket (10) Remote valve oil pressure tube
(5) Hydraulic hose (11) Hydraulic tube sensor assembly
(6) Remote coupler assembly (12) Priority control valve assembly
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 30
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 31
Remote valve - Exploded view
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 32
RCPH10TTS011GAD 1
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 33
(1) Spool (22) Plug (43) Screws

(2) Screws (23) O-ring (44) Washer
(3) Spool retainer (24) Flow control bushing (45) Detent ball
(4) Spool cleaner (25) Flow control knob with screw (46) Backup O-ring
(5) O-ring (26) Flow control end cap (47) O-ring
(6) Shuttle check valve (27) O-ring (48) Backup O-ring
(7) O-ring (28) Spring (49) O-ring
(8) O-ring (29) Plug (50) End cap
(9) O-ring (30) Plug (51) Retaining ring
(10) Plug (31) Plug (52) Regulator
(11) Backup ring (32) Plug (53) O-ring
(12) Washer (33) Primary check valve assembly (54) Restrictor
(13) O-ring (34) Flow restrictor bushing (55) O-ring
(14) Center spring retainer (35) Load check valve (56) Backup ring
(15) Washer (36) Spring (57) Detent regulating valve
(16) Spool centering spring (37) Knob handle pin (58) Spring
(17) Screw positioner (38) Backup O-ring (59) Detent valve spring adjuster
(18) O-ring (39) O-ring (60) Lock nut
(19) Detent plunger (40) Backup O-ring (61) Detent piston
(20) Flow control spool (41) Retaining ring (62) Detent piston spring
(21) Pin (42) Detent housing (63) Ring
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 34
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 35
Remote valve - Dynamic description

Single remote valve operation – Neutral
• A centering spring holds the control valve spool in neutral, blocking pump supply Gallery B.
• The control valve spool also isolates Galleries G and H from pump supply Gallery B, and oil return Galleries E
and F. This traps the hydraulic oil in both ends of the lift cylinder.
• Galleries C and D connect with the return oil Galleries E and F, allowing pressure in the load sensing lines to
return to sump.
• The combining valve moves to the left, compressing the spring, and diverts oil flow from the pumps, back to
the reservoir through the priority valve pack.
– Pump pressurized oil – Trapped oil
– Suction oil / return to deposit
(1) Flow control restrictor (12) Control valve spool

(2) Load check valve (13) Shuttle check valve
(3) Check valve spring (14) Load sense line (pilot line)
(4) Flow control knob (15) Flow control spring
(5) Detent regulating valve (16) Flow control spool
(6) Detent spool (17) Return to deposit
(7) Detent plunger and spring (18) From auxiliary pump (if equipped)
(8) Detent balls (19) Priority valve group
(9) Centering spring (20) Supply to remote valve
(10) External cylinder (21) Combining valve
(11) Valve body (22) Main pump supply
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 36
RCPH10TTS009HAD 1
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 37
Single remote control valve operation – Raising
• With the remote control valve lever in the raise position, the control valve spool moves forward and the spring-
loaded detent balls engage the rear grooves of the detent plunger.
• Pump supply Gallery B connects to Galleries G and D while Galleries H and C connect to return through Gallery
E.
• When initially moving the remote control valve lever, the pressure in Gallery D equalizes with the cylinder
pressure, or the hydraulic back-pressure, whichever is greater.
• The pressurized oil in Gallery D flows to the shuttle check valve and through an internal drilling to the detent
regulating valve, flow control valve spool, and the pilot line (load sensing).
• The pilot line (load sensing) pressure from Gallery D acts on the end of the combining valve spool, moving
the spool to the right. The return Gallery in the priority valve pack closes and the main hydraulic and auxiliary
pump (if equipped) oil pressure flows to the remote valve inlet port.
• Pump pressurized oil flows from Gallery A to Gallery B through the flow control valve spool, flow control re-
strictor, and the load check valve.
• The flow control restrictor setting (manually set with the flow control knob) determines the volume of oil entering
Gallery B and flowing to Gallery G.
• Exhaust oil from the cylinder Gallery H returns to the reservoir through Gallery E.
• When the cylinder fully extends, pump supply pressure increases until the detent regulating valve opens. Pump
pressurized oil moves the detent spool against the detent spring and releases the clamping effort on the detent
balls at the end of the control valve spool. The centering spring now moves the spool back to the neutral
position.
• With the remote control valve lever in the raise position, the control valve spool moves forward and the spring-
loaded detent balls engage the rear grooves in the detent plunger.
– Pump pressurized oil – Suction oil / return to deposit

84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 38
RCPH10TTS010HAD 2
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 39
Single remote valve operation – Lowering with slow flow control setting
• Moving the remote control valve lever to the lowering position forces the control valve spool rearwards, allowing
the spring loaded detent balls to engage the front groove on the detent plunger.
• Gallery B connects to Galleries H and C, and Gallery G connects to Galleries D and F. This action reverses
the connection to-and-from the cylinder. Pressurized oil retracts the remote cylinder in the same manner as
described in the raising sequence.
• The shuttle check valve enables the pilot line to sense pressure in Gallery C, and directs the flow of oil to
operate the detent regulating valve and flow control valve spool.
• The flow control restrictor rotates, reducing the slotted area in which oil flows into Gallery B and to the control
valve, restricting oil flow to Gallery B. The degree of restriction, causes supply pressure to increase compared
to pilot line pressure.
• Pressure from the pump supply line, acts on the right hand end of the combining valve, and the spool moves
against the spring, diverting surplus oil to sump.
– Pump pressurized oil – Reduced oil flow

84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 40
RCPH10TTS011HAD 3
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 41
Double remote valve operation
• Operation of two or more remote valves simultaneously, is possible irrespective of cylinder load.
• When two spools simultaneously operate a light load and heavy load circuit, the oil flowing from the control
valve attempts to flow to the light load circuit. The flow control spool maintains the set flow to the light load
circuit.
• The shuttle ball in the load sense line pushes firmly toward the low pressure circuit, isolating the line from the
remote valve operating under the lighter load condition.
• Hydraulic oil from pump supply Gallery B flows to the left side of the flow control valve spool through the shuttle
check valve. Oil flows through radial holes in the spool at Gallery A to Gallery B.
• When pressure differs greatly between two operating remote circuits, an excessive amount of oil flows from
the pump supply Gallery B through the flow control valve, via the restrictor, to the remote circuit operating at
the lower pressure. This additional flow results in increased pressure generated on the right-hand end of the
flow control spool.
• The flow control spool moves to the left and compresses the spring, progressively covering the radial holes in
the spool. This restricts oil from Gallery A to the load check valve, and eliminates excessive oil flow to the light
load circuit, while maintaining supply line pressure from the heavy load circuit.
– Pump pressurized oil – Reduced oil flow
– Suction oil / return to deposit – Controlled oil flow

84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 42
RCPH10TTS013HAD 4
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 43
Single remote valve operation – Float
• The float position allows operation of single acting cylinders when lowering under light load conditions.
• With the remote control lever full forward in the float position, the control valve spool moves rearward past the
lowering position to allow engagement of the detent balls with the grooves on the float detent plunger.
• The control valve spool requires manual movement to neutral by the operator, as the shuttle check valve gen-
erates no pressure to release the detent mechanism.
• Galleries E, F, G, and H connect to return, allowing the cylinder to float and assume any position.
• Galleries C and D also connect to Galleries E and F, allowing only low back pressure on either side of the
shuttle check valve. There is no pressure in the pilot line, and the pump output returns to the reservoir through
the combining valve.

84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 44
RCPH10TTS012HAD 5
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 45
Hydraulic pump Tandem gear pump - Exploded view

Tandem gear exploded view (front pump - hydraulic lift/remote valves/high pressure)
RCPH10TTS009GAD 1
Front pump internal components
(1) Pump body (15) Hex bolt M10 x 1.5 x 115 mm

(2) Rear plug (relief valve) (16) Hex bolt M10 x 1.5 x 110 mm
(3) Filter support (17) Grower washer 10 mm
(4) Spring (relief valve) (18) Hex nut 1/2 in
(5) Lower piston (relief valve) (19) Lock washer 1/2 in
(6) O-ring (relief valve) (20) Drive gear
(7) Body (relief valve) (21) Oil seal
(8) O-ring (relief valve) (22) Front pump cover plate
(9) Backup ring (relief valve) (23) Hoop O-ring seal
(10) Driven gear (24) Backup O-ring seal
(11) O-ring (transfer tube) (25) Double bearing block
(12) Backup spiral seal (transfer tube) (26) Drive gear shaft
(13) Transfer tube (long connector) (27) Plug with O-ring
(14) Woodruff cotter pin (28) Elastic pin
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 46
Tandem gear exploded view (rear pump - steering/lubrication/low pressure)
RCPH10TTS008GAD 2
Rear pump internal components
(1) Pump body (7) Rear pump cover plate

(2) Backup spiral seal (transfer tube) (8) Hoop O-ring seal
(3) O-ring (transfer tube) (9) Backup O-ring seal
(4) Transfer tube (short connector) (10) Double bearing block
(5) O-ring (11) Driven gear
(6) Drive gear (12) Spacer plate
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 47
Hydraulic pump Tandem gear pump - Sectional view

Tandem gear pump (cross section view)
RCPH10TTS004GAD 1
Cross section of transmission mounted tandem gear pump
(1) Outlet port to hydraulic lift (6) Hydraulic lift pump outlet port
(2) Steering pump drive gear (7) Pump assembly drive gear
(3) Steering pump driven gear (8) Hydraulic lift pump driven gear
(4) Outlet port to PTO (9) Drive link
(5) Hydraulic lift pump driven gear (10) Pump inlet port (both pumps)
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 48
Hydraulic pump - Exploded view

Auxiliary engine mounted hydraulic pump (optional)
RCPH10TTS003HAD 1
(1) O-ring (6) Hoop O-ring seal (11) Drive gear

(2) Ring retainer (7) Backup O-ring seal (12) Pump body
(3) Seal retainer (8) Gasket (13) Pump cover plate
(4) Ring guide (9) Double bearing block (14) Flat washer
(5) Pump base cover (10) Driven gear (15) Allen bolt M10 x 1.5 x 95
mm
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 49
Control valve Priority/Regulator valve - Exploded view

The priority valve group (PVG), located on top of the hydraulic lift cover contains a set of valves, that establishes
pump oil priority, and controls the flow of oil to the lift cylinder, remote valves, and auxiliary equipment.
Flow control valve (FCV)

The flow control valve, located in the priority valve group, controls oil flow to the lift control valve, by sensing pressure
variations. The flow control valve also diverts surplus oil to the combining valve.
Unload valve (UV)

The unload valve, located in the priority valve group, responds to flow control valve movement, and operates in two
positions. In the raised position, the valve allows oil to flow to the lift cylinder. In the neutral or lowering position, the
valve directs oil to the reservoir (rear axle center casing).
Combining valve (CV)

The combining valve regulates the flow of oil to the remote valve circuit, and combines the flow of oil from the main
and auxiliary pumps as required.
The combining valve performs the following functions:

• Directs main hydraulic and optional auxiliary pump oil flow to remote circuits on demand, and returns oil flow to
sump when no demand exists.
• Directs oil flow to sump if pump output exceeds remote circuit demand.
• Protects the remote circuits and auxiliary pump circuit from excessive pressure.
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 50
RCPH10TTS013FAD 1
(1) Priority valve group (PVG) (9) PVG restrictor O-ring and (17) CV plug and O-ring
plug
(2) Flow control valve (FCV) (10) Lift circuit (LC) check valve (18) APC check valve plug with
spool seat/slot and O-ring O-ring
(3) FCV hex socket plug (11) LC check valve spring (19) Unload valve (UV) plug with
O-ring
(4) Auxiliary pump circuit (APC) (12) LC check valve spacer with (20) UV spring LC check valve
check valve plug with O-ring plug spring
(5) APC check valve spring stop (13) LC check valve cage (21) UV spool with O-ring
(6) APC check valve spring (14) LC check valve ball (22) FCV plug with O-ring
(7) APC check valve ball (15) Combined valve (CV) spool (23) FCV spring
with internal relief valve
(8) PVG restrictor (16) CV spring
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 51
Control valve - Dynamic description

Control valve oil flow – Neutral
With the control valve in the neutral position, the following functions occurs:
• The trapped hydraulic oil within the lift cylinder holds the cylinder in the desired position.
• Pressurized oil enters the combining valve, located in the priority valve pack on top of the hydraulic lift cover.
The combining valve either returns the oil to the reservoir, or directs it to the remote valve(s), depending on
demand.
• Hydraulic circuits without remote valves installed, do not require a combining valve.
With the control valve in the neutral position, the following oil flow occurs:
• Pump pressure enters the lift cover at Gallery E, where the control valve prevents the oil from entering Galleries
C and D.
• Pressurized oil flows up Gallery E to the flow control valve and unload valve.
• The unload valve opens to return at the left side via Gallery C, and the control valve center.
• Oil pressure applied to the center face of the spool in the unload valve holds the spool to the left.
• With the unload valve held to the left, oil in Gallery D, and in the spring-loaded end of the flow control valve,
returns to sump through Gallery G, by way of a small internal drilling in the unload valve.
• Oil pressure in Gallery E now acts on the right-hand face of the flow control valve via an internal drilling, and
moves the valve full left, which allows the oil to flow from Gallery E to Gallery F.
• With the remote valve(s) in neutral, the load sensing, line pressure vents to sump through the remote valve(s).
Pressurized oil in Gallery F acts on the right-hand side of the combining valve, and moves the valve to the left,
which ports oil from Gallery F to return through Gallery G.
• The oil in the lift cylinder remains trapped in Galleries A and B by the control valve land, and the check valve.
– Suction oil / return to deposit – Auxiliary pump oil (if equipped)
(1) To remote valves (7) Exhaust valve

(2) Combining valve (8) To lift cylinder
(3) Unload valve (9) Check valve
(4) Flow control valve (10) To rear axle reservoir
(5) From main pump (11) Remote valve pilot (load sense) line
(6) Control valve (12) From auxiliary pump (if equipped)
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 52
RCPH10TTS005HAD 1
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 53
Control valve oil flow – Lowering position
With the control valve in the lowering position, the following functions occurs:
• Pressurized oil enters the combining valve, located in the priority valve pack on top of the hydraulic lift cover.
The combining valve either returns the oil to the reservoir, or directs it to the remote valve(s), depending on
demand.
• Hydraulic oil within the lift cylinder returns to sump through the control valve and exhaust valve.
With the control valve in the lowering position, the following oil flow occurs:
• Pump pressure enters the lift cover at Gallery E, where the control valve prevents the oil from entering Galleries
C and D.
• Pressurized oil flows up Gallery E to the flow control valve and unload valve.
• The unload valve opens to sump on the left side via Gallery C, and the control valve center.
• Oil pressure applied to the center face of the spool forces the spool to the left.
• With the unload valve held to the left, oil in Gallery D, and in the spring-loaded end of the flow control valve,
returns to sump through Gallery G, by way of a small internal drilling.
• Oil pressure in Gallery E acts on the right-hand face of the flow control valve via an internal drilling, which
moves the valve full left, allowing the oil to flow from Gallery E to Gallery F.
• In both the neutral and lowering positions, a lack of demand from the remote valve(s) will cause the combining
valve to discharge hydraulic oil back to sump.
• As the control valve moves to the right from neutral to the lowering position, lift cylinder oil flows out of Galleries
A and B, through the control valve, and on to sump through the exhaust valve.
• Excess oil flow from the lift cylinder through the exhaust valve forces the valve down against the spring, which
reduces the exhaust port aperture.The reduced exhaust port aperture consequently controls the lowering of
the lift arms irrespective of the loading on the lift linkage.

84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 54
RCPH10TTS006HAD 2
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 55
Control valve oil flow – Raise position (slow)
When raising the hydraulic lift, two conditions occur, referenced as slow and fast raises. The number of open ports
in the control valve that direct pressurized oil to the lift cylinder determines the speed of the lift.
Moving the lift control lever to the point where the hydraulic lift begins to raise, engages the slow lift and the
following functions occur:
• Pressurized oil flows to the lift cylinder or combining valve.
• The position of the control valve determines the position of the flow control valve, giving priority to lift cylinder
demand, and diverting the surplus oil to the combining valve.
• The combining valve either returns the surplus oil to the reservoir, or directs it to the remote valve(s), depending
on demand.
With the control valve in the slow raise position, the following oil flow occurs:
• The initial movement of the lift control lever shifts the control valve from the neutral to the slow raise position.
This allows pressurized oil from Gallery E to flow to Gallery C through a drilled passage in the control valve,
and the left-hand end of the unload valve.
• The combination of spring pressure in the unload valve, and oil pressure in Gallery C, shifts the unload valve
spool full right, connecting Galleries E and D through a large cross drilling.
• The channel drilled in the unload valve restricts the hydraulic oil flow to 7.6 l/min (2.0 US gpm), which induces
a smooth initial lift. The reduced pressure acts on the left-hand face of the flow control valve spool, and moves
it to the right. The initial oil flow from the flow control valve enters Galleries A and B through a check valve.
• Further movement of the control valve to the left, uncovers a series of ports connecting Gallery E with Gallery
D. Oil flow increases into Gallery D, which speeds up the lift cylinder movement. The flow control valve moves
further to the right, reducing oil flow from Gallery E to Gallery F.

84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 56
RCPH10TTS007HAD 3
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 57
Control valve oil flow – Raise position (fast)
When raising the hydraulic lift, two conditions occur, referenced as slow and fast raises. The number of open ports
in the control valve that direct pressurized oil to the lift cylinder determines the speed of the lift.
Moving the lift control lever fully backward engages the fast lift position bypassing the slow lift, and the following
functions occur:
• The flow control valve gives full priority to the lift cylinder.
• At this point, operation of the remote valve(s) would only be possible with an additional auxiliary engine mounted
pump installed.
With the control valve in the fast raise position, the following oil flow occurs:
• The full rear movement of the lift control lever shifts the control valve pass the slow raise position to the fast
raise position. All the ports in the control valve bushing uncover, allowing increased pump oil flow from Gallery
E to Gallery D.
• The combination of spring pressure in the unload valve, and oil pressure in Gallery C, shifts the unload valve
spool full right, connecting Galleries E and D through a large cross drilling.
• Oil flows from Gallery E to Gallery D with less restriction and the pressure on both sides of the flow control
valve equalizes. The flow control vale spring moves the spool to the full right position, closing off Gallery E
from Gallery F.
• All pressurized oil from the pump diverts to the lift cylinder through Gallery A, giving the lift cylinder priority over
the remote valve(s).
• The size of the ports in the flow control valve bushing limit the oil flow to the lift cylinder to a maximum of 31.0
l/min (8.2 US gpm).
• The completely closed off Gallery F allows the combining valve to move to the right, preventing oil flow to sump
through Gallery G, unless there is an auxiliary engine mounted pump installed.
– Pump pressurized oil – Auxiliary pump oil (if equipped)

84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 58
RCPH10TTS008HAD 4
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 59
Control valve oil flow with auxiliary engine mounted pump (if equipped)
The optional auxiliary engine mounted pump supplements pressurized oil to the remote valve(s) circuit.
• A pilot (load sensing) signal applied to the left end of the combining valve moves the valve to the right. This
blocks the connections of Gallery F to G and Gallery H to G progressively, depending on the hydraulic require-
ments of the remote valve(s).
• Pressurized oil from the auxiliary pump enters the priority valve pack and forces open the remote valve feed
check-valve open to combine with oil flow from the main pump in Gallery F.
• With the remote valve(s) circuit in neutral, the load sensing line vents, and pump oil pressure in Gallery F
moves the combining valve to the left, opening pump oil flow to return through Gallery G.
• The relief valve within the combining valve vents oil to return through Gallery G, if pressure exceeds 182 bar
(2639 psi) in the load sensing line, or if there is an overload in the remote circuit. The change in pressure
across the combining valve moves the spool to the left, allowing excess oil flow from both pumps in Galleries
F and H to be exhausted to return through Gallery G.
– Pump pressurized oil – Auxiliary pump oil (if equipped)

84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 60
RCPH10TTS008HAD 5
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 61
Remote valve - Prepare

WARNING
Improper operation or service of this machine can result in an accident.
Read and understand the SAFETY INFORMATION Section before you operate or service the machine.
W0266A
WARNING
Chemical hazard!
When handling fuel, lubricants, and other service chemicals, follow the manufacturer's instructions.
Wear Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) as instructed. Do not smoke or use open flame. Collect
fluids in proper containers. Obey all local and environmental regulations when disposing of chemi-
cals.
W0371A
WARNING
Uncontrolled equipment movement!
Before disconnecting the hydraulic hoses from the tractor:
-Lower the implement to the ground; OR,
-Install the transport stops and place the hydraulic remote lever in the float position.
W0907A
NOTICE: Contamination in the hydraulic system is a major cause of hydraulic component malfunction. Contamination
is any foreign material in the hydraulic oil. Contamination can enter the hydraulic system in several ways:
(A) Draining or filling the hydraulic reservoir.

(B) Disconnecting hydraulic hoses or connectors.
(C) Disassembling hydraulic components.
(D) Damaged or worn seals.
It is critical to work in a clean environment and thoroughly clean the area around any component that will be serviced.
1. Park the tractor on level ground. Turn the engine off.
Chock the front and rear wheels.
2. Move the hydraulic controls back and forth a few
times to release the pressure in the hydraulic lines.
3. Clean the area around the remote control valves.
4. If applicable, disconnect the external hydraulic
equipment from the remote valves and remove it
from the tractor.
5. Be prepared to cap or plug disconnected hoses to
prevent excess fluid loss and/or oil contamination.
Next operation:
Remote valve - Remove (A.10.A)
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 62
Remote valve - Remove

WARNING
W0266A
WARNING
Chemical hazard!
cals.
W0371A
WARNING
W0907A
Prior operation:
Remote valve - Prepare (A.10.A)
1. Disconnect the remote valve (1) as follows:

A. Disconnect the hydraulic hoses (2) from the top
and rear of the remote valve.
B. Cap or plug the hydraulic hoses or connectors.
C. Disconnect the lever control linkage (3) from
the back of the valve.
RCPH09TTS072AAD 1
2. Remove the remote valve as follows:

A. Remove five Allen head bolts (1) located un-
derneath and on both sides of the remote valve.
B. Lift the valve off the remote coupler (2).
C. Plug or cap any open ports on the remote cou-
pler.
RCPH09TTS072AAD 2
Next operation:
Remote valve - Install (A.10.A)
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 63
Remote valve - Disassemble

WARNING
W0266A
WARNING
Chemical hazard!
cals.
W0371A
WARNING
W0907A
Prior operation:
NOTICE: Perform the following procedure on a clean smooth surface.

1. From the side of the valve housing, remove the pri-
ority check valve (1) and detent ball (3). Discard the
O-rings (2).
RCPH10TTS055BAD 1
2. From the back of the valve remove the flow control

end cap (1) and discard the O-ring (2). Disassemble
the spring (3) and flow control spool (4) from the rear
of the valve.
RCPH10TTS046BAD 2
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 64
3. Remove the shuttle check valve (1). Discard O-rings

(2) and (3), and backup ring (4).
RCPH10TTS054BAD 3
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 65
RCPH10TTS014FAD 4
NOTE: In the following step the bushing can only be pushed into the housing approximately 1 mm (0.04 in), which is
sufficient to allow removal of the retaining ring. Components called out in figures 4 and 5 are the same; use either as
the need for clarity dictates.
4. Remove the remaining flow control components from
the front of the valve housing. Proceed as follows:
A. Loosen the control knob set screw (6). Remove
the flow control knob (1).
B. Push the flow control bushing (2) into the valve
housing and with a suitable tool remove the
retaining ring (3).
C. Remove the internal components (2), (9), (10),
(11), and (12).
D. Discard O-rings, (4) and (7), and backup rings
(5) and (8).
RCPH10TTS047BAD 5
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 66
RCPH10TTS015FAD 6
5. Disassemble detent assembly and detent regulating

valve components. Proceed as follows:
A. Refer to figure 7 and remove three Allen bolts
(17) and detent housing (1) from the end of the
flow control spool (19). Discard the O-ring (18).
B. Refer to figure 6. Using a suitable press, push
in the end-cap (9) sufficiently into the detent
housing (1) and remove the retaining ring (10).
C. Refer to figure 6. Release the pressure from
the end-cap, allowing the spring (11) within the
detent housing to eject the end-cap.
D. Refer to figure 6. Remove the internal compo-
nents (12) – (16). Confirm all nine detent balls RCPH10TTS048BAD 7
(15) are collected.
E. Refer to figure 6. Disassemble the detent reg-
ulating assembly (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), (7) and
(8).
F. Refer to figure 6. Discard O-rings (3), (14) and
backup rings (4), (13).
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 67
RCPH10TTS016FAD 8
6. Refer to figure 8. Compress the centering spring (3)

and remove the detent plunger (6) from the shaft (5).
7. Refer to figure 8. To prevent damage to the hous-
ing from the exposed end of the main spool (1), re-
move the spool from the opposite end of the housing.
Remove and retain the washer (4) and both center
spring retainers (2).
8. Repeat the procedure on the remaining valve assem-
bly.
9. Clean all components in a suitable solvent and allow
to dry before assembly.
10. Inspect all components for obvious damage, exces-
sive wear or distorted spools and valves. Replace
defective components.
NOTE: The main spool, flow control spool and restrictor
match the valve housing and are not available separately.
Next operation:
Remote valve - Assemble (A.10.A)
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 68
Remote valve - Assemble

WARNING
W0266A
WARNING
Chemical hazard!
cals.
W0371A
WARNING
W0907A
Prior operation:
Remote valve - Disassemble (A.10.A)
NOTE: Assemble the remote valve using the Remote valve - Exploded view (A.10.A) as a guide.
1. Install a new O-ring into the detent valve channel in
the valve housing as shown.
RCPH10TTS057BAD 1
2. Place a new O-ring on the main spool. Insert the

main spool through the back side of the valve as
shown.
Secure the back side of the main spool in place with
a washer, retaining plate, and screws.
RCPH10TTS058BAD 2
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 69
3. Assemble the remaining main spool components as

follows:
A. Install new O-rings and backup rings over the
main spool (1).
B. Assemble the centering spring retainers (2),
spring (3) and washer (4) over the main spool.
C. Apply thread lock to the threads of the detent
screw shaft (5).
D. Compress the centering spring assembly and
secure it in place with the screw shaft. RCPH10TTS017AAD 3
Tighten to a torque of 7 N·m (62 lb in).
4. Attach the detent plunger to the head of the screw
shaft as shown.
RCPH10TTS059BAD 4
5. Assemble detent assembly and detent regulating

valve components as follows:
A. Install new O-rings and backup rings.
B. Assemble the detent regulating assembly.
C. Install the internal components.
D. Using a suitable press, push in end-cap suffi-
ciently into the detent housing and install the
retaining ring.
RCPH10TTS016AAD 5
6. Place a new O-ring between the detent housing and

the valve housing as shown. Secure the assembly
to the valve with three Allen bolts.
Tighten to a torque of 15 - 20 N·m (133 - 177 lb in).
RCPH10TTS056BAD 6
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 70
7. On the side of the valve housing, install a check valve

ball (3), new O-rings (2), and the priority check valve
(1). Tighten to a torque of 7 N·m (62 lb in).
RCPH10TTS055BAD 7
8. On the back side of the valve housing, assemble the

spring, spool (1) and flow control end cap (2) along
with a new O-ring (3).
RCPH10TTS046BAD 8
9. Install the remaining flow control components from

the front of the valve housing as follows:
A. Install new O-rings and backup rings on the
flow control bushing.
B. Assemble the internal components.
C. Push the flow control bushing into the valve
housing and install the retaining ring.
D. Attach the flow control knob and secure it with
the set screw.
RCPH10TTS015AAD 9
10. Install the shuttle check valve with new O-rings and
backup rings.
RCPH10TTS054BAD 10
11. Repeat steps 1 through 10 for the remaining remote

valve.
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 71
Next operation:
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 72
Remote valve - Install

WARNING
W0266A
WARNING
Chemical hazard!
cals.
W0371A
WARNING
W0907A
Prior operation:
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 73
RCPH10TTS015GAD 1
NOTE: Only one remote coupler (1) is shown for illustration purposes.
1. Remove plugs or caps installed on the coupler during
the removal procedure.
2. Replace O-rings between the valve (2) and coupler
(1).
3. Position the remote valve on top of the coupler. En-
sure the valve is seated properly. Secure the remote
valve to the couplers with five Allen bolts (6).
Tighten to a torque of 15 - 20 N·m (133 - 177 lb in).
4. Remove caps or plugs from hydraulic hoses or con-
nectors and replace worn O-rings, as needed.
5. Secure control linkage (4), hydraulic hoses/tubes (3),
and hose bracket (5) to the remote valve (2).
6. Check the hydraulic oil level and fill as needed.
Next operation:
Remote valve - Pressure test (A.10.A)
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 74
Remote valve - Pressure test

WARNING
Escaping fluid!
Hydraulic fluid or diesel fuel leaking under pressure can penetrate the skin and cause infection or
other injury. To prevent personal injury: Relieve all pressure before disconnecting fluid lines or per-
forming work on the hydraulic system. Before applying pressure, make sure all connections are tight
and all components are in good condition. Never use your hand to check for suspected leaks under
pressure. Use a piece of cardboard or wood for this purpose. If injured by leaking fluid, see your
doctor immediately.
W0178A
During the pressure test if any hydraulic leaks are noticed repair the leak and repeat the pressure test procedure.
Prior operation:
1. Install the inlet hose of a suitable flow meter into the

upper port of a remote coupler (1).
2. Set the corresponding flow control knob (3) to maxi-
mum flow.
3. Install the flow meter return hose into the lower port
of the same remote coupler (2) on the tractor.
4. Fully open the load valve on flow meter.
5. Ensure all connections are secure. Start tractor and
set engine speed to 2100 RPM.
RCPH09TTS072AAD 1
6. Position the same color remote control lever of the

valve in float position, fully forward (1).
7. Position the remote control lever of the valve tested
rearwards, to the extend position (2).
8. Gradually close the flow meter load valve until a pres-
sure of 137 bar (1987 psi) is obtained. Allow the
tractor to run until the hydraulic oil reaches an oper-
ating temperature near 75 °C (167 °F).
9. Continue to close the flow meter load valve, while
observing a steady rise in pressure, until the detent
regulating valve opens, at which point the needle on
the flow meter gauge fluctuates, and the remote con-
trol lever returns to neutral.
10. The gauge reading immediately preceding needle
fluctuation must be within 176 - 182 bar (2552 - 2639
psi) which is the pressure when the detent regulat-
ing valve must open. RCIL10TTS001BAD 2
NOTE: The maximum flow capacity for a remote valve is

13.0 l/min (3.4 US gpm). If the tractor is equipped with an
auxiliary engine mounted pump the maximum flow capacity
is 15.0 l/min (4.0 US gpm).
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 75
11. For readings not within specifications, adjust the

pressure as follows:
A. Loosen the detent regulating valve locknut (1).
B. Turn the adjusting screw (inside the valve lock-
nut (1)) to change pressure. One-half turn
(clockwise or counterclockwise) of the adjust-
ing screw changes the pressure approximately
31 bar (450 psi).
C. Tighten the detent regulating valve locknut.
Repeat the pressure test
RCPH09TTS072AAD 3
NOTICE: In the event the remote valve flow capacity is below specifications during maximum output, test the tandem
gear pump pressure and if applicable the auxiliary pump pressure. The pumps may require repair.
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 76
Hydraulic pump Tandem gear pump - Prepare

DANGER
Do not operate this machine or perform any lubrication, maintenance, or repair on it until you have
read and understood the operation, lubrication, maintenance, and repair information.
Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.
D0010A
WARNING
W0907A
WARNING
Chemical hazard!
cals.
W0371A

3. Clean the area around the hydraulic oil drain plug as
shown. Remove the drain plug and allow the oil to
drain into an appropriate container.
• On 2WD tractors, the oil is drained from the
rear axle housing.
RCPH09TTS028AAD 1

transfer case drain plug as shown.
4. After the oil has drained install the drain plug.
RCPH09TTS040AAD 2
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 77
5. Remove the right-hand side of the user platform floor.

A. Remove the floor mat brackets (2) and bolt
hardware. Lift the floor mat (1) off the platform.
B. Remove the bolt hardware from the right-hand
side of the platform (3).
C. Remove the platform from the tractor.
RCPH10TTS044BAD 3
6. Be prepared to cap or plug disconnected hoses or

ports to prevent oil contamination.
NOTE: For easier access to the tandem pump; disconnect the brake actuating rods from the levers and remove the
brake pedal linkage. Refer to Brake - Disassemble (D.30.C) for the procedure.
Next operation:
Hydraulic pump Tandem gear pump - Remove (A.10.A)
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 78
Hydraulic pump Tandem gear pump - Remove

DANGER
D0010A
WARNING
W0907A
WARNING
Chemical hazard!
cals.
W0371A
Prior operation:
Hydraulic pump Tandem gear pump - Prepare (A.10.A)
1. Remove the filter guard (1), bolt hardware and sup-

port brackets (2).
2. Clean the area around the filter (3) and the tandem
pump hose connections.
36083564 1
3. Disconnect the pump as follows:

A. Remove and discard the pump filter (1).
B. Disconnect the tandem pump hydraulic hose
connections.
(2) – Dual command oil supply
(3) – Steering motor oil return
(4) – Steering motor oil supply
NOTE: Limit oil contamination, plug and cap disconnected
hoses.
RCPH10TTS045BAD 2
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 79
4. Remove the tandem pump's (1) six retaining bolts.

5. Remove the pump from the rear axle housing (1).
6. Remove and discard the pump gasket (2).
RCPH10TTS021AAD 3
Next operation:
Hydraulic pump Tandem gear pump - Install (A.10.A)
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 80
Hydraulic pump Tandem gear pump - Disassemble

DANGER
D0010A
WARNING
W0907A
WARNING
Chemical hazard!
cals.
W0371A
Prior operation:
NOTE: When disassembling the pump, lay components out in the order of removal to facilitate a quick and easy
reassembly. Perform the following procedure on a clean smooth surface.
1. Remove the pressure relief valve assembly, and dis-
card O-rings and backup rings.
RCPH10TTS067BAD 1
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 81
NOTE: If the pressure relief valve is not operating within

specifications (“Hydraulic pump Tandem gear pump - Pres-
sure test” Hydraulic pump Tandem gear pump - Pres-
sure test (A.10.A) , install a new backup ring and 0–rings
on the pressure relief valve assembly.
RCPH10TTS020AAD 2
2. Remove the nut (1), lock washer (2), drive gear (3),
and woodruff key (4) from the drive gear shaft (5).
RCPH10TTS062BAD 3
3. Remove all six front pump bolts and washers as

shown.
RCPH10TTS063BAD 4
4. Ease the cover plate (1) forward to clear the locating

dowels (2). Tilt the cover to clear the transfer tube
(3) and slide the cover plate off the pump housing.
RCPH10TTS060BAD 5
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 82
5. Slide the front pump gear shaft assembly out of the

housing.
NOTE: Take note of the bearing block identification mark-
ings while the pump gear is still assembled.
RCPH10TTS064BAD 6
6. Disassemble the front gear pump assembly. Discard

O-ring, backup ring, and seals.
RCPH10TTS009GAD 7
7. Disassemble the rear gear pump assembly. Discard

O-ring, backup ring, and seals.
RCPH10TTS008GAD 8
Next operation:
Hydraulic pump Tandem gear pump - Overhaul (A.10.A)
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 83
Hydraulic pump Tandem gear pump - Overhaul

DANGER
D0010A
WARNING
W0907A
WARNING
Chemical hazard!
cals.
W0371A
NOTICE: Do not service gears, bearing blocks, or bushings as individual components but as matched sets. Replacing
individual pump components may have an adverse affect on the tractor's hydraulic operations.
Prior operation:
Hydraulic pump Tandem gear pump - Disassemble (A.10.A)
1. Clean all components in a suitable solvent. Allow

parts to dry.
2. Inspect bushings and bearing blocks for wear or
damage. Check for blocked lubrication scrolls in the
bushings. Replace the gears and bearing blocks as
a matched set if required.
3. Inspect pump gears for wear or damage, particularly
the bearing journals, gear teeth and side facings.
4. To ensure maximum pump efficiency, the width of
each pair of pump gears must be within 0.005 mm
(0.0002 in) of one another, and the journals within
0.013 mm (0.0005 in).
5. Remove light scoring marks on the gear facing areas
using a sheet of "O" grade wet or dry abrasive pa-
per and lubrication on a true flat surface. Polish the
area repaired using light pressure in a rotating mo-
tion. Polished journals will achieve free movement
in the body.
6. Inspect the gear track, embedded during the manu-
facturing process for the gear teeth, on the suction
side of the pump. The track depth must not exceed
0.10 mm (0.004 in), or continue beyond the suction
half of the gear aperture. Replace the pump when
gear tracks do not fall within specification.
7. Burrs found at the edge of the gear track should be
removed with "O" grade emery paper.
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 84
8. Inspect the pump cover for damage or cracks, partic-

ularly adjacent to the inlet and outlet ports, filter con-
nection and pump face. Check internal passages for
blockage.
9. Any component found unserviceable should neces-
sitate replacing the pump assembly. If an emergency
repair is required and worn components are replaced
individually, note the following points:
• The installation of new bearings will re-center
the gears and prevent the tips of the gear teeth
from bottoming, if continuing to use a pump
body where the track is out of specifications.
Pump inefficiencies will occur.
• Under working conditions, hydraulic pressure
within the pump loads the gears towards the
inlet side of the pump body. Continued use
of worn bearing and gear journals causes the
gears to shift, thus further damaging the gear
track in the pump body.
Next operation:
Hydraulic pump Tandem gear pump - Assemble (A.10.A)
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 85
Hydraulic pump Tandem gear pump - Assemble

DANGER
D0010A
WARNING
W0907A
WARNING
Chemical hazard!
cals.
W0371A
Prior operation:
Hydraulic pump Tandem gear pump - Overhaul (A.10.A)
NOTE: If required, refer to the Hydraulic pump Tandem gear pump - Exploded view (A.10.A) for an overview of
component placement. Or follow the component layout created during the disassemble procedure.
NOTICE: Interchanging new, used, and original gears or bushings will adversely affect pump efficiency. When re-
placing components always replace in sets. Always replace O-rings, backup rings, and seals.
1. When replacing locating dowels, allow 2.54 mm
(0.10 in) of the dowel to protrude from the pump
housing (1).
RCPH10TTS019AAD 1
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 86
2. Assemble the transfer tube (1), seal (2) and o-ring

(3). Insert them into the pump housing.
• Install the longer transfer tube assembly on the
front pump side of the housing.
• Install the shorter transfer tube assembly on
the rear pump side of the housing.
RCPH10TTS065BAD 2
3. Lubricate all internal components with clean 134D

AMBRA MULTI G hydraulic oil.
4. Assemble the rear pump's original gears with original
bearings. Do not switch components from their origi-
nal orientation in the pump. If replacing components
replace them in pairs not individually.
• Place a new O-ring (1) and backup ring (2) on
the rear pump's finished off edge bearing block
(4). Only one of the two bearing blocks has a
finished off edge.
• Place the finished off edge of the bearing block
into the rear pump housing (3) first.
• Place the rear pump assembly over the transfer
tube.
RCPH10TTS066BAD 3
5. With new O-rings, back up rings, and seals; assem-

ble the front pump gears and bearings.
RCPH10TTS064BAD 4
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 87
6. Slide the cover plate (1) over the drive gear axle (2).
Rotate the cover plate over the transfer tube (4) and
push the plate engaging both locating dowels (3).
RCPH10TTS060BAD 5
7. Secure the cover plate to the pump with bolts and

washers. Use the following bolt placement informa-
tion as a guide:
• (1) – M10 x 110 mm dark black bolt
• (2) – M10 x 110 mm knurled bolt
• (3) – M10 x 115 mm knurled bolt
• (4) – M10 x 115 mm dark black bolt
• Tighten bolts to a torque of 50 - 62 N·m (37 -
46 lb ft).
RCPH10TTS067BAD 6
8. If the pressure relief valve is not operating within

specifications, install new a backup ring and O-rings
on the pressure relief valve assembly.
RCPH10TTS020AAD 7
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 88
9. Secure the pressure relief valve assembly to the

pump housing.
Tighten to a torque of 60 - 68 N·m (44 - 50 lb ft).
RCPH10TTS067BAD 8
10. Insert the woodruff key (4) into the slot on the drive
axle gear (5). Secure the assembly with the lock
washer (2) and nut (1).
Tighten nut to a torque of 50 - 55 N·m (37 - 41 lb ft).
RCPH10TTS062BAD 9
Next operation:
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 89
Hydraulic pump Tandem gear pump - Install

DANGER
D0010A
WARNING
W0907A
WARNING
Chemical hazard!
cals.
W0371A
Prior operation:
NOTICE: Clean the area around the transmission opening to facilitate a tight seal between the tandem pump and the
transmission.
1. Align the tandem pump's new gasket (1) over the
transmission opening (2).
RCPH10TTS021AAD 1
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 90
2. Fill the pump's suction port (1) with clean 134D AM-
BRA MULTI G hydraulic oil and hand rotate the drive
wheel (2).
RCPH10TTS061BAD 2
3. Install the pump assembly as follows:

• Align the pump on the transmission over the
mounting pin and the hydraulic inlet tube.
• Confirm the pump drive gear correctly engages
with the transmission idler gear.
• Secure the pump to the transmission with
six retaining bolts and washers. Tighten to a
torque of 57 - 76 N·m (42 - 56 lb ft).
4. Remove hose caps or plugs and connect the pump.
A. Connect the tandem pump hydraulic hose con-
nections.
(2) – Dual command oil supply
(3) – Steering motor oil return
(4) – Steering motor oil supply
B. Attach a new pump filter (1). Clean the filter
contact surface. Spread clean oil around the
new filter rubber seal and install on the ma-
chine. Turn filter clockwise until both faces con-
tact and then hand tighten 3/4 of an additional
turn. Do not over tighten.
RCPH10TTS045BAD 3
5. Secure the filter guard (2) to the support brackets (3)

with the previously removed bolt hardware.
36083564 4
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 91
6. Remove the filler plug (1). Fill with oil, checking the
level with the dipstick (2). The oil level should be
between the marks (3) on the dipstick.
Maximum oil capacity: 66 l (17.4 US gal)
7. Start the engine to circulate the oil, extend all the
cylinders and stop the engine. Check the oil level
with the dipstick and if necessary, add new oil. Do
not over fill.
8. Turn off the engine and check for leaks.
NOTE: When operating remote cylinders, the rear axle oil
level will be affected. When adding oil to the rear axle to
accommodate the oil requirement of remote cylinders, no
more than 45 l (11.9 US gal) should be added to bring the SMG114 5
oil level up to within the marked area on the dipstick when
all cylinders are fully extended. Alternatively, remote cylin-
ders with the total oil capacity of up to 18 l (4.8 US gal) may
be connected to the hydraulic system without adding oil,
provided that the tractor is being operated on level ground.
Next operation:
Hydraulic pump Tandem gear pump - Pressure test (A.10.A)
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 92
Hydraulic pump Tandem gear pump - Pressure test

DANGER
D0010A
WARNING
W0907A
WARNING
Chemical hazard!
cals.
W0371A
Prior operation:
1. Perform the following pressure and flow tests:

• If a suitable flow meter is not available for the
recommended pressure and flow tests, use a
206 bar (3000 psi) pressure gauge and pro-
ceed to steps 1 through 6, "Alternate tandem
pump pressure test".
• Hydraulic main pump high pressure and flow
test
• Low pressure circuit pressure test
• Lubrication circuit pressure test
NOTE: It is important that the flow of oil returning from the steering motor to the tandem pump for redistribution to
the low pressure and lubrication circuits, is regulated to the correct specification by the pressure regulating valve and
lubrication circuit relief valve in the PTO assembly. It is, therefore, recommended that when pressure testing the pump
the lubrication and low pressure circuit pressure tests are also performed.
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 93
Hydraulic main pump high pressure and flow test

2. Remove plug (1) from the pump outlet port.
RCPH10TTS035BAD 1
3. Install a suitable adapter (5) into the pump outlet port

(6).
4. Attach a test hose (3) to an appropriate flow meter
and the pump outlet adapter (4).
5. Connect a test hose from the flow meter's return port
to the remote valve's upper port (1).
6. Move the corresponding remote valve control lever
to the float position.
7. Open the load valve (2) on the flow meter completely.
8. Start engine and set speed to 2100 RPM.
9. Gradually close the load valve until a pressure read-
ing of 137 bar (1987 psi) on the flow meter gauge is RCPH10TTS036BAD 2
obtained.
10. Allow the engine to run until the hydraulic oil reaches
a normal operating temperature not to exceed 75 °C
(167 °F).
11. Continue to close the load valve on the flow meter
until the relief valve begins to react and pressure
no longer increases, as observed on the flow meter
gauge. The pressure reading must be between 176
- 182 bar (2552 - 2639 psi), and remain constant
within 10 % of the specified pressure until the relief
fully opens, and pressure reduces to zero.
NOTICE: Do not allow oil to exceed the maximum pres-

sure of 182 bar (2639 psi) otherwise damage to the pump
may occur. Remove and replace the pump's pressure relief
valve if not within specifications and repeat the procedure.
Refer to Relief valve - Remove (A.10.A) for details.
12. If the relief valve operated correctly, open the load
valve on the flow meter until a pressure reading
of 166 bar (2407 psi), at 2100 RPM is obtained.
Record the pump flow.
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 94
13. The minimum flow rate must be 49 l/min (13 US

gpm) for a new pump. Overhaul the pump if not
within specifications and repeat the procedure.
NOTE: For tractors equipped with an auxiliary engine
mounted hydraulic pump the flow rate at the remote valve
should be 55 l/min (15 US gpm) for new pumps. If not
within specifications remove the auxiliary pump [refer to
Hydraulic pump - Prepare (A.10.A) for removal proce-
dure] and test the tandem pump alone to determine which
pump is not working properly and overhaul it.
14. Turn engine off, release pressure in the hydraulic
lines, disconnect the flow meter, and install the pump
outlet port plug.
15. Continue with the remaining pressure and flow tests.
Refer to steps 1 through 8; “Hydraulic steering pump
pressure and flow test" procedure.
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 95
Hydraulic steering pump pressure and flow test

NOTE: The flow meter for this test must be capable of withstanding back pressure of 21 bar (305 psi).
1. Disconnect the steering pump supply (1) and return
(2) tubes. Cap or plug tubes.
RCPH10TTS045BAD 3
2. Install suitable test hose adapters (3) in the supply

(4) and return (2) hose ports. Connect test hoses to
the inlet and outlet ports on the flow meter.
NOTICE: If the flow meter's load valve is closed, damage
to the steering pump may occur.
3. Open the flow meter's load valve (1).
4. Start the engine and adjust engine speed to 2100
RPM.
5. Slowly close the flow meter load valve until the pres-
sure in the flow meter gauge reaches 137 bar (1987
psi). Do not allow pump pressure to exceed this
value.
6. The minimum flow rate must be 27 l/min (7.1 US RCPH10TTS039BAD 4
gpm) for a new pump or 24 l/min (6.3 US gpm) for
a used pump. Overhaul the pump if not within spec-
ifications and repeat the procedure.
lines, disconnect the flow meter, and connect the
steering pump supply (1) and return (2) hoses.
8. Continue with the remaining pressure tests. Refer to
steps 1 through 5; "Low pressure circuit test".
RCPH10TTS045BAD 5
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 96
Low pressure circuit test

1. Disconnect the low pressure circuit fitting.
RCPH10TTS045BAD 6
2. Connect a suitable adapter (1), test hose (2), and

a 21 bar (305 psi) pressure gauge (1) to the open
circuit port.
3. Start the tractor and adjust the engine speed to 2100
RPM. Confirm the pressure gauge reading is be-
tween 13.8 - 17.9 bar (200 - 260 psi). Overhaul the
pump if not within specifications and recheck.
lines, and remove pressure gauge assembly. Install
the previously removed low pressure circuit fitting.
5. Continue with the remaining pressure tests. Refer to
steps 1 through 7, "Lubrication circuit pressure test"
procedure.
RCPH10TTS068BAD 7
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 97
Lubrication circuit pressure test

1. Start the tractor and set the engine speed to 1000
RPM.
2. Turn off the engine, do not adjust the throttle, and
release pressure in the hydraulic lines.
3. Raise the engine hood and disconnect the oil cooler
inlet hose (1).
4. Connect a suitable adapter (3), test hose (4), and a
21 bar (305 psi) pressure gauge (5) to the oil cooler
inlet hose flange (1) and (2).
NOTE: The connection between the oil cooler inlet house
and the pressure test assembly must be tight for a safe and
accurate pressure test.
NOTICE: Allow the engine to run just long enough to take
an accurate pressure reading, otherwise damage to hy-
draulic components may occur. It is recommended two
people perform the next step to reduce the engine run time
during the procedure.
RCPH10TTS043BAD 8
5. Start the engine. Check the pressure reading is 5.3
- 5.8 bar (77 - 84 psi)..Turn off the engine. 77 psi
is the minimum operating pressure of the lubricating
circuit relief valve.
6. Release pressure in the hydraulic lines. Remove
the pressure gauge assembly and connect the pre-
viously removed oil cooler inlet hose.
7. Tandem pump pressure and flow tests are now com-
plete. Install the user platform, refer to the "User plat-
form installation" procedure.
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 98
User platform installation

8. Install the right-hand side of the user platform floor
as follows:
A. If applicable, reconnect the brake actuating
rods between the levers and brake pedal link-
age. Refer to Brake - Assemble (D.30.C) for
the procedure.
B. Align the platform on the tractor (1).
C. Secure the platform in place with the previously
removed bolt hardware.
D. Place the floor mat (3) over the platform and
secure it in place with the floor mat brackets
(2) and bolt hardware.
RCPH10TTS044BAD 9
Alternate main hydraulic pump pressure test

NOTE: Alternatively, if the tractor is not equipped with an engine mounted auxiliary pump attach the pressure gauge
assembly directly to one of the remote valve's upper ports.
1. Remove plug (1) from the pump outlet port.
RCPH10TTS035BAD 10
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 99
2. Attach a suitable pressure gauge 207 bar (3002 psi)

assembly (1), (2), (3), (4) and (5), to the pump outlet
port.
3. Start engine and set speed to 2100 RPM. Take note
of the pressure indicated on the gauge.
4. Reduce engine speed to 1200 RPM and check the
pressure reading on the gauge.
The pressure readings must be between 176 - 182
bar (2552 - 2639 psi)
lines, disconnect the gauge assembly, and install the
pump outlet port plug.
6. Install the user platform, refer to the "User platform RCPH10TTS037BAD 11
installation" procedure 8.
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 100
Hydraulic pump - Prepare (auxiliary pump)

DANGER
D0010A
WARNING
Burn hazard!
Do not handle any service fluid (engine coolant, engine oil, hydraulic oil, etc.) at temperatures that
exceed 49 °C (120 °F). Allow fluids to cool before proceeding.
W0330B
WARNING
W0907A


3. Raise the engine hood and clean the area around the
engine mounted auxiliary pump.
RCPH09TTS085AAD 1

Next operation:
Hydraulic pump - Remove (A.10.A)
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 101
Hydraulic pump - Remove

Prior operation:
Hydraulic pump - Prepare (A.10.A)
1. Disconnect the hydraulic suction (5) and pressure (1)

hoses. Cap or plug the hoses.
2. Remove the pump filter (3).
3. Remove the filter support arm (4) bolt hardware (6).
4. Remove the auxiliary pump's (7) mounting hardware
(2).
5. Remove the pump from the engine and cover the
engine opening.
6. Discard O-rings and seals.
RCPH10TTS001DAD 1
Next operation:
Hydraulic pump - Install (A.10.A)
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 102
Hydraulic pump - Disassemble

Prior operation:
Hydraulic pump - Remove (A.10.A).
NOTE: When disassembling the pump, lay components out in the order of removal to facilitate a quick and easy
1. Remove the filter support arm (2) from the pump
body (1).
RCPH10TTS070BAD 1
2. Remove the four Allen bolts (3) and washers from

the pump body (2). Remove the pump cover (4) and
base (1) plate.
RCPH10TTS073BAD 2
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 103
3. Remove and disassemble the gear assembly.
RCPH10TTS072BAD 3
Next operation:
Hydraulic pump - Overhaul (A.10.A)
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 104
Hydraulic pump - Overhaul

DANGER
D0010A
WARNING
W0907A
WARNING
Chemical hazard!
cals.
W0371A
NOTICE: Do not service gears, bearing blocks, or bushings as individual components but as matched sets. Replacing
individual pump components may have an adverse affect on the tractor's hydraulic operations.
Prior operation:
Hydraulic pump - Disassemble (A.10.A)

parts to dry.
2. Inspect bushings and bearing blocks for wear or
damage. Check for blocked lubrication scrolls in the
bushings. Replace the gears and bearing blocks as
a matched set if required.
3. Inspect pump gears for wear or damage, particularly
the bearing journals, gear teeth and side facings.
4. Remove light scoring marks on the gear facing areas
using a sheet of "O" grade wet or dry abrasive pa-
per and lubrication on a true flat surface. Polish the
area repaired using light pressure in a rotating mo-
tion. Polished journals will achieve free movement
in the body.
5. Burrs found at the edge of the gear track should be
removed with "O" grade emery paper.
6. Inspect the pump cover for damage or cracks, partic-
ularly adjacent to the inlet and outlet ports, filter con-
nection and pump face. Check internal passages for
blockage.
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 105
7. Any component found unserviceable should neces-

sitate replacing the pump assembly. If an emergency
repair is required and worn components are replaced
individually, note the following points:
• The installation of new bearings will re-center
the gears and prevent the tips of the gear teeth
from bottoming, if continuing to use a pump
body where the track is out of specifications.
Pump inefficiencies will occur.
• Under working conditions, hydraulic pressure
within the pump loads the gears towards the
inlet side of the pump body. Continued use
of worn bearing and gear journals causes the
gears to shift, thus further damaging the gear
track in the pump body.
Next operation:
Hydraulic pump - Assemble (A.10.A)
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 106
Hydraulic pump - Assemble

NOTICE: Interchanging new, used, and original gears or bushings will adversely affect pump efficiency. When re-
placing components always replace in sets. Always replace O-rings, backup rings, and seals.
Prior operation:
Hydraulic pump - Overhaul (A.10.A)
1. Assemble the drive gears (2) and bearing blocks (1).

Attach new O-rings (3) and backup seals (4) to the
gear assembly.
RCPH10TTS072BAD 1
2. Slide the gear assembly (1) into the pump body (2).
Place new gaskets (3) on the pump body. Secure the
cover (4) and base (5) plates to the pump body with
four Allen bolts (6) and washers.
RCPH10TTS073BAD 2
3. Slide the ring guide (4) and seal retainer (3) over the
drive gear (5). Secure the guide and seal in place
with the ring retainer (2). Install a new O-ring (1) on
the base cover plate (6).
RCPH10TTS074BAD 3
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 107
4. Replace the O-ring (1)and attach the filter support

arm (2) to the pump assembly with the existing hard-
ware (3).
RCPH10TTS070BAD 4
Next operation:
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 108
Hydraulic pump - Install

DANGER
D0010A
WARNING
W0907A
WARNING
Chemical hazard!
cals.
W0371A
Prior operation:
Hydraulic pump - Remove (A.10.A)
1. Pour clean hydraulic 134D AMBRA MULTI G oil into

the inlet port on top of the pump and turn the drive
gear by hand to lubricate the internal components.
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 109
2. Replace O-rings and seals (8).

3. Secure the auxiliary pump (7) to the engine with four
sets of existing bolts and washers (2).
4. Secure the filter support arm (4) to the mounting
bracket (6) with existing bolt hardware.
5. Connect the hydraulic suction (5) and pressure (1)
hoses to the auxiliary pump.
6. Install a new pump filter (3). Clean the filter contact
surface. Spread clean oil around the new filter rubber
seal and install on the machine. Turn filter clockwise
until both faces contact and then hand tighten 3/4 of
an additional turn. Do not over tighten.
RCPH10TTS002DAD 1
Next operation:
Hydraulic pump - Flow test (A.10.A)
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 110
Hydraulic pump - Flow test

Prior operation:
1. Install a test hose to the flow meter inlet port and to

one of the upper ports of the remote valve. Install
another test hose to the flow meter's outlet port and
to the lower port on the same remote valve.
2. Adjust the flow control on the corresponding remote
valve to maximum flow.
3. Fully open the flow meter's load valve.
4. Start the engine and adjust engine speed to 2100
RPM.
5. Place the corresponding remote valve control lever in
a float position (fully forward). Confirm the flow meter
reading is indicating 57 l/min (15 US gpm) which is
the maximum flow rate for a remote valve.
NOTE: If not within specifications remove the auxiliary
pump [refer to Hydraulic pump - Prepare (A.10.A) for
removal procedure] and test the tandem pump alone to
determine which pump is not working properly and over-
haul it. Refer to Hydraulic pump Tandem gear pump -
Pressure test (A.10.A) for the procedure. Repeat the test
procedure.
lines and disconnect the flow meter.
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 111
Control valve - Prepare

DANGER
D0010A
WARNING
W0907A
WARNING
Chemical hazard!
cals.
W0371A

3. Remove the four sets of bolt hardware that secures
the operator seat and base plate to the platform.
4. Disconnect the operator's seat electrical harness
connection below the platform. Remove the seat
assembly from the tractor.
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 112
5. Thoroughly clean the area around the control valve's

mounting location and hose connections.
6. Be prepared to cap or plug the control valve hoses
and connectors that will be disconnected.
RCPH09TTS247AAD 1
Next operation:
Control valve - Remove (A.10.A)
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 113
Control valve - Remove

Prior operation:
Control valve - Prepare (A.10.A)
1. Disconnect and plug the remote valve feed hose (1),

load sensor tube (pilot line) (2), and the auxiliary sup-
ply hose (if equipped) (3).
RCPH09TTS247AAD 1
2. Remove the control valves mounting hardware. Lift

the control valve off the hydraulic lift cover.
Next operation:
Control valve - Disassemble (A.10.A)
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 114
Control valve - Disassemble
Prior operation:
RCPH10TTS013FAD 1
NOTE: When disassembling the control valve, lay components out in the order of removal to facilitate a quick and
easy reassembly. Perform the following procedure on a clean smooth surface.
1. Remove the lift circuit check valve.
A. Remove plug and spacer (12).
B. Remove the valve cage (13), spring (11), ball
(14), and seat/slot with O-ring (10).
2. Remove the flow control valve.
A. Remove the plug and O-ring (22).
B. Remove the spring (23).
C. Remove the spool (2) and hex socket plug (3).
3. Remove the unload valve.
C. Remove the spool and O-ring (21).
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 115
4. Remove the combining valve.

C. Remove the spool and O-ring (15).
5. Remove the auxiliary pump circuit check valve.
B. Remove the auxiliary pump check valve plug
with O-ring (4)or if equipped hose fitting.
C. Remove spring stop (5), spring (7), and ball (6).
6. Remove the priority valve restrictor.
B. Unscrew and remove the restrictor (8).
Next operation:
Control valve - Overhaul (A.10.A)
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 116
Control valve - Overhaul

DANGER
D0010A
WARNING
W0907A
WARNING
Chemical hazard!
cals.
W0371A
Prior operation:
Control valve - Disassemble (A.10.A)

parts to dry.
2. Inspect the valve bores, plugs and caps for damage
or burrs. Remove minor burrs or scratches with a
fine abrasive. Any heavy scoring of the bores ne-
cessitates replacement of the priority valve pack.
3. Inspect the valve springs for wear, damage or defor-
mity.
4. Inspect oil passages and ports for obstructions.
Next operation:
Control valve - Assemble (A.10.A)
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 117
Control valve - Assemble

DANGER
D0010A
WARNING
W0907A
WARNING
Chemical hazard!
cals.
W0371A
Prior operation:
Control valve - Overhaul (A.10.A)
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 118
RCPH10TTS013FAD 1
NOTICE: Install spools into valves using gentle pressure and rotation. Excessive force will damage the valves.
1. Replace all O-rings and seals. Coat O-rings with
petroleum jelly. Confirm O-rings are seated properly
(where installed).
2. Lubricate all parts with clean 134D AMBRA MULTI
G hydraulic oil.
3. Install the lift circuit check valve.
A. Install the O-ring and seat (10), ball (14), spring
(11), and cage (13).
B. Install spacer with plug (12).
4. Install flow control valve.
A. Slide the spool (15) into the flow control valve.
B. Insert the spring (16) in the valve front.
C. Screw in the rear plug (3) by one thread.
D. Install the front plug with O-ring (22) completely
and tighten.
E. Tighten the rear plug (3) to a torque of 27 N·m
(239 lb in).
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 119
5. Install the unload valve.

A. Insert the unload valve spool with O-ring (21)
small end first.
B. Insert the spring (20) into the valve front.
C. Install the front plug with O-ring (19) and tighten
to a torque of 23 - 48 N·m (204 - 425 lb in).
6. Install the combining valve.
A. Insert the combining valve spool (15) with the
relief valve assembly headfirst.
B. Insert the spring (16) into the valve front.
C. Install the end cap with O-ring (17) and tighten
to a torque of 27 N·m (239 lb in).
7. Install the check valve (auxiliary pump circuit if
equipped).
A. Insert the ball (7), spring (6), and spring stop
(5) into the rear of the check valve.
B. Install the plug with O-ring (4) and tighten.
Next operation:
Control valve - Install (A.10.A)
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 120
Control valve - Install

DANGER
D0010A
WARNING
W0907A
WARNING
Chemical hazard!
cals.
W0371A
Prior operation:
1. Install new O-rings on top of the hydraulic lift cover.

Position the control valve on top of the hydraulic lift
cover.
2. Install the control valve mounting bolt hardware and
tighten to a torque of 57 - 76 N·m (42 - 56 lb ft).
3. Attach the previously removed hoses. Remote feed
line (1), load sensor tube (pilot line) (2), and auxiliary
feed (3) (if equipped).
RCPH09TTS247AAD 1
4. Connect the operator seat to the electrical harness

previously disconnected.
5. Install the operator seat and base plate and secure
the seat assembly to the platform.
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 121
6. Check hydraulic oil fluid level and fill if needed.

A. Remove the filler plug (1).
B. Fill with oil, checking the level with the dipstick
(2). The oil level should be between the marks
(3) on the dipstick.
Maximum oil capacity: 66 l (17.4 US gal)
NOTE: When operating remote cylinders, the rear axle oil
level will be affected. When adding oil to the rear axle to
accommodate the oil requirement of remote cylinders, no
more than 45 l (11.9 US gal) should be added to bring the
oil level up to within the marked area on the dipstick when
all cylinders are fully extended. Alternatively, remote cylin-
ders with the total oil capacity of up to 18 l (4.8 US gal) may SMG114 2
be connected to the hydraulic system without adding oil,
provided that the tractor is being operated on level ground.
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 122
Index

SYSTEMS - A

Control valve - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Control valve - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Control valve - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Control valve - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Control valve - Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Control valve - Prepare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Control valve - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Control valve Priority/Regulator valve - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Hydraulic pump - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Hydraulic pump - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Hydraulic pump - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Hydraulic pump - Flow test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Hydraulic pump - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Hydraulic pump - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Hydraulic pump - Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Hydraulic pump - Prepare (auxiliary pump) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Hydraulic pump - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Hydraulic pump Tandem gear pump - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Hydraulic pump Tandem gear pump - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Hydraulic pump Tandem gear pump - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Hydraulic pump Tandem gear pump - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Hydraulic pump Tandem gear pump - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Hydraulic pump Tandem gear pump - Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Hydraulic pump Tandem gear pump - Prepare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Hydraulic pump Tandem gear pump - Pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Hydraulic pump Tandem gear pump - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Hydraulic pump Tandem gear pump - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Detailed view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Hydraulic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Hydraulic standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Hydraulic symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 123
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Remote coupler - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Remote coupler - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Remote coupler - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Remote coupler - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Remote valve - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Remote valve - Detailed view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Remote valve - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Remote valve - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Remote valve - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Remote valve - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Remote valve - Prepare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Remote valve - Pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Remote valve - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
84547569 01/12/2011
A.10.A / 124
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - 30.A
TS6020
TS6030 HC
TS6030
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 1
Contents

SYSTEMS - A
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Connector
Component Diagram 00 Connectors X-001 - X-009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
TS6020 NA Rops, TS6030 NA Rops, TS6030 HC
Component diagram 01 Connectors X-010 - X-019 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12





Component diagram 08 Connector X-080 - X-089 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55


TS6020 NA Cab, TS6030 NA Cab




Component diagram 06 Connectors X-050 - X-059 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107


Component diagram 08 Connectors X-070 -X-079 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127



Wiring harness
Electrical schematic frame 01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
TS6020 Rops, TS6030 Rops, TS6030 HC

84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 2













TS6020 Cab, TS6030 Cab













84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 3







84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 4
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Connector - Component Diagram 00 Connectors X-001 - X-009

CONNECTOR X-001 - LIGHTING

PIN WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC FRAME
NUMBER
1 FL-1030 (U/R) Power from turn / light switch S-004 Wiring harness - Electrical
MR-1030 (U/R) low beam circuit. schematic frame 01 (A.30.A)
2 FL-57 (B) Ground circuit to splice W-003
MR-57A (B)
3 FL-1027 (U/R) Power from turn / light switch S-004
MR-1027A (U/R) high beam circuit.
4 FL-376 (P) Power from turn light / switch S-004
MR-376(P) horn circuit.
5 - -
6 - -
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 5
CONNECTOR X-002 - MAIN FRONT

NUMBER
1 MF-1035 (W/N) Power signal from engine oil pressure Wiring harness - Electrical
MR-1035 (W/N) switch S-001 schematic frame 02 (A.30.A)
Power signal signal to instrument
cluster module A-003.
2 MF-39 (G/U) Power signal from engine coolant
MR-39 (G/U) temperature sensor B-001.
Power signal to instrument control
module A-003
3 MF-1005 (B/S) Power signal to air filter restriction
MR-1005 (B/S) sensor B-003
Power signal from instrument cluster
module A-003
4 MF-2041 (P/Y) Power signal to fuel shut-off solenoid Wiring harness - Electrical
MR-2041 (P/Y) Y-002 schematic frame 05 (A.30.A)
Power signal from fuel shut-off relay
J-001
5 MF-2015 (W/S) Power signal from alternator G-002 Wiring harness - Electrical
MR-2015 (W/S) Power signal to instrument cluster schematic frame 04 (A.30.A)
module A-003
6 - -
7 - -
8 - -
9 MF-1006 (N) Power signal from alternator G–002 Wiring harness - Electrical
MR-1006B (N/Y) Power signal to instrument cluster schematic frame 04 (A.30.A)
module A-003
10 MF-1001 (W) Power signal to grid heater control Wiring harness - Electrical
MR-1001A (W/R) module A-001 schematic frame 03 (A.30.A)
Power signal from splice SP-035
11 MF-1135 (G) Power signal from grid heater control
MR-1135 (G) module A-001
Power signal to instrument cluster
module. A-003
12 MF-2040 (LG) Power signal from water in fuel Wiring harness - Electrical
MR-2040 (LG) sensor B-003 schematic frame 02 (A.30.A)
Power signal to instrument cluster
module A-003
13 - -
14 - -
15 - -
16 - -
17 - -
18 - -
19 - -
20 MF-1141 (N) Power signal to grid heater control Wiring harness - Electrical
MR-1141 (N) module A-001 schematic frame 03 (A.30.A)
Power signal from Fuse #15 Z-001
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 6
84284806 1
83117824 2
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 7
CONNECTOR X-005 - REAR MAIN

NUMBER
1 MR-810 (G/P) Power signal from stop lamp switches Wiring harness - Electrical
RL-810 (G/P) S-008 & S-009 schematic frame 12 (A.30.A)
Power signal to rear brake lights
E-016 & E-018
2 MR-1013B (R) Power signal from splice SP-015
RL-1013 (R) Power signal to splice SP-026
3 MR-1014 (R/B) Power signal from Fuse #10 Z-001
RL-1014 (R/B) Power signal to splice SP-027
4 MR-50B (G/W) Power signal to LH rear turn indicator
RL-50 (G/W) lamp E-020
Power signal from splice SP-007
5 MR 2012 (P) Power signal from instrument cluster
RL-2012 (P) module A-003
Power signal to differential oil
pressure switch S-016
6 MR-3014 (R/K) Power signal from splice SP-022 Wiring harness - Electrical
RL-3014 (R/K) Power signal to handbrake switch schematic frame 07 (A.30.A)
S-017
7 MR-1003E (G) Power signal from splice SP-020 Wiring harness - Electrical
RL-1003 (G) Power signal to splice SP-030 schematic frame 08 (A.30.A)
8 MR-49B (G/W) Power signal from splice SP-008 Wiring harness - Electrical
RL-49 (G/W) Power signal to RH rear turn indicator schematic frame 12 (A.30.A)
lamp E-014
9 MR-1000 (W/Y) Power signal from ignition switch Wiring harness - Electrical
RL-1000 (W/Y) S-006 schematic frame 08 (A.30.A)
Power signal to safety start switch
P.T.O. S-018
10 MR-1001 (W/R) Power signal to safety start switch Wiring harness - Electrical
RL-1000A (W/R) S-020 schematic frame 08 (A.30.A)
Power signal from safety start switch
P.T.O. S-018
11 MR-29 (G/B) Power signal from instrument cluster Wiring harness - Electrical
RL-29 (G/B) module A-003 schematic frame 13 (A.30.A)
Power signal to fuel level sending unit
B-002
12 MR-2065 (N) Power signal from safety start switch Wiring harness - Electrical
RL-2065 (N) P.T.O. S-018 schematic frame 08 (A.30.A)
Power signal to buzzer H-001
13 MR-2150 (P) Power signal to buzzer H–001 Wiring harness - Electrical
RL-2150 (P) Power signal from seat switch S-019 schematic frame 13 (A.30.A)
14 MR-349 (LN) Power signal from flasher unit A-004 Wiring harness - Electrical
RL-349 (LN) Power signal to splice SP-028 schematic frame 12 (A.30.A)
15 MR-350 (LN) Power signal from flasher unit A-004 Wiring harness - Electrical
RL-350 (LN) Power signal to splice SP-029 schematic frame 06 (A.30.A)
16 MR-4012 (P) Power signal from beacon switch Wiring harness - Electrical
RL-4012(P) S-021 schematic frame 11 (A.30.A)
Power signal to beacon power plug
J-002
17 - -
18 - -
19 - -
20 MR-57 (B) Ground signal from splice W-003 Wiring harness - Electrical
RL-57J (B) Ground signal from splice SP-023 schematic frame 11 (A.30.A)
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 8
84284807 3
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 9
CONNECTOR X-008 - RH HEADLAMP

NUMBER
1 FL-1030A (U/R) Power from turn / light switch S-004 Wiring harness - Electrical
low beam circuit. schematic frame 01 (A.30.A)
2 FL-57A (B) Ground circuit to splice W-003
3 FL-1027A (U/R) Power from turn / light switch S-004
high beam circuit.
87717506 4
83117818 5
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 10
CONNECTOR X-009 - LH HEADLAMP

NUMBER
1 FL-1030B (U/R) Power from turn / light switch S-004 Wiring harness - Electrical
2 FL-57B (B) Ground circuit to splice W-003
3 FL-1027B (U/R) Power from turn / light switch S-004
high beam circuit.
87717506 6
83117818 7
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 11
Connector - Component diagram 01 Connectors X-010 - X-019

CONNECTOR X-010 - HORN

NUMBER
1 FL-57C (B) Ground signal to splice SP-006 Wiring harness - Electrical
schematic frame 01 (A.30.A)

NUMBER
2 FL-376 (P) Power signal from turn / light switch Wiring harness - Electrical
S-004 schematic frame 01 (A.30.A)
87581782 1
83117819 2
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 12
CONNECTOR X-011 - GRID HEATER CONTROLLER

NUMBER
1 MF-1135 (G) Output signal for indicator lamp in Wiring harness - Electrical
Instrument Cluster Module A-003 schematic frame 03 (A.30.A)
2 - -
3 MF-1140B (K) Power control signal to grid heater
power relay K-001
4 MF-1006(U/R) Power signal for grid heater controller
A-001
5 MF-1001 (W) Power signal from splice SP-035
6 MF-1140A (K) Power control signal to grid heater
power relay K-001
7 MF-1141 (N) Ignition signal from Fuse #11 Z-001
8 MF-57A (B) Ground signal from splice W-001
9 - -
10 MF-39A (G/U) Power signal from engine coolant
temperature sensor B-001
87628060 3
83117825A 4
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 13
CONNECTOR X-012 - GRID HEATER CONTROL RELAY

NUMBER
1 MF-1140 (K) Power signal from grid heater Wiring harness - Electrical
controller A-001 schematic frame 03 (A.30.A)
2 MF-57E (B) Ground signal from splice W-001
3 1142A Power signal from constant battery
power at connection X-023
4 - -
5 1143 Power signal to grid heater R-002
82012083 5
83117831 6
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 14
CONNECTOR X-013 -GRID HEATER

NUMBER
1 1143 Power signal from grid heater relay Wiring harness - Electrical
K-001 schematic frame 03 (A.30.A)

NUMBER
2 57 Ground circuit, large diameter cable, Wiring harness - Electrical
grounded near grid heater. schematic frame 03 (A.30.A)
RING_TERMINAL 7
83117878 8
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 15
CONNECTOR X-014 - ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SWITCH

NUMBER
1 MF-1035 (W/N) Power signal from Instrument Cluster Wiring harness - Electrical
Module A-003 schematic frame 02 (A.30.A)
SL57_87687239 9
83117826 10
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 16
CONNECTOR X-015 - ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

NUMBER
A MF-39 (G/U) Power signal to Instrument Cluster Wiring harness - Electrical
B MF-39A (G/U) Power signal to grid heater controller
A-001
C MF-57C (B) Ground signal to splice W-001
84078681 11
83117827 12
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 17
CONNECTOR X-016 - AIR FILTER RESTRICTION SWITCH

NUMBER
1 MF-1005 (B/S) Power signal from Instrument Cluster Wiring harness - Electrical

NUMBER
2 MF-57B (B) Ground signal to splice W-001 Wiring harness - Electrical
87675193 13
83117850 14
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 18
CONNECTOR X-017 - FUEL SHUT-OFF SOLENOID
CONNECTOR X-017 -FUEL SHUT-OFF SOLENOID

NUMBER
1 MF-2041 (P/Y) Power signal from fuel shut-off relay Wiring harness - Electrical
SL57_87687239 15
83117829B 16
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 19
CONNECTOR X-018 - WATER IN FUEL SENSOR

NUMBER
1 MF-2040 (LG) Power signal to Instrument Cluster Wiring harness - Electrical
2 MF-57D (B) Ground signal to splice W-001
3 MF-150B (N) Power signal from constant battery
power splice SP-001
87646087 17
83117834 18
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 20
CONNECTOR X-019- STARTER SOLENOID CONTROL
CONNECTOR X-019 - STARTER SOLENOID CONTROL

NUMBER
1 MR-2003 (W/R) Constant battery power from battery Wiring harness - Electrical
G-001 schematic frame 02 (A.30.A)
RING_TERMINAL 19
83117820 20
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 21

CONNECTOR X-020 - ALTERNATOR OUTPUT

NUMBER
1 MF-150 (N) Power signal to battery G-001 Wiring harness - Electrical
RING_TERMINAL 1
83117821A 2
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 22
CONNECTOR X-021 - ENGINE RPM SIGNAL

NUMBER
1 MF-2015 (W/S) Power signal to Instrument Cluster Wiring harness - Electrical
87675193 3
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 23
CONNECTOR X-022 - +12V SUPPLY

NUMBER
1 MF-1006B (N/Y) Power signal to splice SP-002 Wiring harness - Electrical
RING_TERMINAL 4
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 24
CONNECTOR X-023 - STARTER SOLENOID BATTERY SUPPLY
CONNECTOR X-023 - START SOLENOID BATTERY SUPPLY

NUMBER
1 MF-150 (N) Power supply stud to starter M-001 Wiring harness - Electrical
RING_TERMINAL 5
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 25
CONNECTOR X-024 - SAFETY START SWITCH RELAY

NUMBER
1 - - Wiring harness - Electrical
2 (30) MR-150C (N) Power signal from splice W-004 schematic frame 05 (A.30.A)
3 - -
4 (86) MR-57F (B) Ground signal to splice W-003
5 (87a) - -
6 (85) MR-1001B (W/R) Power signal from splice SP-035
7 - -
8 (87) MR-2003 (W/R) Power signal to starter solenoid
Y-001
9 - -
12065685N 6
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 26
CONNECTOR X-025 - TURN / LIGHT SWITCH

NUMBER
1 MR-1024 (R) Power signal to Fuse #9 Z-001 Wiring harness - Electrical
2 MR-3002 (G/W) Power signal to flasher unit A-004 schematic frame 06 (A.30.A)
3 MR-3001 (G/R) Power signal to flasher unit A-004
4 MR-12 (U/W) Power signal to Fuse #2 Z-001
5 MR-1004 (G) Power signal from Fuse #6 Z-001
6 MR-1020B (LG/N) Power signal from splice SP-016
7 MR-13 (U/R) Power signal to Fuse #1 Z-001
8 MR-1023 (N) Power signal from splice W-004
9 MR-376 (P) Power signal to horn H-002
87698241 7
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 27
CONNECTOR X-026 - HAZARD SWITCH

NUMBER
1 MR-1037 LG/N) Power signal from flasher unit A-004 Wiring harness - Electrical
2 MR-1021A (P) Power signal from splice SP-010 schematic frame 06 (A.30.A)
3 - -
4 - -
5 - -
6 MR-3000 (G/LG) Power signal from flasher unit A-004
7 - -
8 - -
83117844 8
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 28
CONNECTOR X-026A - HAZARD SWITCH ILLUMINATION

NUMBER
1 MR-57H (B) Ground signal to splice W-003 Wiring harness - Electrical
MR-57M (B) schematic frame 06 (A.30.A)
83117844 9
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 29
CONNECTOR X-027 - FUEL SHUTOFF RELAY
CONNECTOR X-027 - FUEL SHUTOFF RELAY

NUMBER
2 (30) MR-1016 (P/N) Power signal from fuse #7 Z-001 schematic frame 05 (A.30.A)
3 - –
MR-57G (B)
5 (87a)
6 (85) MR-1020A (G) Power signal from fuse #8 Z-001
7
8 (87) MR-2041 (P/Y) Power signal to fuel shut-off solenoid
Y-002
9
LAIL11TS0226A0A 10
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 30
CONNECTOR X-028 - IGNITION SWITCH

NUMBER
1 MR-150B (N) Power signal from splice W-004 Wiring harness - Electrical
2 - - schematic frame 15 (A.30.A)
3 MR-71 (W) Power signal to fuse #7 Z-001
4 MR-1010 (G) Power signal to fuse #3 Z-001
MR-1130 (N/S)
5 -
6 MR-1000 (W/Y) Power signal to safety start relay
P.T.O. S-018
82866277 11
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 31
CONNECTOR X-029 - FLASHER UNIT

NUMBER
A1 MR-1021C (P) Power signal from splice SP-010 Wiring harness - Electrical
A2 MR-49 (G/W) Power signal to splice SP-008 schematic frame 06 (A.30.A)
A3 MR-349 (LW) Power signal to splice SP-028
A4 MR-50 (G/R) Power signal to splice SP-007
A5 MR-350 (LN) Power signal to splice SP-029
A6 MR-1037 (LG/N) Power signal to hazard switch S-005
A7 - -
A8 MR-1003F (G) Power signal from splice SP-020
B1 MR-1021B (P) Power signal from splice SP-010
B2 MR-3002 (G/W) Power signal from turn / light switch
S-004
B3 MR-3001 (G/R) Power signal from turn / light switch
S-004
B4 MR-3000 (G/LG) Power signal to buzzer S-005
B5 - -
B6 - -
B7 - -
B8 MR-57K (B) Ground signal to splice W-003
C1 - -
C2 - -
C3 - -
C4 - -
C5 - -
C6 - -
C7 - -
C8 - -
87680366 12
83117845 13
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 32

CONNECTOR X-030 - BUZZER

NUMBER
1 MR-150F (N) Power signal from splice W-004 Wiring harness - Electrical
2 MR-3014B (R/K) Power signal from splice SP-022 schematic frame 07 (A.30.A)
3 MR-2150 (P) Power signal from seat switch S-019
4 - -
5 MR-57E (B) Ground signal from splice W-003
6 MR-1003D (G) Power signal from splice SP-022
7 MR-2065 (N) Power signal from safety switch
P.T.O. S-018
8 - -
87700098 1
83117880 2
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 33
CONNECTOR X-031 - 4WD SWITCH

NUMBER
1 MR-3025 (Y/U) Power signal to 4WD solenoid Y-004 Wiring harness - Electrical
2 MR-57B (B) Ground signal to splice W-003 schematic frame 11 (A.30.A)
3 - -
4 - -
5 MR-1003B (G) Power signal from splice SP-020
6 - -
7 MR-3025A (Y/U) Power signal to instrument cluster
module A-003
8 - -
83115862 3
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 34
CONNECTOR X-031A -4WD SWITCH ILLUMINATION
CONNECTOR X-031A - 4WD SWITCH ILLUMINATION

NUMBER
1 MR-1003C (G) Power signal from connector X-031 Wiring harness - Electrical
2 MR-57B (M) Ground signal to splice W-003 schematic frame 11 (A.30.A)
83115862 4
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 35
CONNECTOR X-033 -4WD SOLENOID
CONNECTOR X-033 - 4WD SOLENOID

NUMBER
1 MR-3025 (Y/U) Power signal from 4WD switch S-007 Wiring harness - Electrical
87675193 5
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 36
CONNECTOR X-034 — STOP LAMP SWITCH LH
CONNECTOR X-034 - STOP LAMP SWITCH LH

NUMBER
2 MR–10A (G)MR 10 (G) Power signal to stoplamp switch RH schematic frame 09 (A.30.A)
S-008 Power signal from fuse #3
Z-001
3 MR-810 (G/P)MR-810A Power signal to splice SP-025 Power
(G/P) signal to stoplamp switch RH S-009
4 - -
82918052 6
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 37
CONNECTOR X-035 — STOP LAMP SWITCH RH
CONNECTOR X-035 - STOP LAMP SWITCH RH

NUMBER
2 MR-10A (G) Power signal from connector X-034 schematic frame 09 (A.30.A)
3 MR-810A (G/P) Power signal to connector X-034
4 - -
82918052 7
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 38
CONNECTOR X-036 — DUAL POWER SWITCH
CONNECTOR X-036 —
NUMBER
1 MR-3020 (Y) Power signal to dual power solenoid Wiring harness - Electrical
Y-005 schematic frame 11 (A.30.A)
2 - -
3 - -
4 - -
5 MR-1003G (G)MR- Power signal from splice SP-020
1003H (G) Power to connector X-036A
6 - -
7 MR-3022 (Y/N) Power signal to instrument cluster
module A-003
8 - -
83115862 8
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 39
CONNECTOR X-036A
CONNECTOR X-036A - DUAL POWER SWITCH ILLUMINATION

NUMBER
1 MR 1003H (G) Power signal from connector X-036 Wiring harness - Electrical
2 MR 57C Ground signal to splice W-003 schematic frame 11 (A.30.A)
83115862 9
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 40
CONNECTOR X-037
CONNECTOR X-037 — DUAL POWER SOLENOID

NUMBER
1 MR 3020B (Y) Power signal from dual power switch Wiring harness - Electrical
87675193 10
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 41
CONNECTOR X-038
CONNECTOR X-038 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER MODULE

NUMBER
CONNECTOR “A”
1 MR-39 (U/G) Power signal from engine coolant Wiring harness - Electrical
temperature sensor B-001 schematic frame 14 (A.30.A)
2 MR-57D (B) Ground signal from splice W–003
3 MR-1003A (G) Power signal from fuse #4 Z-001
4 MR-50A (G/R) Power signal from splice SP-007LH
turn indicator
5 - -
6 - -
7 MR-1035 (W/N) Power signal from engine oil pressure
switch S-001
8 - -
9 MR-29 (G/B) Power signal from fuel level sending
unit B-002
10 - -
11 MR-1013A (R) Power signal from fuse#9 Z-001
12 MR-3020A (Y) Power signal from dual power switch
S-010(high range)
13 MR-1135 (G) Power signal from grid heater
controller A-001
14 MR-1005 (B/S) Power signal from air filter restriction
sensor S-002
15 MR-1026 (U/W) Power signal from fuse #2 Z-001
16 MR-1006 (N/Y) Power signal from alternator
(charging sense) G-002
“CONNECTOR “B”
1 MR-2012 (Y) Power signal from driveline oil Wiring harness - Electrical
pressure switch S-016 schematic frame 14 (A.30.A)
2 - -
3 MR-3025A (Y/U) Power signal from 4WD swtich
(engaged) S-007
4 - -
5 MR-57K (B) Ground signal from splice W-003
6 MR-2040 (LG) Power signal from water in fuel
sensor B-003
7 MR-3022 (Y/N) Power signal from Dual power switch
S-010l(low range)
8 MR-3014A (R/K) Power signal from hand brake switch
S-017
9 MR-1020C (LG/N) Power signal from fuse #8 Z-001
10 MR-2015 (W/S) Power signal from alternator (engine
rpm) G-002
11 - -
12 MR-57J (B) Ground signal from splice W-003
13 - -
14 MR-49A (G/W) Power signal from splice SP-008 RH
turn indicator
15 - -
16 - -
17 - -
18 - -
19 - -
20 - -
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 42
83117840 11
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 43

CONNECTOR X-040 — DIFFERENTIAL OIL PRESSURE SWITCH

NUMBER
1 RL-2012 (Y) Power signal from instrument cluster Wiring harness - Electrical
module A-003 schematic frame 13 (A.30.A)
2 (30) RL-57A (B) Ground signal to splice SP-023
87679438 1
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 44
CONNECTOR X-041 — HAND BRAKE SWITCH

NUMBER
1 RL-57D (B) Ground signal to splice SP-023 Wiring harness - Electrical
2 RL-3014 (R/K) Power signal from splice SP-022 schematic frame 07 (A.30.A)
87713909 2
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 45
CONNECTOR X-042 — SAFETY START SWITCH P.T.O.
CONNECTOR X-042 — SAFETY START SWITCH P.T.O

PIN WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
NUMBER
1 RL-1000 (W/Y) Power signal from ignition switch Wiring harness - Electrical
2 RL-2065 (N) Power signal to buzzer H-001
3 RL-1003A (G) Power signal from splice SP-030
4 RL-1000A (W/Y) Power signal to safety start switch
S-020
82918052 3
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 46
CONNECTOR X-043 — FUEL LEVEL SENDING UNIT

NUMBER
1 RL-29 (G/B) Power signal from instrument cluster Wiring harness - Electrical
2 RL-57E (B) Ground signal to splice SP-023
82012083 4
83117837 5
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 47
CONNECTOR x-044 — SEAT SWITCH

NUMBER
1 RL-1003B (G) Power signal from splice SP-030 Wiring harness - Electrical
2 RL-2150 (P) Power signal to buzzer H-001 schematic frame 13 (A.30.A)
87687244 6
83117873 7
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 48
CONNECTOR X-046 — REAR LAMP RH

NUMBER
1 RL-49 (G/W) Power signal from splice SP-008 Wiring harness - Electrical
2 RL-349A (LN) Power signal from flasher unit A-004 schematic frame 12 (A.30.A)
3 RL-57B (B) Ground signal to splice SP-023
4 RL-1013A (R) Power signal from splice SP-015
5 RL-810A (G/P) Power signal from splice SP-025
87713909 8
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 49
CONNECTOR X-047 — REAR LAMP LH

NUMBER
1 RL-810C (G/P) Power signal from splice SP-025 Wiring harness - Electrical
2 RL-350A (LN) Power signal from splice SP-029 schematic frame 12 (A.30.A)
3 RL-57F (B) Ground signal to splice SP-023
4 RL-1014A (R/B) Power signal from splice SP-027
5 RL-50 (G/R) Power signal from splice SP-007
87713909 9
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 50
CONNECTOR X-048 — POWER PLUG

NUMBER
1 RL-1014B (R/B) Power signal from splice SP-027 Wiring harness - Electrical
2 RL-810B (G/P) Power signal from slice SP-025 schematic frame 12 (A.30.A)
3 RL-1013B (R) Power signal from splice SP-026
4 RL-350B (G/R) Power signal from splice SP-029
5 RL-57C (B) Ground signal from splice SP-023
6 - -
7 RL-349B (G/W) Power signal from splice SP-028
83117838 10
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 51

CONNECTOR X-056 — BEACON SWITCH

NUMBER
1 MR-4012 (P) Power signal to beacon power plug Wiring harness - Electrical
J-002 schematic frame 11 (A.30.A)
2 - -
3 - -
4 - -
5 MR-4011 (P) Power signal from fuse #12 Z-001
6 - -
7 - -
8 - -
83115862 1
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 52
CONNECTOR X-056A — BEACON SWITCH ILLUMINATION
CONNECTOR X-056A — BEACON SWITCH ILLUMINATION

NUMBER
1 MR-4012A (P) Power signal to beacon switch Wiring harness - Electrical
illumination schematic frame 11 (A.30.A)
2 MR-57N (B) Ground signal to splice W-003
83115862 2
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 53
CONNECTOR X-057 — BEACON POWER PLUG
CONNECTOR X-057 — BEACON POWER PLUG

NUMBER
1 RL-4012 (P) Power signal from beacon switch Wiring harness - Electrical
2 RL-57G (B) Ground signal to splice SP-023
87691950 3
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 54
Connector - Component diagram 08 Connector X-080 - X-089

CONNECTOR — X-087 WORK LAMP
CONNECTOR — X-087 WORK LAMP

NUMBER
1 RL 1014C (R/B) Power signal to rear work lamp E-024 Wiring harness - Electrical
82944113 1
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 55


NUMBER
1 FL-1030 (U/R) Power signal from turn / light switch Wiring harness - Electrical
MR-1030 (U/R) S-004 schematic frame 01 (A.30.A)
Power signal to low beam lamps
E-001 & E-002
2 FL-57L (B) Ground signal from splice W-003
MR-57 (B) Ground signal to splice SP-006
3 FL-1027 (U/R) Power from turn / light switch S-004
MR-1027A (U/R) Power signal to high beam lamp
E-001 & E-002
4 FL-376 (P/N) Power from turn light / switch S-004
MR-376(P) Power signal to horn H-002
5 - -
6 - -
83117835 1
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 56

NUMBER
1 MF-1035 (W/N) Power signal from engine oil pressure Wiring harness - Electrical
MR-1035 (W/N) switch S-001 schematic frame 02 (A.30.A)
Power signal signal to instrument Wiring harness - Electrical
cluster module A-003. schematic frame 14 (A.30.A)
2 MF-39 (G/U) Power signal from engine coolant
MR-39 (G/U) temperature sensor B-001.
Power signal to instrument control
module A-003
3 MF-1005 (B/S) Power signal to air filter restriction
MR-1005 (B/S) sensor B-003
Power signal from instrument cluster
module A-003
4 MF-2041 (P/Y) Power signal to fuel shut-off solenoid Wiring harness - Electrical
MR-2041 (P/Y) Y-002 schematic frame 05 (A.30.A)
Power signal from fuse #5 Z-001
5 MF-2015 (W/S) Power signal from alternator G-002 Wiring harness - Electrical
MR-2015 (W/S) Power signal to instrument cluster schematic frame 04 (A.30.A)
module A-003 Wiring harness - Electrical
6 - -
7 - -
8 - -
9 MF-1006 (N) Power signal from alternator G–002 Wiring harness - Electrical
MR-1006B (N/Y) Power signal to instrument cluster schematic frame 04 (A.30.A)
module A-003 Wiring harness - Electrical
10 MF-1001 (W) Power signal to grid heater control Wiring harness - Electrical
MR-1001A (W/R) module A-001 schematic frame 03 (A.30.A)
Power signal from splice SP-035 Wiring harness - Electrical
11 MF-1135 (G) Power signal from grid heater control Wiring harness - Electrical
MR-1135 (G) module A-001 schematic frame 03 (A.30.A)
Power signal to instrument cluster Wiring harness - Electrical
module. A-003 schematic frame 14 (A.30.A)
12 MF-2040 (LG) Power signal from water in fuel Wiring harness - Electrical
MR-2040 (LG) sensor B-003 schematic frame 02 (A.30.A)
Power signal to instrument cluster Wiring harness - Electrical
13 - -
14 - -
15 - -
16 - -
17 - -
18 - -
19 FR 1018 (LG) Power signal to a/c pressure switch Wiring harness - Electrical
-FR 1018 (LG) S-003 schematic frame 21 (A.30.A)
Power signal from connector X-003
20 MF-1141 (N) Power signal to grid heater control Wiring harness - Electrical
MR-1141 (N) module A-001 schematic frame 03 (A.30.A)
Power signal from Fuse #15 Z-001 Wiring harness - Electrical
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 57
84284806 2
83117824 3
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 58
CONNECTOR X-003 — CAB POWER CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR X-003 — CAB POWER CONNECTOR

NUMBER
2 MR–150D (N) Power signal from fuse #12 Z-001 schematic frame 10 (A.30.A)
CH–150 (N) Power signal to cab power relay Wiring harness - Electrical
3 MR–150E (N) Power signal from fuse #13 Z-001 Wiring harness - Electrical
CH–150G (N) Power signal to Front and rear work schematic frame 10 (A.30.A)
lamp relay K-005 Wiring harness - Electrical
4 MR–57 (B) Ground signal from splice W-003 Wiring harness - Electrical
CH–57 Ground signal to splice SP-034 schematic frame 03 (A.30.A)
Wiring harness - Electrical
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 59
CONNECTOR X-004 — CAB ACCESSORY CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR X-004 — CAB ACCESSORY CONNECTOR

NUMBER
1 MR-1018 (LG) Power signal to connector X-002 Wiring harness - Electrical
CH-36 (LG/W) Power signal from a/c relay K-008 schematic frame 21 (A.30.A)
2 MR-1003B (G) Power signal from splice SP-020 Wiring harness - Electrical
MR-71 (R) Power signal from splice SP-042 schematic frame 07 (A.30.A)
3 MR-150L (N) Power signal from fuse #8 Z-001 Wiring harness - Electrical
CH-7 (Y/W) Power signal to fuse #6 Z-002 schematic frame 10 (A.30.A)
4 MR-1013C (R) Power signal from splice SP-015 Wiring harness - Electrical
CH-82 (R/Y) Power signal to splice SP-045 schematic frame 20 (A.30.A)
5 MR-50A (G/R) Power signal from splice SP-007 Wiring harness - Electrical
CH-65 (G/R) Power signal to right rear turn schematic frame 17 (A.30.A)
indicator X-012
6 MR-49A (G/W) Power signal from splice SP-008 Wiring harness - Electrical
CH-64 (G/W) Power signal to left rear turn indicator schematic frame 06 (A.30.A)
E-007 Wiring harness - Electrical
7 MR-150N (W/K) Power signal from splice SP-011 Wiring harness - Electrical
CH-98 (W/K) Power signal to radio connection schematic frame 16 (A.30.A)
X-081 & X-082
8 - -
9 - -
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 60

NUMBER
1 MR-810 (G/P) Power signal from stop lamp switches Wiring harness - Electrical
RL-810 (G/P) S-008 & S-009 schematic frame 10 (A.30.A)
Power signal to rear brake lights Wiring harness - Electrical
E-016 & E-018 schematic frame 12 (A.30.A)
2 MR-1013B (R) Power signal from splice SP-015 Wiring harness - Electrical
RL-1013 (R) Power signal to splice SP-026 schematic frame 20 (A.30.A)
3 MR-1014 (R/B) Power signal from Fuse #10 Z-001 Wiring harness - Electrical
RL-1014 (R/B) Power signal to splice SP-027 schematic frame 20 (A.30.A)
4 MR-50B (G/W) Power signal to LH rear turn indicator Wiring harness - Electrical
RL-50 (G/W) lamp E-020 schematic frame 12 (A.30.A)
Power signal from splice SP-007 Wiring harness - Electrical
5 MR 2012 (P) Power signal from instrument cluster Wiring harness - Electrical
RL-2012 (P) module A-003 schematic frame 14 (A.30.A)
Power signal to differential oil Wiring harness - Electrical
pressure switch S-016 schematic frame 13 (A.30.A)
6 MR-7570 (B) Power signal from splice SP-022 Wiring harness - Electrical
RL-7570 (B) Power signal to handbrake switch schematic frame 08 (A.30.A)
S-017
7 MR-1003E (G) Power signal from splice SP-020 Wiring harness - Electrical
RL-1003 (G) Power signal to splice SP-030 schematic frame 13 (A.30.A)
8 MR-49B (G/W) Power signal from splice SP-008 Wiring harness - Electrical
RL-49 (G/W) Power signal to RH rear turn indicator schematic frame 06 (A.30.A)
lamp E-014 Wiring harness - Electrical
9 MR-1000A (W/Y) Power signal from ignition switch Wiring harness - Electrical
RL-1000A (W/Y) S-006 schematic frame 15 (A.30.A)
Power signal to safety start switch Wiring harness - Electrical
P.T.O. S-018 schematic frame 13 (A.30.A)
10 MR-1001 (W/R) Power signal to safety start switch Wiring harness - Electrical
RL-1001A (W/R) S-020 schematic frame 08 (A.30.A)
Power signal from safety start switch
P.T.O. S-018
11 MR-29 (G/B) Power signal from instrument cluster Wiring harness - Electrical
RL-29 (G/B) module A-003 schematic frame 14 (A.30.A)
Power signal to fuel level sending unit Wiring harness - Electrical
B-002 schematic frame 13 (A.30.A)
12 MR-2065 (N) Power signal from safety start switch Wiring harness - Electrical
RL-2065 (N) P.T.O. S-018 schematic frame 08 (A.30.A)
Power signal to buzzer H-001 Wiring harness - Electrical
13 MR-2150 (P) Power signal to buzzer H–001 Wiring harness - Electrical
RL-2150 (P) Power signal from seat switch S-019 schematic frame 07 (A.30.A)
14 MR-3004A (G/W) Power signal from flasher unit A-004 Wiring harness - Electrical
RL-3004 (G/W) Power signal to splice SP-028 schematic frame 06 (A.30.A)
15 MR-3005A (G/R) Power signal from flasher unit A-004 Wiring harness - Electrical
RL-3005A (G/R) Power signal to splice SP-029 schematic frame 06 (A.30.A)
16 MR-349 (LN) Power signal from switch A-004 Wiring harness - Electrical
RL-350 (LN) Power signal to power plug J-002 schematic frame 06 (A.30.A)
17 - -
18 - -
19 - -
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 61

NUMBER
20 MR-57 (B) Gound signal from splice W-003 Wiring harness - Electrical
RL-57J (B) Ground signal from splice SP-023 schematic frame 03 (A.30.A)
84284807 4
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 62
CONNECTOR X-006 - RH FRONT TURN SIGNAL LAMP
CONNECTOR X-006 - RH FRONT TURN SIGNAL LAMP

NUMBER
1 MR 49B (G/W) Power signal from splice SP—008 Wiring harness - Electrical
2 FL-57C (B) Ground signal to splice W-003 schematic frame 01 (A.30.A)
82944113 5
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 63
CONNECTOR X-007 — LH FRONT TURN SIGNAL LAMP
CONNECTOR X-007 — LH FRONT TURN SIGNAL LAMP

NUMBER
1 MR 50B (G/W) Power signal from splice SP-007 . Wiring harness - Electrical
2 FL-57B (B) Ground signal to splice W-003 schematic frame 01 (A.30.A)
82944113 6
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 64

NUMBER
1 FL-1030A (U/R) Power from turn / light switch S-004 Wiring harness - Electrical
2 FL-57A (B) Ground circuit to splice W-003
3 FL-1027A (U/R) Power from turn / light switch S-004
high beam circuit.
87717506 7
83117818 8
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 65

NUMBER
1 FL-1030B (U/R) Power from turn / light switch S-004 Wiring harness - Electrical
2 FL-57B (B) Ground circuit to splice W-003
3 FL-1027B (U/R) Power from turn / light switch S-004
high beam circuit.
87717506 9
83117818 10
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 66


NUMBER
1 FL-57C (B) Ground signal to splice SP-006 Wiring harness - Electrical

NUMBER
2 FL-376 (P) Power signal from turn / light switch Wiring harness - Electrical
87581782 1
83117819 2
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 67

NUMBER
1 MF-1135 (G) Output signal for indicator lamp in Wiring harness - Electrical
Instrument Cluster Module A-003 schematic frame 03 (A.30.A)
2 - -
3 MF-1140B (K) Power control signal to grid heater
power relay K-001
4 MF-1006(U/R) Power signal for grid heater controller
A-001
5 MF-1001 (W) Power signal from splice SP-035
6 MF-1140A (K) Power control signal to grid heater
power relay K-001
7 MF-1141 (N) Ignition signal from Fuse #11 Z-001
8 MF-57A (B) Ground signal from splice W-001
9 - -
10 MF-39A (G/U) Power signal from engine coolant
87628060 3
83117825A 4
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 68

NUMBER
1 MF-1140 (K) Power signal from grid heater Wiring harness - Electrical
controller A-001 schematic frame 03 (A.30.A)
2 MF-57E (B) Ground signal from splice W-001
3 1142A Power signal from constant battery
power at connection X-023
Large diameter cable
4 - -
5 1143 Power signal to grid heater R-002
Large diameter cable
82012083 5
83117831 6
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 69

NUMBER
1 1143 Power signal from grid heater relay Wiring harness - Electrical

NUMBER
2 57 Ground circuit, large diameter cable, Wiring harness - Electrical
grounded near grid heater. schematic frame 03 (A.30.A)
RING_TERMINAL 7
83117878 8
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 70

NUMBER
1 MF-1035 (W/N) Power signal from Instrument Cluster Wiring harness - Electrical
SL57_87687239 9
83117826 10
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 71

NUMBER
A MF-39 (G/U) Power signal to Instrument Cluster Wiring harness - Electrical
B MF-39A (G/U) Power signal to grid heater controller
A-001
C MF-57C (B) Ground signal to splice W-001
84078681 11
83117827 12
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 72

NUMBER
1 MF-1005 (B/S) Power signal from Instrument Cluster Wiring harness - Electrical

NUMBER
2 MF-57B (B) Ground signal to splice W-001 Wiring harness - Electrical
87675193 13
83117850 14
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 73
CONNECTOR X-017 - FUEL SHUT-OFF SOLENOID
CONNECTOR X-017 -FUEL SHUT-OFF SOLENOID

NUMBER
1 MF-2041 (P/Y) Power signal from fuel shut-off relay Wiring harness - Electrical
SL57_87687239 15
83117829B 16
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 74

NUMBER
1 MF-2040 (LG) Power signal to Instrument Cluster Wiring harness - Electrical
2 MF-57D (B) Ground signal to splice W-001
3 MF-150B (N) Power signal from constant battery
power splice SP-001
87646087 17
83117834 18
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 75
CONNECTOR X-019- STARTER SOLENOID CONTROL
CONNECTOR X-019 - STARTER SOLENOID CONTROL

NUMBER
1 MR-2003A (W/R) Constant battery power from battery Wiring harness - Electrical
G-001 schematic frame 04 (A.30.A)
RING_TERMINAL 19
83117820 20
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 76


NUMBER
1 MF-150 (N) Power signal to splice SP-001 Wiring harness - Electrical
RING_TERMINAL 1
83117821A 2
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 77

NUMBER
1 MF-2015 (W/S) Power signal to Instrument Cluster Wiring harness - Electrical
Mondule A-003 schematic frame 04 (A.30.A)
87675193 3
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 78

NUMBER
1 MF-1006B (N/Y) Power signal to splice SP-002 Wiring harness - Electrical
RING_TERMINAL 4
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 79
CONNECTOR X-023 - STARTER SOLENOID BATTERY SUPPLY
CONNECTOR X-023 - START SOLENOID BATTERY SUPPLY

NUMBER
1 MF-150 (N) Power signal from splice SP-001 Wiring harness - Electrical
RING_TERMINAL 5
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 80

NUMBER
2 (30) MR-1000B Power signal from splice SP-041 schematic frame 05 (A.30.A)
3 - -
5 (87a) - -
6 (85) MR-1001B (W/R) Power signal from splice SP-035
7 - -
8 (87) MR-2003 (W/R) Power signal to starter solenoid
Y-001
9 - -
12065685N 6
83117835 7
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 81

NUMBER
1 MR-1024 (R) Power signal to Fuse #4 Z-001 Wiring harness - Electrical
2 MR-3002 (G/W) Power signal to flasher unit A-004 schematic frame 06 (A.30.A)
3 MR-3001 (G/R) Power signal to flasher unit A-004
4 MR-12 (U/W) Power signal to Fuse #1 Z-001
5 MR-1023 (N) Power signal from splice W-004
6 MR-1020 (LG/N) Power signal from fuse #7 Z-001
7 MR-13 (U/R) Power signal to Fuse #2 Z-001
8 MR-1004 (LG) Power signal from fuse #10 Z-001
9 MR-376 (P) Power signal to horn H-002
87698241 8
83117841 9
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 82

NUMBER
2 MR-1021A (P) Power signal from splice SP-010 schematic frame 06 (A.30.A)
3 - -
4 - -
5 - -
6 MR-3000 (G/LG) Power signal from flasher unit A-004
7 - -
8 - -
83117844 10
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 83

NUMBER
1 MR-57H (B) Ground signal to splice W-003 Wiring harness - Electrical
MR-57M (B) schematic frame 06 (A.30.A)
2 MR-1037 (G/N) Power signal from flasher unit A-004
83117844 11
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 84

NUMBER
15 MR-71 (W) Power signal to fuse #5 Z-001 Wiring harness - Electrical
15/1 MR-1010 (G) Power signal to splice SP-011 schematic frame 15 (A.30.A)
MR-1130 (N/S)
30 MR-150B (N) Power signal from splice W-004
50 MR-1000 (W/Y) Power signal to splice WSP-041
82866277 12
83117848 13
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 85

NUMBER
A1 MR-1021C (P) Power signal from splice SP-010 Wiring harness - Electrical
A2 MR-49 (G/W) Power signal to splice SP-008 schematic frame 06 (A.30.A)
A4 MR-50 (G/R) Power signal to splice SP-007
A6 MR-1037 (LG/N) Power signal to hazard switch S-005
A7 - -
A8 MR-1003F (G) Power signal from splice SP-020
B1 MR-1021B (P) Power signal from splice SP-010
B2 MR-3002 (G/W) Power signal from turn / light switch
S-004
B3 MR-3001 (G/R) Power signal from turn / light switch
S-004
B4 MR-3000 /LG) Power signal to buzzer S-005
B5 - -
B6 - -
B7 - -
B8 MR-57E (B) Ground signal to splice W-003
C1 MR-3004 (G/W) Power signal to splice SP-021
C2 -MR-3005 (G/R) Power signal to splice SP-019
C3 - -
C4 - -
C5 - -
C6 - -
C7 - -
C8 - -
87680366 14
83117845 15
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 86


NUMBER
1 MR-150M (N) Power signal from splice W-004 Wiring harness - Electrical
2 MR-7570 (B) Power signal to connector X-005 schematic frame 07 (A.30.A)
hand brake circuit
3 MR-2150 (P) Power signal from seat switch S-019
4 - -
5 MR-57D (B) Ground signal from splice W-003
6 MR-1003D (G) Power signal from splice SP-020
7 MR-2065 (N) Power signal from safety switch
P.T.O. S-018
8 - -
87700098 1
83117880 2
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 87

NUMBER
1 MR-65C (W) Power signal Instrument cluster Wiring harness - Electrical
2 - -
3 - -
4 - -
5 MR-65B (W) Power signal from splice SP-020
6 - -
7 MR-3025 (Y/U) Power signal to 4WD solenoid
8 - -
83117852 3
83117817 4
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 88
CONNECTOR X-031A -4WD SWITCH ILLUMINATION
CONNECTOR X-031A - 4WD SWITCH ILLUMINATION

NUMBER
1 MR-65C (W) Power signal from connector X-031 Wiring harness - Electrical
2 MR-57R (M) Ground signal to splice W-003 schematic frame 11 (A.30.A)
83117852 5
83117817 6
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 89
CONNECTOR X-032 — 4WD RELAY
CONNECTOR X-032 — 4WD RELAY

NUMBER
30 MR-57V (B) Ground signal wire to splice W-003 Wiring harness - Electrical
85 MR-57N (B) Ground signal wire to splice W-003 schematic frame 11 (A.30.A)
86 MR-3025A (Y/U) Power signal from 4WD switch S-007
87 MR-57R (B) Power signal from 4WD switch S-007
MR-3025B (Y/U) Power signal to instrument cluster
module A-003
83117835 7
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 90
CONNECTOR X-033 -4WD SOLENOID
CONNECTOR X-033 - 4WD SOLENOID

NUMBER
1 MR-3025 (Y/U) Power signal from 4WD switch S-007 Wiring harness - Electrical
87675193 8
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 91
CONNECTOR X-034 — STOP LAMP SWITCH LH
CONNECTOR X-034 - STOP LAMP SWITCH LH

NUMBER
1 MR-10A (G) Power signal from splice SP-017 Wiring harness - Electrical
2 MR–10A (G)MR 10 (G) Power signal to stoplamp switch RH schematic frame 09 (A.30.A)
S-008 Power signal from fuse #3
Z-001
3 MR-810 (G/P)MR-810A Power signal to splice SP-025 Power
(G/P) signal to stoplamp switch RH S-009
4 MR-65 (W) Power signal to splice SP-018
82918052 9
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 92
CONNECTOR X-035 — STOP LAMP SWITCH RH
CONNECTOR X-035 - STOP LAMP SWITCH RH

NUMBER
1 MR-10A (G) Power signal from splice SP-017 Wiring harness - Electrical
2 MR-10A (G) Power signal from connector X-034 schematic frame 09 (A.30.A)
3 MR-810A (G/P) Power signal to connector X-034
4 MR- 65A (W) Power signal from splice SP-018
82918052 10
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 93

NUMBER
1 MR-3022 (Y/N) Power signal to instrument cluster Wiring harness - Electrical
module A–003 schematic frame 11 (A.30.A)
2 - -
3 - -
4 - -
5 MR-1003G (G)MR- Power signal from splice SP-020
1003H (G) Power to connector X-036A
6 - -
7 MR-3022 (Y/N) Power signal to dual power solenoid
Y-005
8 - -
83117852 11
83117817 12
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 94
CONNECTOR X-036A
CONNECTOR X-036A - DUAL POWER SWITCH ILLUMINATION

NUMBER
1 MR 1003H (G) Power signal from connector X-036 Wiring harness - Electrical
2 MR 57S (B) Ground signal to splice W-003 schematic frame 11 (A.30.A)
83117852 13
83117817 14
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 95
CONNECTOR X-037
CONNECTOR X-037 — DUAL POWER SOLENOID

NUMBER
1 MR 3020B (Y) Power signal from dual power switch Wiring harness - Electrical
87675193 15
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 96
CONNECTOR X-038

NUMBER
CONNECTOR “A”
2 MR-29 (G/B) Power signal from fuel level sending schematic frame 14 (A.30.A)
unit B-002
3 MR-39 (U/G) Power signal from engine coolant
4 MR-57G (B) Ground signal to splice W-003
5 MR-57J (B) Ground signal for sensor signal
W–003
6 - -
7 MR-2015 (W/S) Power signal from alternator G-002
for engine rpm signal
8 -MR-2029 (P) Power signal from alternator G-002
9 - -
10 - -
11 - -
12 MR-3022 (Y/N) Power signal from 4WD K-003 low
range signal
13 MR-3020A (Y) Power signal from 4WD K-003 high
range signal
14 -MR-1135 (G) Power signal from grid heater
controller A-003
15 -MR-3014 (R) Power signal from hand brake switch
S-017
16 MR-1026 (U/W) Power from splice SP-014 high beam
indicator
17 MR-1013A (R/K) Power signal from fuse #4 Z-001
dash illumination
18
19 MR-1035 (W/N) Power signal from engine oil pressure
switch S-001
20 MR-3025B (Y/U) Power signal from 4WD K-003 4WD
engaged
“CONNECTOR “B”
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 97

NUMBER
23 - -
24 - -
25 - -
26 - -
27 - -
28 - -
29 - -
30 MR-1006 (N/Y) Power signal from alternator G-002
charging sense circuit
31 MR-1003A (G) Power signal from ignition switch
S-00612 volt supply
32 MR-1050 (G) Power signal from splice SP-041
33 - -
34 - -
35 MR-3005B (G/R) Power signal from splice SP-019 LH
turn indicator
36 MR-2012 (Y) Power signal from the differential oil
pressure switch S-016
37 MR-2040 (LG) Power signal from the water in fuel
sensor B-003
38 MR-1005 (B/S) Power signal from the air filter
restriction switch S-002
39 MR-3004B (G/W) -
40 - -Power signal from splice SP-021 RH
turn indicator
87358788 16
83117840 17
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 98


NUMBER
1 RL-1003C (G) Power signal from splice SP-024 . Wiring harness - Electrical
2 (30) RL-2012 (Y) Power signal to instrument cluster schematic frame 13 (A.30.A)
module A-003
87679438 1
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 99

NUMBER
1 RL-57C(B) Ground signal to splice SP-023 Wiring harness - Electrical
2 RL-3012 (G) Power signal from splice SP-024 schematic frame 07 (A.30.A)
3 RL-3014 (R) Power signal to connector X-005
4 - -
5 RL-7570 (B) Power signal to connector X-005
87713909 2
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 100
CONNECTOR X-042 — SAFETY START SWITCH P.T.O.
CONNECTOR X-042 — SAFETY START SWITCH P.T.O

PIN WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE
NUMBER
1 RL-1000 (W/Y) Power signal from connector X-005 Wiring harness - Electrical
2 RL-2065 (N) Power signal to buzzer H-001 schematic frame 08 (A.30.A)
3 RL-1003A (G) Power signal from splice SP-030
4 RL-1001 (W/R) Power signal to safety start switch
S-020
82918052 3
83117868 4
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 101

NUMBER
1 RL-29 (G/B) Power signal from instrument cluster . Wiring harness - Electrical
2 RL-57D (B) Ground signal to splice SP-023
82012083 5
83117837 6
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 102

NUMBER
1 RL-1003B (G) Power signal from splice SP-024 . Wiring harness - Electrical
2 RL-2150 (P) Power signal to connector X-005 schematic frame 13 (A.30.A)
87687244 7
83117873 8
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 103

NUMBER
1 RL-49 (G/W) Power signal from connector X-005 Wiring harness - Electrical
2 RL-3004 (G/W) Power signal from X-005 schematic frame 12 (A.30.A)
3 RL-57A (B) Ground signal to splice SP-023
4 RL-1013A (R) Power signal from splice SP-026
5 RL-810A (G/P) Power signal from splice SP-025
87713909 9
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 104

NUMBER
1 RL-810C (G/P) Power signal from splice SP-025 Wiring harness - Electrical
2 RL-3005 (G/R)) Power signal from splice SP-029 schematic frame 12 (A.30.A)
3 RL-57E (B) Ground signal to splice SP-023
4 RL-1014A (R/B) Power signal from splice SP-027
5 RL-50 (G/R) Power signal from connector X-005
87713909 10
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 105

NUMBER
1 RL-1014B (R/B) Power signal from splice SP-027 Wiring harness - Electrical
2 RL-810B (G/P) Power signal from slice SP-025 schematic frame 12 (A.30.A)
3 RL-1013B (R) Power signal from splice SP-026
4 RL-350B (G/R) Power signal from connector X-005
5 RL-57C (B) Ground signal from splice SP-023
6 - -
7 RL-349B (G/W) Power signal from connector X-005
83117838 11
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 106

CONNECTOR X-051 — HVAC SYSTEM CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR X-051 — HVAC SYSTEM CONNECTOR

NUMBER
1 CH-1018C (LG) Power signal to a/c relay K-008 Wiring harness - Electrical
2 CH-57Z (B) Ground signal to splice SP-047 schematic frame 21 (A.30.A)
3 CH-181 (G) Power signal from splice SP_042
83117862 1
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 107
CONNECTOR X-054 — HVAC BLOWER MOTOR

NUMBER
1 CH-57DC (B) -Ground signal to connector X-051 Wiring harness - Electrical
2 CH-999 (P) Power signal from connector X-090 schematic frame 21 (A.30.A)
3 CH–989 (P) Power signal from connector X-090
4 CH-996 (P) Power signal from connector X-090
83117867 2
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 108

NUMBER
1 CH-57DE (B) -Ground signal to connector X-051 Wiring harness - Electrical
2 CH-999A (P) Power signal from connector X-090 schematic frame 21 (A.30.A)
3 CH–989A (P) Power signal from connector X-090
4 CH-996A (P) Power signal from connector X-090
83117867 3
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 109
CONNECTOR X-056 — BEACON LIGHT
CONNECTOR X-056 — BEACON LIGHT

NUMBER
1 CH-4012 (P) Power signal from beacon switch Wiring harness - Electrical
2 CH-57AW (B) Ground signal to splice SP-034 -
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 110
CONNECTOR X-057 — FRONT WINDSHIELD WIPER SWITCH
CONNECTOR X-057 — FRONT WINDSHIELD WIPER SWITCH

NUMBER
1 CH-25 (Y) Power signal to connector X-060 Wiring harness - Electrical
2 CH-56 (W) Power signal to connector X-060 schematic frame 20 (A.30.A)
4 CH-58 (R) Power signal to connector X-060
6 CH-1019B (G) Power signal from splice SP-043
87691950 4
83117817 5
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 111
CONNECTOR X-058 — FRONT WORK LAMP

NUMBER
1 CH-1097B (R/S) Power signal from splice SP-043 Wiring harness - Electrical
2 CH-57E (B) Ground signal to splice SP-032 schematic frame 17 (A.30.A)
83117856 6
83117859 7
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 112

NUMBER
1 CH-1097A (R/S) Power signal from splice SP-043 Wiring harness - Electrical
83117856 8
83117859 9
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 113

CONNECTOR X-060 — FRONT WIPER MOTOR
CONNECTOR X-060 — FRONT WIPER MOTOR

NUMBER
1 CH-57BD (B) Ground signal to splice SP-032 Wiring harness - Electrical
2 CH-58 (R) Power signal from front windshield schematic frame 20 (A.30.A)
wiper switch S-013
3 CH-28 (Y) Power signal from front windshield
wiper switch S-013
4 - -
5 CH-56 (W) Power signal from front windshield
wiper switch S-013 -
6 CH-1019A (G) Power signal from front windshield
wiper switch S-013
93115863 1
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 114
CONNECTOR X-061 — FRONT WINDSHIELD WASHER MOTOR
CONNECTOR X-061 — FRONT WINDSHIELD WASHER MOTOR

NUMBER
1 CH-1019D (G) Power signal from washer switch Wiring harness - Electrical
2 CH-97 (LG) Ground signal from splice SP-032
83117836 2
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 115
CONNECTOR X-062 — AIR CONDITIONER RELAY
CONNECTOR X-062 — AIR CONDITIONER RELAY

NUMBER
1 CH-1018C (LG) Power signal from connector X-051 Wiring harness - Electrical
2 CH-1018 (LG) Power signal from connector X-051 schematic frame 21 (A.30.A)
3 - -
4 CH-1018 (LG) Power signal to connector X-004
5 CH-57BD (B) Ground signal to splice SP-032
83117869 3
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 116
CONNECTOR X-063 — RH INTERIOR DOME LAMP
CONNECTOR X-063 — RH INTERIOR DOME LAMP

NUMBER
1 CH-1015B (P) Power signal from splice SP-046 Wiring harness - Electrical
2 CH-57 (B) Ground signal to splice SP-047 schematic frame 22 (A.30.A)
3 CH-3052 (P) Ground signal to RH door switch
S-014
83117864 4
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 117
CONNECTOR X-064 — RH DOOR SWITCH
CONNECTOR X-064 — RH DOOR SWITCH

NUMBER
1 CH-3052 (P) Ground signal from RH dome lamp Wiring harness - Electrical
E-021 schematic frame 22 (A.30.A)
83117866 5
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 118
CONNECTOR X-065 — LH INTERIOR DOME LAMP
CONNECTOR X-065 — LH INTERIOR DOME LAMP

NUMBER
1 CH-1015A (P) Power signal from splice SP-046 Wiring harness - Electrical
2 CH-57 (B) Ground signal to splice SP-047 schematic frame 22 (A.30.A)
3 CH-3052 (P) Ground signal to LH door switch
S-015
83117864 6
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 119
CONNECTOR X-066 — LH DOOR SWITCH
CONNECTOR X-066 — LH DOOR SWITCH

NUMBER
1 CH-3052 (P) Ground signal from interior dome Wiring harness - Electrical
lamp E-022 schematic frame 22 (A.30.A)
83117866 7
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 120
CONNECTOR X-067 — BEACON LIGHT SWITCH
CONNECTOR X-067 — BEACON LIGHT SWITCH

NUMBER
1 CH-4012 (P) Power signal to beacon light E-021 Wiring harness - Electrical
3 - -
4 - -
5 CH-4011 (P) Power signal from cab fuse #6 Z-002
6 - -
7 - -
8 - -
83117817 8
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 121
CONNECTOR X-067A — BEACON LIGHT SWITCH ILLUMINATION
CONNECTOR X-067A — BEACON LIGHT SWITCH ILLUMINATION

NUMBER
1 CH-82 (R/Y) Power signal from splice SP-047 Wiring harness - Electrical
2 CH-57N (N) Ground signal to splice SP-032 schematic frame 19 (A.30.A)
83117817 9
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 122
CONNECTOR X-068 — FRONT WORK LAMP SWITCH
CONNECTOR X-068 — FRONT WORK LAMP SWITCH

NUMBER
1 CH-1091 (R) Power signal from cab fuse #3 Z-002 Wiring harness - Electrical
3 - -
4 - -
5 CH-1091A (R) Power signal to front work lamp relay
K-007
6 - -
7 - -
8 - -
83117817 10
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 123
CONNECTOR X-068A — FRONT WORK LAMP SWITCH ILLUMINATION
CONNECTOR X-068A — FRONT WORK LAMP SWITCH ILLUMINATION

NUMBER
82944113 11
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 124
CONNECTOR X-069 — REAR WORK LAMP SWITCH
CONNECTOR X-069 — REAR WORK LAMP SWITCH

NUMBER
1 CH-1090 (R) Power signal to rear work lamp relay Wiring harness - Electrical
2 - -
3 - -
4 - -
5 CH-1090A (R) Power signal from cab fuse #3 Z-002
6 - -
7 - -
8 - -
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 125
CONNECTOR X-069A — REAR WORK LAMP SWITCH ILLUMINATION
CONNECTOR X-069A — REAR WORK LAMP SWITCH ILLUMINATION

NUMBER
83117852 12
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 126
Connector - Component diagram 08 Connectors X-070 -X-079

CONNECTOR X-070 — WASHER SWITCH
CONNECTOR X-070 — WASHER SWITCH

NUMBER
1 CH-1019D (G) Power signal to connector X-061 Wiring harness - Electrical
2 CH-1120A (G) Power signal from cab fuse #7 Z-002 schematic frame 20 (A.30.A)
3 CH-1120B (G) Power signal from connector X-070
jumper wire
4 CH-1121 (G) Power signal to connector X-086
5 - -
6 - -
7 - -
8 - -
83117817 1
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 127
CONNECTOR X-070A — WASHER SWITCH ILLUMINATION
CONNECTOR X-070A — WASHER SWITCH ILLUMINATION

NUMBER
1 CH-82 (R/Y) Power signal from connector X-004 Wiring harness - Electrical
2 CH-57N (B) Ground signal to splice SP-032 schematic frame 20 (A.30.A)
83117852 2
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 128
CONNECTOR X-071 — POWER RELAY
CONNECTOR X-071 — POWER RELAY

NUMBER
1 (30) CH-150 (N) Power signal from connector X-003 Wiring harness - Electrical
2 (87) CH-150 (N) Power signal to splice SP-040 schematic frame 18 (A.30.A)
3 (85) CH-1003C (G) Power signal from splice SP-044
4 (86) CH-57E (B) Ground signal from splice SP-033
83117852 3
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 129
CONNECTOR X-072 — FRONT AND REAR WORK LAMPS
CONNECTOR X-072 — FRONT AND REAR WORK LAMPS

NUMBER
1 (30) CH-150G (N) Power signal from connector X-003 Wiring harness - Electrical
2 (87) CH-2041 (P/Y) Power signal to cab fuse #1 Z-002 schematic frame 18 (A.30.A)
3 (85) CH-1003B (G) Power signal from splice SP-044
4 (86) CH-57E (B) Ground signal to splice SP-032
83117856 4
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 130
CONNECTOR X-073 — REAR WORK LAMP RELAY
CONNECTOR X-073 — REAR WORK LAMP RELAY

NUMBER
1 (30) CH-998 (G) Power signal from cab fuse #1 Z-002 Wiring harness - Electrical
2 (87) CH-997 (G) Power signal to splice SP-034 schematic frame 18 (A.30.A)
3 (85) CH-1090 (R) Power signal from rear work lamp
switch S-023
83117852 5
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 131
CONNECTOR X-074 — FRONT WORK LAMP RELAY
CONNECTOR X-074 — FRONT WORK LAMP RELAY

NUMBER
1 (30) CH-1070 (R) Power signal from cab fuse #2 Z-002 Wiring harness - Electrical
2 (87) CH-1097 (R/S) Power signal to splice SP-043 schematic frame 18 (A.30.A)
3 (85) CH-1091 (R) Power signal from front work lamp
switch S-022
83117852 6
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 132
CONNECTOR X-075 — RH REAR TURN SIGNAL
CONNECTOR X-075 — RH REAR TURN SIGNAL

NUMBER
1 CH-64 (G/W) Power signal from connector X-004 Wiring harness - Electrical
82944113 7
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 133
CONNECTOR X-076 — REAR WORK LAMP

NUMBER
1 CH-997A (G) Power signal from splice SP-033 Wiring harness - Electrical
82944113 8
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 134

NUMBER
1 CH-997B (G) Power signal from splice SP-033 Wiring harness - Electrical
82944113 9
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 135

NUMBER
1 CH-997C (G) Power signal from splice SP-033 Wiring harness - Electrical
82944113 10
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 136

NUMBER
1 CH-997D (G) Power signal from splice SP-033 Wiring harness - Electrical
82944113 11
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 137

CONNECTOR X-080 — LH REAR TURN SIGNAL
CONNECTOR X-080 — LH REAR TURN SIGNAL

NUMBER
1 CH-65 (G/R) Power signal from connector X-004 Wiring harness - Electrical
82944113 1
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 138
CONNECTOR X-081 — RADIO POWER CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR X-081 — RADIO POWER CONNECTOR

NUMBER
3 - -
4 CH-138A (P) Power signal from 10A fuse F-018
5 - -
6 - -
7 CH-137A (W) Power signal from cab fuse #5 Z-002
8 CH-57BX (B) Ground signal to splice SP-034
83117861 2
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 139
CONNECTOR X-082 — RADIO SPEAKER CONNECTION
CONNECTOR X-082 — RADIO SPEAKER CONNECTION

NUMBER
3 CH-3053 (S) Power signal to connector X-083 RH
speaker H-004
4 CH-3054 (S) Power signal to connector X-083 RH
speaker H-004
5 CH-3055 (S) Power signal to connector X-084 LH
speaker H-005
6 CH-3056 (N) Power signal to connector X-084 LH
speaker H-005
7 - -
8 - -
83117861 3
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 140
CONNECTOR X-083 — RH RADIO SPEAKER
CONNECTOR X-083 — RH RADIO SPEAKER

NUMBER
1 Power signal to speaker positive Wiring harness - Electrical
2 - Power signal to speaker negative schematic frame 16 (A.30.A)
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 141
CONNECTOR X-084 — LH RADIO SPEAKER
CONNECTOR X-084 — LH RADIO SPEAKER

NUMBER
1 CH-3055 (S) Power signal to speaker positive Wiring harness - Electrical
2 CH-3056 (N) Power signal to speaker negative schematic frame 16 (A.30.A)
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 142
CONNECTOR X-085 — REAR WIPER MOTOR
CONNECTOR X-085 — REAR WIPER MOTOR

NUMBER
2 CH-1019B (G) Power signal from cab fuse #4 Z-002 schematic frame 20 (A.30.A)
3 CH-57CJ (B) Ground signal to splice SP-034
83117842 4
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 143
CONNECTOR X-086 — REAR MOTOR WASHER
CONNECTOR X-086 — REAR MOTOR WASHER

NUMBER
1 CH-1121 (G) Power signal from washer switch Wiring harness - Electrical
2 CH-97A (LG) Ground signal to splice SP-034
83117836 5
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 144

CONNECTOR X-090 — BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL SWITCH
CONNECTOR X-090 — BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL SWITCH

NUMBER
1 CH-982 (G) Power signal from connector X-051 Wiring harness - Electrical
2 CH-999 (G)CH-999A Power signal to blower motors M-002 schematic frame 22 (A.30.A)
(G) & M-003 low speed circuit
3 CH-989 (P)CH-989A (P) Power signal to blower motors M-002
& M-003 medium speed circuit
4 CH-996 (P)CH-996A (P) Power signal to blower motors M-002
& M-003 high speed circuit
5 CH-980 (N) Power signal to connector X-091
87713932 1
83117862 2
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 145
CONNECTOR X-091 — CONDITIONER SWITCH (POTENTIOMETER)
CONNECTOR X-091 — CONDITIONER SWITCH (POTENTIOMETER)

NUMBER
1 CH-980 (N) Power signal from connector X-090 Wiring harness - Electrical
2 CH-980A (N) Power signal to connector X-092 schematic frame 22 (A.30.A)
3 CH-984 (P) Power signal from connector X-092
4 CH-986 (P) Ground signal to connector X-092
82944110 3
83117862 4
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 146
CONNECTOR X-092 — ELECTRONIC THERMOSTAT
CONNECTOR X-092 — ELECTRONIC THERMOSTAT

NUMBER
1 CH-986 (P) Power signal from connector X-091 Wiring harness - Electrical
2 CH-984 (P) Power signal to connector X-091 schematic frame 22 (A.30.A)
3 CH-980A (N) Ground signal from connector X-091
4 CH57DB (B) Ground signal to splice SP-048
5 CH-1017 (LG) Power signal from connector X-051
87687242 5
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 147
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 01

Component Identifier Description

E-001 Right hand headlamp
E-002 Left hand headlamp
H-002 Horn
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 148
FRAME 1_ROPS 1
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 149


B-001 Engine temperature sensor
B-003 Water in fuel sensor
S-001 Engine oil pressure switch
S-002 Air filter restriction switch
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 150
FRAME 2_ROPS 1
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 151


A-001 Grid heater controller
F-016 Grid heater controller fuse - 125 A
G-002 Alternator
K-001 Grid heater controller relay
R-002 Grid heater
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 152
FRAME 3_ROPS 1
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 153


F-017
G-001 Battery
G-002 Alternator
M-001 Starter motor
Y-001 Starter motor solenoid
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 154
FRAME 4_ROPS 1
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 155


K-002 Safety start relay
J-001 Fuel shut-off relay
Y-001 Fuel shut-off solenoid
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 156
FRAME 5_ROPS 1
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 157


A-004 Flasher unit
S-004 Turn / marker light switch
S-005 Hazard switch
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 158
FRAME 6_ROPS 1
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 159


H-001 Buzzer
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 160
FRAME 7_ROPS 1
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 161


S-017 Handbrake switch
S-019 Seat switch
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 162
FRAME 8_ROPS 1
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 163


S-008 Left hand stoplamp switch
S-009 Right hand stoplamp switch
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 164
FRAME 9_ROPS 1
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 165


F-1 Low beam headlamps
F-2 High beam headlamps
F-3 Stop lamps
F-4 Splice SP-020
F-5 Flasher unit, hazard switch
F-6 Turn / light switch
F-7 Fuel shut-off relay
F-8 Fuel shut-off relay, turn / light switch, ICM
F-9 RH rear marker lights, ICM
F-10 LH rear marker lights, work lamp, power plug
F-11 Grid heater controller
F-12 Beacon switch
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 166
FRAME 10_ROPS 1
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 167


J-002 Beacon power connector
S-007 4WD switch
S-010 Dual power switch
S-021 Beacon switch
Y-004 4WD solenoid
Y-005 Dual power solenoid
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 168
FRAME 11_ROPS 1
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 169


E-014 RH rear turn signal
E-015 RH rear side lamp
E-016 RH stop lamp
E-018 LH stop lamp
E-019 LH rear side lamp
E-020 LH rear turn signal
E-024 Worklamp
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 170
FRAME 12_ROPS 1
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 171


B-002 Fuel level sender
S-016 Differential oil pressure switch
S-019 Seat switch
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 172
FRAME 13_ROPS 1
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 173


A-003 Instrument cluster module (ICM)
Pin number Description
“A”
1 Engine coolant temperature signal
2 Component ground
3 12V ignition power, fuse #4
4 LH turn indicator
5 -
6 -
7 Engine oil pressure signal
8 -
9 Fuel level sender signal
10 -
11 12V ignition signal, fuse #9
12 High gear range signal
13 Grid heater signal
14 AIr filter restriction sensor signal
15 12V ignition, fuse #2
16 Alternator charging sense signal
17 -
18 -
19 -
20 -
“B”
1 Driveline oil pressure switch signal
2 -
3 4WD engaged signal
4 -
5 Component ground
6 Water in fuel sensor signal
7 Low gear range indicator signal
8 Hand brake indicator signal
9 12V ignition, fuse #8
10 Engine rpm signal
11 -
12 Sensor ground signal
13 -
14 RH turn indicator
15 -
16 -
17 -
18 -
19 -
20 -
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 174
FRAME 14 ROPS 1
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 175


S-006 Ignition switch
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 176
FRAME 15_ROPS 1
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 177


E-001 RH headlamp
E-002 LH headlamp
E-003 RH front turn signal
E-004 LH front turn signal
H-002 Horn
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 178
FRAME 1_CAB 1
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 179


B-001 Engine coolant temperature sensor
S-002 Air filter restriction switch
B-003 Water in fuel sensor
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 180
FRAME 2_CAB 1
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 181


A-001 Grid Heater Controller (GHC)
K-001 Grid heater relay
R-002 Grid heater
G-002 Alternator
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 182
FRAME 3_CAB 1
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 183


M-001 Starter motor
Y-001 Starter motor solenoid
G-002 Alternator
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 184
FRAME 4_CAB 1
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 185


J-001 Lighter connection
K-002 Safety start relay
Y-002 Fuel shut-off solenoid
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 186
FRAME 5_CAB 1
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 187


S-004 Turn / light switch
A-004 Flasher unit
S-005 Hazard switch
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 188
FRAME 6_CAB 1
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 189


H-001 Buzzer
S-017 Hand brake switch
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 190
FRAME 7_CAB 1
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 191


S-020 Safety start switch
S-018 Safety start switch P.T.O
FRAME 8_CAB 1
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 192


S-008 LH stop lamp switch
S-009 RH stop lamp switch
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 193
FRAME 9_CAB 1
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 194


Z-001 Fuse block (engine compartment)
F-1 High beam head lamps
F-2 Low beam head lamps
F-3 LH marker lights, power plug
F-4 ICM, RH marker lights, power plug
F-5 Fuel shut-off solenoid
F-6 ICM, safety start, differential oil pressure switch, flasher
unit, buzzer, dual power switch, front and rear work lamp
relays, cab fuse #4 Z-002
F-8 Buzzer, Cab fuse block fuse #6 Z-002
F-9 Stop lamp switches, 4WD switch
F-11 Grid heater controller, lighter connection
F-12 Cab supply power
F-13 Cab supply power
F-14 Hazard switch, flasher unit, ICM
F-15 -
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 195
FRAME 10_CAB 1
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 196


S-007 4WD switch
Y-004 4WD solenoid
K-003 4WD relay
Y-005 Dual power solenoid
S-010 Dual power switch
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 197
FRAME 11_CAB 1
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 198


X-046 RH rear lamp
X-047 LH rear lamp
X-048 Power plug
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 199
FRAME 12_CAB 1
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 200


B-002 Fuel level sender
S-019 Seat switch
S-016 Differential oil pressure switch
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 201
FRAME 13_CAB 1
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 202


A-003 Instrument Cluster Module (ICM)
“A”
1 Rear PTO engaged signal
2 Fuel level gauge signal
3 Engine coolant temperature signal
4 Component Ground
5 Sensor ground
6 -
7 Engine rpm signal
8 Cranking signal
9 -
10 -
11 -
12 Low gear range engaged signal
13 High gear range engaged signal
14 Grid heater indicator
15 Hand brake indicator
16 High beam indicator
17 Instrument lighting
19 Engine oil pressure signal
“B”
21 -
22 -
23 -
24 -
25 -
26 -
27 -
28 -
29 -
30 Alternator charging sense signal
31 12V Ignition signal
32 12V battery signal
33
34
35 LH turn indicator signal
36 Driveline oil pressure signal
37 Water in fuel signal
38 Air filter restriction switch signal
39 RH turn indicator signal
40 -
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 203
FRAME 14_CABC 1
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 204


S-006 Ignition switch
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 205
FRAME 15_CAB 1
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 206


H-003 Radio
H-004 RH radio speaker
H-005 LH radio speaker
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 207
FRAME 16_CAB 1
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 208


E-5 Front work lamp
E-6 Front work lamp
E-7 RH rear turn signal
E-8 Rear work lamps
E-9 Rear work lamps
E-10 Rear work lamps
E-11 Rear work lamps
E-12 LH rear turn signal
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 209
FRAME 17_CAB 1
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 210


K-004 Power relay
K-005 Front and rear work lamps
K-006 Rear work lamps
K-007 Front work lamps
Z-002 Cab fuse block
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 211
FRAME 18_CAB 1
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 212


S-021 Beacon switch
S-022 Front work lamp switch
S-023 Rear work lamp switch
E-021 Beacon light
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 213
FRAME 19_CAB 1
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 214


S-013 Front windshield wiper switch
M-004 Front windshield wiper motor
M-005 Front windshield washer motor
S-024 Washer switch
M-006 Rear wiper motor
M-007 Rear washer motor
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 215
FRAME 20_CAB 1
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 216


S-011 Blower motor control switch
M-002 Cab blower motor
M-003 Cab blower motor
S-012 A/C Switch (potentiometer)
R-001 A/C thermostat
K-008 A/C compressor relay
S-003 A/C pressure switch
Y-003 A/C compressor clutch
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 217
FRAME 21_CAB 1
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 218


E-021 Interior dome lamp
S-014 RH door switch
E-022 Interior dome lamp
S-015 LH door switch
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 219
FRAME 22_CAB 1
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 220
Index

SYSTEMS - A

Connector - Component Diagram 00 Connectors X-001 - X-009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Connector - Component diagram 01 Connectors X-001 - X-009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Connector - Component diagram 06 Connectors X-050 - X-059 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Connector - Component diagram 08 Connector X-080 - X-089 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Connector - Component diagram 08 Connectors X-070 -X-079 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 221
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 222
84547569 01/12/2011
A.30.A / 223
New Holland Site 100 Brubaker Avenue New Holland, Pennsylvania United States 17557
SERVICE - Technical Publications & Tools
PRINTED IN U.S.A.
© 2011 CNH America LLC.
All rights reserved. No part of the text or illustrations of this publication may be reproduced.
NEW HOLLAND AGRICULTURE policy is one of continuous improvement and the right to change prices,
specification or equipment at any time without notices is reserved.
All data given in this publication is subject to production variations. Dimensions and weight are approximate only
and the illustrations do not necessarily show products in standard condition. For exact information about any
particular product, please consult your NEW HOLLAND AGRICULTURE Dealer.
84547569 01/12/2011
EN
SERVICE MANUAL
ENGINE AND PTO IN
TS6020
TS6030 HC
TS6030
84547569 01/12/2011
B
Contents
ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B.10.A
TS6020 , TS6030 HC , TS6030
84547569 01/12/2011
B
ENGINE - 10.A
TS6020
TS6030 HC
TS6030
84547569 01/12/2011
B.10.A / 1
Contents
ENGINE - 10.A
SERVICE
ENGINE
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
84547569 01/12/2011
B.10.A / 2
ENGINE AND PTO IN - ENGINE
ENGINE - Remove
Prior operation:
Cab - Remove (E.34.A)
Prior operation:
Axle - Disassemble (D.10.A)
1. Disconnect the wring connector from the hood har-

ness then remove the two bolts (1) and the hood sta-
bilizer cylinder (2).
83113061 1
2. Disconnect the (negative) battery cable (1).
83113062 2
3. Disconnect the main ground wire (1) from the chassis

and positive cable (2) from the starter solenoid.
NOTE: Remove front ballast weights if equipped.
83113063 3
84547569 01/12/2011
B.10.A / 3
4. Disconnect the steering cylinder lines (2) and trans-

mission cooler lines (1).
83113064 4
5. Disconnect the two bolts that secure the right-hand

side shield (1).
83113065 5
6. WARNING
Hazardous chemicals!
Coolant can be toxic. Avoid contact with
skin, eyes, and clothing. Antidotes:
EXTERNAL - Rinse thoroughly with water.
Remove soiled clothing.
INTERNAL - Rinse the mouth with water.
DO NOT induce vomiting. Seek immedi-
ate medical attention.
EYES - Flush with water. Seek immediate
medical attention.
Failure to comply could result in death or
serious injury. 83113066 6
W0282A
Drain the coolant from the cooling system/radiator

(1).
7. Remove the radiator hose.
8. Remove the turbo intercooler tubes, (2) and (3), then
disconnect the air cleaner restriction switch (4).
9. Remove the air intake hose (5).
84547569 01/12/2011
B.10.A / 4
10. Disconnect the coolant reservoir to radiator line (1).
83113061 7
11. Remove the radiator support to bolster mounting

bolts (1).
83113067 8
12. Loosen the screw (1) and slide the oil cooler out as
far as possible.
83113068 9
13. Remove the mounting bolts (1) from the intercooler.

14. Remove the intercooler to intake manifold tube (2).
83113069 10
84547569 01/12/2011
B.10.A / 5
15. Remove the left-hand shield by removing the two

bolts (1).
83113078 11
16. Disconnect the relay electrical connector (1).
83113070 12
17. WARNING
Put adequate wheel chocks against the
front and rear of both traction and steer-
ing wheels to avoid machine movement.
serious injury.
W0981A
WARNING
Unexpected machine movement!
If you are supporting any wheel(s) of a
four-wheel drive machine on a stand, 83113071 13
NEVER attempt to start the engine or
rotate a wheel. The wheels could move,
causing the machine to fall from the
stand. Instead, support all wheels so they
are just clear of the ground.
serious injury.
W0429A
Install an engine stand to support the engine while it

is separated from the tractor transmission.
18. Remove the bolts (1) that secure the engine hood
support to the engine.
84547569 01/12/2011
B.10.A / 6
19. Remove the two upper engine to transmission

mounting bolts (1).
83113072 14
20. Disconnect the fuel delivery and return lines, (1) and
(2).
21. Remove the throttle linkage from the fuel injection
pump (3).
83113073 15
22. Remove the lower engine to transmission mounting

bolts (1).
NOTE: Insure that no harness, tubes or lines of any sort
will prevent engine separation.
83113074 16
23. Using an appropriate tool to support the front bolster,

remove the engine to bolster mounting bolts (1).
83113075 17
84547569 01/12/2011
B.10.A / 7
24. Using an appropriate lifting device, separate the en-

gine from the transmission as shown.
LAIL11TS0008A0A 18
Next operation:
ENGINE - Install (B.10.A)
84547569 01/12/2011
B.10.A / 8
ENGINE - Install
Prior operation:
Cab - Install (E.34.A)
Prior operation:
Axle - Assemble (D.12.A)
1. DANGER
Heavy parts!
Support designated component(s) with
adequate lifting equipment.
Failure to comply will result in death or
serious injury.
D0018A
CAUTION
Pinch hazard!
Always use suitable tools to align mating
parts. DO NOT use your hand or fingers.
Failure to comply could result in minor or LAIL11TS0008A0A 1
moderate injury.
C0044A
Using an appropriate lifting device, align the engine

to the transmission as shown.
2. Using an appropriate tool to support the front bolster,
install the engine to bolster mounting bolts (1).
83113075 2
3. Install the lower engine to transmission mounting

bolts (1).
NOTE: Insure that no harness, tubes or lines of any sort
are in between mated parts.
83113074 3
84547569 01/12/2011
B.10.A / 9
4. Install the throttle linkage to the fuel injection pump

(1).
5. Connect the fuel delivery and return lines, (2) and (3).
83113073 4
6. Install the two upper engine to transmission mount-

ing bolts (1).
83113072 5
7. Install the bolts (1) that secure the engine hood sup-
port to the engine.
8. WARNING
Put adequate wheel chocks against the
front and rear of both traction and steer-
ing wheels to avoid machine movement.
serious injury.
W0981A
WARNING
83113071 6
If you are supporting any wheel(s) of a
four-wheel drive machine on a stand,
NEVER attempt to start the engine or
rotate a wheel. The wheels could move,
causing the machine to fall from the
stand. Instead, support all wheels so they
are just clear of the ground.
serious injury.
W0429A
Install an engine stand to support the engine while it

is being attached to the tractor transmission.
84547569 01/12/2011
B.10.A / 10
9. Connect the relay electrical connector (1).
83113070 7
10. Secure the left-hand shield by installing the two bolts

(1).
83113078 8
11. Install the intercooler to intake manifold tube (1).

12. Remove the mounting bolts (2) from the intercooler.
83113069 9
13. Slide the oil cooler in as far as possible and then

tighten the screw (1).
83113068 10
84547569 01/12/2011
B.10.A / 11
14. Install the radiator support to bolster mounting bolts

(1).
83113067 11
15. Connect the coolant reservoir to radiator line (1).
83113061 12
16. Install the air intake hose (1).

17. Connect the air cleaner restriction switch (2) and the
install the turbo intercooler tubes, (3) and (4).
18. Install the radiator hose.
19. WARNING
Hazardous chemicals!
Coolant can be toxic. Avoid contact with
skin, eyes, and clothing. Antidotes:
EXTERNAL - Rinse thoroughly with water.
Remove soiled clothing.
INTERNAL - Rinse the mouth with water. 83113066 13
DO NOT induce vomiting. Seek immedi-
ate medical attention.
EYES - Flush with water. Seek immediate
medical attention.
serious injury.
W0282A
Fill the cooling system/radiator (5) with coolant.
84547569 01/12/2011
B.10.A / 12
20. Connect the two bolts that secure the right-hand side
shield (1).
83113065 14
21. Connect the steering cylinder lines (1) and transmis-

sion cooler lines (2).
83113064 15
22. Connect the main ground wire (1) from the chassis
and positive cable (2) from the starter solenoid.
NOTE: Install front ballast weights if equipped.
83113063 16
23. Connect the (negative) battery cable (1).
83113062 17
84547569 01/12/2011
B.10.A / 13
24. Install the two bolts (1) and the hood stabilizer cylin-
der (2) then connect the wring connector to the hood
harness.
83113061 18
84547569 01/12/2011
B.10.A / 14
Index
ENGINE - 10.A
ENGINE - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
ENGINE - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
84547569 01/12/2011
B.10.A / 15
PRINTED IN U.S.A.
84547569 01/12/2011
EN
SERVICE MANUAL
TRANSMISSION, DRIVE AND PTO OUT
TS6020
TS6030 HC
TS6030
84547569 01/12/2011
C
Contents
TRANSMISSION, DRIVE AND PTO OUT - C
POWER COUPLING Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C.10.C

TS6020 , TS6030 HC , TS6030
TRANSMISSION Mechanical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C.20.B

TS6020 , TS6030 HC , TS6030
ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Creeper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C.30.C

TS6020 , TS6030 HC , TS6030
84547569 01/12/2011
C
POWER COUPLING Clutch - 10.C
TS6020
TS6030 HC
TS6030
84547569 01/12/2011
C.10.C / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
POWER COUPLING Clutch

Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
FUNCTIONAL DATA

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
SERVICE

Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Remove - PTO drive disc bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Install - PTO drive disc bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Clutch control
Replace Clutch rod assembly replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
DIAGNOSTIC

Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
84547569 01/12/2011
C.10.C / 2
TRANSMISSION, DRIVE AND PTO OUT - POWER COUPLING Clutch
POWER COUPLING Clutch - General specification

Component Specification
Disc type dry disc, 330 mm
Material Organic, asbestos free
Pressure plate type Muelle Belleville (self-adjustment, maintenance free)
Thrust bearing type Mechanical drive
Clutch pedal free play adjustment 28 - 41 mm (1.102 - 1.614 in)
Transmission input shaft lubricant GR75MD molybdenum lithium grease, amber color
POWER COUPLING Clutch - Torque

Screws from clutch cover to flywheel 35 N·m (26 lb ft)
Locknut on clutch pedal 34 N·m (25 lb ft)
Drive disc screws of PTO 129 N·m (95 lb ft)
Bearing fork setscrew on crosswise shaft 47 N·m (35 lb ft)
84547569 01/12/2011
C.10.C / 3
POWER COUPLING Clutch - Overview

The non-synchronized 8x 2 transmission clutch system is mechanically driven with a 330 mm (13 in) dry single disc.
The pressure plate is a self-adjustable spring type and does not require any maintenance.
There is a pre-lubricated pilot bearing in the rear end of crankshaft, inside the flywheel. The bearing supports the
PTO drive shaft.
With the clutch engaged, the spring loaded pressure plate forces the clutch disc into contact with the engine flywheel.
Friction contact between disc material and the surfaces of the flywheel and pressure plate transmits drive from the
flywheel shaft to the transmission input shaft via the disc.
When placing your foot on the clutch pedal, the thrust bearing moves forward and pushes the pressure plate, sep-
arating the clutch disc and disconnecting it from the flywheel. As a result, the friction disc disconnects from the
transmission, allowing gear changing to occur.
When the clutch pedal is let out, a spring places the pedal back into its free position and the thrust bearing separates
from the pressure plate.
The pressure plate springs exert pressure forward against the disc until it touches the clutch, thus restoring drive
between the engine and the gear box.
84547569 01/12/2011
C.10.C / 4
POWER COUPLING Clutch - Adjust

The only adjustment the clutch requires is a periodic ad-
justing of the free travel of the pedal. This is the movement
in which the pedal goes from being totally loose to the point
when it encounters resistance. This is the only adjustment
required for the mechanical clutch.
1. Measure the free travel of the clutch pedal. Specifi-
cation is 28 - 41 mm (1.102 - 1.614 in).
20087234 1
2. If free travel is not within specifications:

A. Loosen the locknut (1) on the clutch rod assem-
bly (2).
B. Remove the split (cotter) pin (4) and the clevis
pin (3) securing the clutch rod assembly to the
clutch release shaft assembly.
C. Make the necessary adjustments.
D. Install a new split pin and the clevis pin. Make
sure the clevis pin is installed with the cotter pin
side AWAY from the fuel tank.
E. Tighten the locknut to a torque of 34 N·m (25
lb ft).
Next operation:
POWER COUPLING Clutch - Remove (C.10.C)
84547569 01/12/2011
C.10.C / 5
POWER COUPLING Clutch - Remove

Prior operation:
POWER COUPLING Clutch - Adjust (C.10.C)
1. Separate the engine and the transmission.

2. Remove the bolts (1) that affix the pressure plate and
cover (2) to the flywheel.
NOTE: Loosen the bolts equally and diagonally to avoid
distortion of the cover.
3. Remove the pressure plate and the clutch disc.
36087824 1
Next operation:
POWER COUPLING Clutch - Disassemble (C.10.C)
84547569 01/12/2011
C.10.C / 6
POWER COUPLING Clutch - Disassemble

Prior operation:
1. Remove the clutch release fork setscrew (3).

2. Remove the clutch release shaft (4) from the box.
3. Remove the fork (2) from the transmission.
4. Push out the thrust bearing (1) and hub assembly
from the clutch hub support.
36087825 1
Next operation:
POWER COUPLING Clutch - Inspect (C.10.C)
84547569 01/12/2011
C.10.C / 7
POWER COUPLING Clutch - Inspect

Prior operation:
POWER COUPLING Clutch - Disassemble (C.10.C)
1. Inspect the friction disc. Make sure the linings are

not loose, cracked, worn out or dirtied by oil. Check
the rivets. If there are signs of overheating due to
clutch slippage, replace the disc with a new one.
NOTE: Investigate reason for any oil or grease on surfaces.
Repair before mounting new disc.
2. Inspect pressure plate. Check that all pins are the
same height, that there is no discoloration due to
overheating, and that the entire assembly works
properly. Check for cracks, scratches or distortion
on the surface of the pressure plate. Dispose of
pressure plate if any of the above failures are found.
NOTE: The diaphragm clutch has no replacement parts.
Replace the whole assembly if any problem is found during
inspection.
3. Make sure the thrust bearing and hub move freely
inside the hub support. Ensure the bearing rotates
smoothly and that external side is not damaged or
worn out. Look for cracks or distortion on clutch re-
lease fork. For example, make sure that all the pins
are aligned and not worn out. Remove and replace
any broken or defective parts.
4. If needed, check the thrust bearing. Use a puller (1)
with a suitable attachment (3) and a stack plate (4)
to separate the thrust bearing (2) from the hub.
36087827 1
Next operation:
POWER COUPLING Clutch - Assemble (C.10.C)
84547569 01/12/2011
C.10.C / 8
POWER COUPLING Clutch - Assemble

Prior operation:
POWER COUPLING Clutch - Inspect (C.10.C)
1. Lubricate hub housing with high melting point grease

and install the thrust bearing and hub.
2. Reattach the fork and the clutch release shaft.
3. Tighten the fork setscrew to a torque of 47 N·m (35
lb ft).
Next operation:
POWER COUPLING Clutch - Install (C.10.C)
84547569 01/12/2011
C.10.C / 9
POWER COUPLING Clutch - Install

Prior operation:
POWER COUPLING Clutch - Assemble (C.10.C)
NOTICE: When installing a new pressure plate, the friction surface must be thoroughly cleaned with alcohol to remove
the protective enamel.
1. Lightly lubricate hub splines of the transmission input
shaft with non-fibrous lithium based grease.
2. Use the pilot tool to place the clutch disc with the run
surface and clutch plates towards flywheel.
3. Place the pressure plate over the flywheel and
tighten the bolts to 35 N·m (26 lb ft).
4. Remove the pilot tool from clutch disc.
5. Reconnect the engine and the transmission.
Next operation:
POWER COUPLING Clutch - Adjust (C.10.C)
84547569 01/12/2011
C.10.C / 10
POWER COUPLING Clutch - Remove - PTO drive disc bearing

Prior operation:
Use a slide hammer (2) and suitable puller attachment (1)

to remove the ball bearing (3) from the flywheel adapter.
36087828 1
Next operation:
POWER COUPLING Clutch - Install - PTO drive disc bearing (C.10.C)
84547569 01/12/2011
C.10.C / 11
POWER COUPLING Clutch - Install - PTO drive disc bearing

Prior operation:
POWER COUPLING Clutch - Remove - PTO drive disc bearing (C.10.C)
Place a stake plate (1) so that the flat side faces outwards
and use a suitable driver to install the ball bearing (3) in the
flywheel adapter (2) for the PTO drive disc.
36087829 1
84547569 01/12/2011
C.10.C / 12
Clutch control - Replace Clutch rod assembly replacement

1. From the left-hand side of the steering column, re-
move the plastic cover by removing the two securing
knobs (1).
93109856 1
2. Loosen turnbuckle (1) joining the top and bottom of

the clutch rod assembly.
93109867 2
3. Remove the left side steps by removing the three

bolts (1).
93109868 3
4. With a suitable lifting device, support the fuel tank.

NOTE: Pay attention to how much fuel is in the tank as this
will fluctuate how much the fuel tank will weigh.
5. Loosen fuel tank strap (1) by removing the securing
nut.
93109862 4
84547569 01/12/2011
C.10.C / 13
6. Under the operators platform, disconnect the bottom

of the clutch rod assembly by removing and discard-
ing the clevis pin and cotter pin (1).
NOTE: To gain easy access to the clutch rod assembly,
slide the fuel tank towards the outside of the tractor.
7. Remove and discard the bottom part of the clutch rod
assembly by unscrewing it from the turnbuckle.
93109859 5
8. On top of the operators platform, remove and discard

the top of the clutch rod assembly by removing and
discarding the clevis pin and cotter pin (1).
9. Install the top part of the new clutch rod assembly
securing it with a new clevis pin and cotter pin.
93109857 6
10. From under the operators platform, install the bottom

part of the new clutch rod assembly by screwing it
into turnbuckle (1).
NOTE: When screwing the bottom part of the clutch rod
assembly into the turnbuckle, turn it until the same amount
of threads are showing as the top part of the clutch rod
assembly threads.
93109867 7
11. From the left side of the steering column, remove the
plastic cover by removing the two securing knobs (1).
93109856 8
84547569 01/12/2011
C.10.C / 14
12. Loosen turnbuckle (1) joining the top and bottom of

the clutch rod assembly.
93109867 9
13. Remove the left side steps by removing the three

bolts (1).
93109868 10
14. With a suitable lifting device, support the fuel tank.

NOTE: Pay attention to how much fuel is in the tank as this
will fluctuate how much the fuel tank will weigh.
15. Loosen fuel tank strap (1) by removing the securing
nut.
93109862 11
16. Under the operators platform, disconnect the bottom

of the clutch rod assembly by removing and discard-
ing the clevis pin and cotter pin (1).
NOTE: To gain easy access to the clutch rod assembly,
slide the fuel tank towards the outside of the tractor.
17. Remove and discard the bottom part of the clutch rod
assembly by unscrewing it from the turnbuckle.
93109859 12
84547569 01/12/2011
C.10.C / 15
18. On top of the operators platform, remove and discard

the top of the clutch rod assembly by removing and
discarding the clevis pin and cotter pin (1).
19. Install the top part of the new clutch rod assembly
securing it with a new clevis pin and cotter pin.
93109857 13
20. From under the operators platform, install the bottom

part of the new clutch rod assembly by screwing it
into turnbuckle (1).
NOTE: When screwing the bottom part of the clutch rod
assembly into the turnbuckle, turn it until the same amount
of threads are showing as the top part of the clutch rod
assembly threads.
93109867 14
21. Under the operators platform, fasten the bottom of

the clutch rod assembly to the lever securing it with
a new clevis pin and cotter pin (1).
NOTICE: Make sure the clevis pin is installed with the cot-
ter pin side AWAY from the fuel tank.
93109859 15
22. Slide the fuel tank back into position and secure it
with the loosened strap (1).
93109862 16
84547569 01/12/2011
C.10.C / 16
23. Install the steps securing them with the three re-
moved bolts (1).
93109868 17
24. By turning the clutch rod assembly turnbuckle, adjust

the clutch pedal free play to 28 - 41 mm (1.102 -
1.614 in) at location (1).
25. Tighten the turnbuckle jam nut.
50025061 18
26. Install the plastic cover securing it with the two re-
moved knobs (1).
The tractor is now ready to return to service.
93109856 19
Next operation:
Clutch control - Inspect (C.10.C)
84547569 01/12/2011
C.10.C / 17
Clutch control - Inspect

Prior operation:
Clutch control - Disassemble (C.10.C)
1. Inspect the clutch pedal. Check for cracks and make

sure there is not excessive free play between the
bushings and the pedal shaft. Remove and replace
damaged parts.
2. Inspect the release clutch cross shaft and bush-
ings inside transmission box. Shaft should rotate
smoothly on its bushings without free play between
bushings and shaft. If bushings are damaged or
worn out, replace the bushings.
84547569 01/12/2011
C.10.C / 18
POWER COUPLING Clutch - Troubleshooting

Problem Possible Cause Correction
No movement when a Failure in rear axle or in transmission. Connect differential lock. If tractor moves,
gear is selected and the failure is on differential outlet. If machine
clutch pedal is let out. does not move, possible failure in transmis-
sion or in rear axle.
Clutch maladjustment. Adjust clutch.
Thrust bearing is not moving. • Check linkage.
Chafing of friction disc. Replace friction disc.
Pressure plate failure. Repair or replace pressure plate.
With foot on the clutch Clutch disc slips. • Check clutch disc adjustment.
pedal, engine speed Chafing of clutch disc.
•
raises but drive speed
stays the same. • Pressure plate failure.
It is very difficult to Clutch drag (does not let out completely). • Check clutch adjustment.
change gears. Chafing of clutch disc.
•
• Pressure plate failure.
It is impossible to put in Clutch does not disengage. • Check clutch adjustment.
gear, engine stalls when Chafing of clutch disc.
•
machine is still, with foot
on clutch pedal. • Jamming of clutch disc over flywheel,
pressure plate or input shaft splines.
• Pressure plate failure. Repair or re-
place pressure plate.
Noise due to transmission Chafing of thrust bearing. Replace thrust bearing.
bell. Noise changes when
putting foot on clutch
pedal and letting it out.
Chafing of clutch pilot bearing. Replace clutch pilot bearing.
Clutch does not engage Faulty clutch disc. Replace clutch disc.
gently.
Faulty pressure plate. Replace pressure plate.
Chafing of clutch pilot bearing. Replace clutch pilot bearing.
Faulty flywheel. Check flywheel as detailed in engine sec-
tion.
84547569 01/12/2011
C.10.C / 19
Index

Clutch control - Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Clutch control - Replace Clutch rod assembly replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
POWER COUPLING Clutch - Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
POWER COUPLING Clutch - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
POWER COUPLING Clutch - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
POWER COUPLING Clutch - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
POWER COUPLING Clutch - Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
POWER COUPLING Clutch - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
POWER COUPLING Clutch - Install - PTO drive disc bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
POWER COUPLING Clutch - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
POWER COUPLING Clutch - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
POWER COUPLING Clutch - Remove - PTO drive disc bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
POWER COUPLING Clutch - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
POWER COUPLING Clutch - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
84547569 01/12/2011
C.10.C / 20
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - 20.B
TS6020
TS6030 HC
TS6030
84547569 01/12/2011
C.20.B / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
TRANSMISSION Mechanical
Speeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Exploded view - Shift lever position and circulation of forces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Overview - Dual power system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Exploded view - Planetary gear set, Dual power transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Exploded view - Direct drive clutch, Dual power transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Exploded view - Reduction clutch, Dual power transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Transmission command
Sectional view - Shift levers and cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
SERVICE
Service instruction - Component accessibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Disassemble - Dual power system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Inspect - Dual power system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Assemble - Dual power system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
End play - Dual power system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Transmission command
Disassemble - Shift levers and cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Inspect - Shift levers and cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Assemble - Shift levers and cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
84547569 01/12/2011
C.20.B / 2
Shaft
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Sensing system
Remove - Neutral (safety) start switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Inspect - Neutral (safety) start switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Install - Neutral (safety) start switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Test - Neutral (safety) start switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
DIAGNOSTIC
84547569 01/12/2011
C.20.B / 3
TRANSMISSION, DRIVE AND PTO OUT - TRANSMISSION Mechanical
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - General specification

Output shaft end play
Specification 0.038 - 0.086 mm (0.0015 - 0.0034 in)
Available shims 0.076 mm (0.003 in)
0.127 mm (0.005 in)
0.305 mm (0.012 in)
Lubrication
Oil capacity 56 l (14.8 US gal)
For models with front wheel drive, increase the rear axle
oil quantity by 1.2 l (1.3 US qt)
Dual power systems

Planetary gear box end play
Specification 0.1 - 0.51 mm (0.004 - 0.020 in)
0.81 mm (0.032 in)
Allowed gap between 1.17 - 1.52 mm (0.046 - 0.060 in)
planetary cover and Refer to the table below to determine required shims.
housing
Calculated average gap Shim requirement
0.025 - 0.33 mm (0.001 - 0.013 in) • One 0.33 mm (0.013 in) shim
• One 0.81 mm (0.032 in) shim
0.34 - 0.66 mm (0.013 - 0.026 in) One 0.81 mm (0.032 in) shim
0.67 - 0.81 mm (0.026 - 0.032 in) Two 0.33 mm (0.013 in) shims
0.82 - 1.14 mm (0.032 - 0.045 in) One 0.33 mm (0.013 in) shim
1.15 - 1.52 mm (0.045 - 0.060 in) Gap within specification, shim not required
Pressure testing
Dual power system pressure 15.2 - 17.9 bar (220.4 - 259.6 psi)
Lubrication system pressure 5.0 - 8.5 bar (72.5 - 123.3 psi)
84547569 01/12/2011
C.20.B / 4
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - Speeds

Main Shift Range Dual Power Wheel Speed Transmis-
Lever Lever 1500 RPM 1900 RPM 2100 RPM 2200 RPM sion Ratio
1 SC Power 0.27 km/h 0.34 km/h 0.37 km/h 0.39 km/h 67.08
(0.17 mph) (0.21 mph) (0.23 mph) (0.24 mph)
1 SC Direct 0.34 km/h 0.47 km/h 0.48 km/h 0.50 km/h 52.18
(0.21 mph) (0.29 mph) (0.30 mph) (0.31 mph)
(0.21 mph) (0.25 mph) (0.29 mph) (0.30 mph)
(0.26 mph) (0.34 mph) (0.37 mph) (0.39 mph)
(0.36 mph) (0.45 mph) (0.50 mph) (0.53 mph)
(0.46 mph) (0.58 mph) (0.65 mph) (0.68 mph)
(0.48 mph) (0.62 mph) (0.68 mph) (0.71 mph)
(0.63 mph) (0.80 mph) (0.88 mph) (0.92 mph)
1 C Power 1.51 km/h 1.91 km/h 2.11 km/h 2.21 km/h 11.74
(0.94 mph) (1.19 mph) (1.31 mph) (1.4 mph)
1 C Direct 1.94 km/h 2.45 km/h 2.72 km/h 2.84 km/h 9.13
(1.21 mph) (1.52 mph) (1.69 mph) (1.76 mph)
(1.17 mph) (1.48 mph) (1.64 mph) (1.71 mph)
(1.50 mph) (1.91 mph) (2.11 mph) (2.21 mph)
(2.06 mph) (2.60 mph) (2.88 mph) (3.01 mph)
(2.64 mph) (3.34 mph) (3.70 mph) (3.87 mph)
(2.80 mph) (3.54 mph) (3.91 mph) (4.10 mph)
(3.59 mph) (4.55 mph) (5.03 mph) (5.27 mph)
1 L Power 5.39 km/h 6.83 km/h 7.55 km/h 7.91 km/h 3.29
(3.35 mph) (4.24 mph) (4.69 mph) (4.92 mph)
1 L Direct 6.93 km/h 8.77 km/h 9.70 km/h 10.16 km/h 2.56
(4.31 mph) (5.45 mph) (6.03 mph) (6.31 mph)
(4.18 mph) (5.29 mph) (5.85 mph) (6.13 mph)
(5.37 mph) (6.81 mph) (7.52 mph) (7.89 mph)
(7.34 mph) (9.30 mph) (10.33 mph) (10.76 mph)
(9.43 mph) (11.95 mph) (13.20 mph) (13.84 mph)
(9.99 mph) (12.65 mph) (13.98 mph) (14.65 mph)
(12.84 mph) (16.27 mph) (17.98 mph) (18.83 mph)
A SC Power 0.38 km/h 0.48 km/h 0.53 km/h 0.56 km/h 46.47
(0.24 mph) (0.30 mph) (0.33 mph) (0.35 mph)
A SC Direct 0.49 km/h 0.62 km/h 0.68 km/h 0.72 km/h 36.30
(0.30 mph) (0.39 mph) (0.42 mph) (0.45 mph)
A C Power 2.17 km/h 2.75 km/h 3.04 km/h 3.18 km/h 8.17
(1.35 mph) (1.71 mph) (1.89 mph) (1.98 mph)
84547569 01/12/2011
C.20.B / 5
Main Shift Range Dual Power Wheel Speed Transmis-

Lever Lever 1500 RPM 1900 RPM 2100 RPM 2200 RPM sion Ratio
A C Direct 2.79 km/h 3.53 km/h 3.90 km/h 4.09 km/h 6.35
(1.73 mph) (2.19 mph) (2.42 mph) (2.54 mph)
A L Power 7.75 km/h 9.81 km/h 10.85 km/h 11.63 km/h 2.29
(4.82 mph) (6.10 mph) (6.74 mph) (7.23 mph)
A L Direct 9.96 km/h 12.62 km/h 13.95 km/h 14.61 km/h 1.78
(6.19 mph) (7.84 mph) (8.67 mph) (9.08 mph)
84547569 01/12/2011
C.20.B / 6
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - Torque

Clutch release bearing hub support bolts 67 N·m (49 lb ft)
Clutch release fork bolt 47 N·m (35 lb ft)
Front support plate bolts 44 N·m (32 lb ft)
Gear shift cover assembly bolts 56 N·m (41 lb ft)
Gear shift fork retaining screws 31 N·m (23 lb ft)
Oil baffle/shift lever stop plates 22 N·m (16 lb ft)
Output shaft retainer bolts 44 N·m (32 lb ft)
Rear support plate retaining bolts 44 N·m (32 lb ft)
Reverse idler shaft retaining bolt 23 N·m (17 lb ft)
Neutral start switch 40 N·m (30 lb ft)
Dual power system

Control valve spool cap 38 N·m (28 lb ft)
Control valve body screws 4 N·m (3 lb ft)
Planetary gear box screws 105 N·m (77 lb ft)
Planetary gear cap fastening screws 47 N·m (35 lb ft)
Lubrication tube connection 17.5 N·m (12.9 lb ft)
Pressure control tube connection 12 N·m (9 lb ft)
84547569 01/12/2011
C.20.B / 7
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - Overview

The non-synchronized transmission is a constant gear type that allows eight forward and two reverse speeds that are
selected manually by means of two shift levers. The main lever manually selects among four forward speeds or one
reverse speed, while the shorter reduction lever allows the operator to select the long or short connection.
The transmission has a built-in safety start switch that only allows the engine to work if the reduction lever is in the
neutral position.
Shift lever positions (with an optional super reducer)
L = LOW
N = NEUTRAL
C = CREEPER
H = HIGH
R = REVERSE
RCPH09TTS115AAD 1
The gears are in constant meshand the connections are made by sliding couplers. The primary transmission axle is
in the upper shaft and the main counter-axle and the output axle are found in the lower shaft. The transmission is
equipped with power take off (PTO) that is independent from transmission speeds and has one or two speeds.
The transmission has straight cut gears. All bearings are roller bearings except for the output axle which has roller
cone bearings. The movement of the output axle is controlled by the thicknesses between the output axle cap and
the bearing retainer.
Low pressure oil from the hydraulic system is used for pressure lubrication of the gear box. One part of the low
pressure hydraulic oil is picked up by external tubes from the oil cooler located at the front of the machine. The cooled
oil then goes to the gear box.
The main counter-axle and the output axle are hollow and receive oil from the cooler. There are some transversal
perforations in the main counter-axle and the output axle that allow the lubrication oil to come out and cool the shift
gears.
The return hydraulic oil passes through the gear box and goes back to the machine’s hydraulic system and differential
box. Therefore, the gear box, differential box and hydraulic system make up a common oil deposit.
The dual power option consists of a set of planetary gears directly installed between the clutch and the output axle in
the standard transmission. The set of planetary gears allows the operator to directly select drive or reduction for each
speed of the standard transmission.
84547569 01/12/2011
C.20.B / 8
84547569 01/12/2011
C.20.B / 9
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - Exploded view

(A) Input axle
(1) Clutch release bearing case support (5) Retainer
(2) O-ring (6) Input Axle
(3) Input axle retainer (7) Retainer
(4) Input axle fastening clip
(B) Upper axle (primary)
(1) Front bearing of multiple input gear (4) Rear bearing of multiple input gear
(2) Lock washer – only with dual power (5) Snap ring
(3) Multiple input gears (6) Connection of gears from 4th – 8th
(C) Secondary counter-axle
(1) Snap ring (3) Multiple gear of secondary counter-axle
(2) Front bearing of secondary counter-axle (4) Rear bearings of secondary counter-axle
(D) Main counter-axle
(1) Main counter-axle front bearing (10) Washer
(2) Snap ring (11) Coupling matched to connection, point 12
(3) Washer (12) Coupling matched to connection, point 11
(4) Gears from 3rd to 7th (13) Gears from 2nd to 6th
(5) Coupling matched to connection, point 6 (14) External bearing cup
(6) Coupling matched to connection, point 5 (15) Cone bearing
(7) Gears from 1st to 5th (16) Counter-axle
(8) Washer (17) External bearing cup
(9) Reverse gear
(E) Output axle
(1) Cone bearing (5) Short range bearing
(2) Lubrication oil transfer tube (6) Short range bearing
(3) Coupling of long/short ranges (7) Cone bearing
(4) Output axle
(F) Cap
(1) Snap ring (6) External bearing cup
(2) Snap ring (7) Cap
(3) PTO axle bearing (8) Shims
(4) Snap ring (9) Output axle retainer
(5) PTO axle
84547569 01/12/2011
C.20.B / 10
RCPH10TTS002HAF 1
84547569 01/12/2011
C.20.B / 11
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - Exploded view - Shift lever position

and circulation of forces
RCPH10TTS001HAF 1
84547569 01/12/2011
C.20.B / 12
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - Overview - Dual power system

The dual power system consists of a planetary gear set installed between the clutch and the input shaft of the trans-
mission.
The planetary gear set incorporates two hydraulically operated clutches that secure one or several elements of the
planetary gear system to produce either the normal direct drive to the transmission or a reduced power drive (power
under-drive). The power under-drive lowers the speed and increases torque.
Direct drive
By fixing any two members of the planetary gear system, a
direct drive is produced without changing either the speed
or the direction of the turn.
Upon compressing the direct drive clutch disengagement

discs, the sun gear (3) is fixed to the carrier (2) of the
planetary gears that operate as a member of the output
system. When force is applied, the ring gear (1) turns the
normal direct drive.
RCPH09TTS148AAD 1
When the reduction clutch discs are compressed, the sun

gear (4) is fixed to the planetary gear box. When force is
passed to the ring gear (1), the planet gears (2) are made
to turn on their own axis, so that they will “walk” around
the sun gear and drag the planetary gear carrier (3). The
planetary gear carrier is a member of the output system
and turns in the same direction as the ring gear but at a
slower speed, thus increasing torque. This is how power
is produced in a reduction mode.
RCPH09TTS453AAD 2
The dual power system is controlled though a two posi-

tion valve located on one side of the planetary gear box.
The valve routes the oil from the low volume side of the
hydraulic system’s tandem pump to either the direct drive
clutch port or the reduction clutch port. The pressure is
regulated by the low pressure control valves and the sys-
tem is protected against overpressure by the PT safety
valve.
Speeds by gear in direct drive are equal to those of an 8

speeds transmission.
84547569 01/12/2011
C.20.B / 13
Oil circulation to the direct drive clutch
RCPH10TTS016GAF 3
Pressure oil Lubrication oil Reservoir and exhaust oil

(1) Pilot valve (8) Hub support plate (15) Planetary gear carrier
(2) Control valve spool (9) Direct drive clutch discs (16) Planetary gear box
(3) Closing rings (10) Reduction clutch piston return (17) Reduction clutch disc
spring
(4) Transmission input axle (11) Sun gear (18) Reduction clutch piston return
springs
(5) Direct drive clutch piston (12) Central shaft (19) Reduction clutch piston
(6) Transmission countershaft (13) Ring gear and input shaft
(7) Direct drive clutch box (14) Planet gear
84547569 01/12/2011
C.20.B / 14
The control valve, which has no neutral position, is moved through a solenoid-activated pilot valve. The solenoid is
controlled by means of a switch located on the instrument panel.
When the dual power control switch is changed to normal position (direct drive), the electric current goes through the
solenoid of the control valve and activates the solenoid coil.
Activating the solenoid makes the pilot valve close, preventing the oil that enters through the port "A" port from affect-
ing the upper part of the control valve. However, the oil may pass through the center of the control valve and work
under the control valve spool.
When the oil pressure works under the control valve, it makes the spool go up, routing the oil between the fields to
the corridor made in the planetary gear box that connects the direct drive clutch hub with the separation that exists
between the second and third closing rings. This hub has a passage that lets the oil pass behind the direct drive
clutch piston. The pressure moves the direct drive clutch piston, compresses the spring and fixes the direct drive
clutch discs to connect the direct drive clutch.
The hydraulic oil behind the reduction clutch piston comes out and returns through the control valve and the planetary
gear box. The control valve oil also returns to the planetary gear box through a passage in the body of the control
valve.
When the direct drive clutch is connected, the planetary gear carrier is fixed to the sun gear, which is grooved to
the direct drive clutch box. When any two members of the planetary gear set are joined, direct drive is produced
without any change in the speed or direction of the turn. Therefore, as the planetary carrier and the sun gear remain
joined, the force that enters through the ring gear passes directly to the planetary gear carrier, which is stretched by
a connection axle to the transmission input.
84547569 01/12/2011
C.20.B / 15
Oil circulation to the reduction clutch
RCPH10TTS017GAF 4
Pressure oil Lubrication oil Reservoir and exhaust oil

(1) Pilot valve (8) Hub support plate (15) Planetary gear carrier
(2) Control valve spool (9) Direct drive clutch discs (16) Planetary gear box
(3) Closing rings (10) Reduction clutch piston return (17) Reduction clutch disc
spring
(4) Transmission input axle (11) Sun gear (18) Reduction clutch piston return
springs
(5) Direct drive clutch piston (12) Central shaft (19) Reduction clutch piston
(6) Transmission countershaft (13) Ring gear and input shaft
(7) Direct drive clutch box (14) Planet gear
84547569 01/12/2011
C.20.B / 16
When the dual power control switch is moved to the power position (reduction), the electrical connection to the sole-
noid is cut and deactivated, thus leaving the pilot valve open.
Now the oil from port "A" can work both at the upper surface and the lower surface of the control valve. However, as
the upper surface of the control valve is superior to the lower one, the control valve comes down due to the greater
force existing above.
The oil from port "A" now passes through the control valve spool by means of a perforation in the planetary gear box to
the reduction clutch piston. The pressure moves the piston, compressing the return springs and joining the reduction
clutch discs; that is, connecting the reduction clutch.
The hydraulic oil behind the direct drive piston returns through the control valve and the planetary gear box. The
return oil of the control valve also goes to the planetary gear box through a perforation in the control valve box.
As the support member in the output, it turns in the same direction but at a slower speed than the ring gear, thus
producing a reduction. The result has a lower speed and more torque.
When the reduction clutch is connected, the direct drive clutch is joined to the planetary gear box. Just as the sun
gear is grooved to the direct drive clutch, the planetary gear box is also fixed. Upon applying force to the ring gear
and sustaining the sun clutch, the planet gears of the planetary gear carrier turn on their own axis and “walk” around
the sun gear, dragging the carrier with them.
Circulation of lubrication oil

The lubrication oil comes from the low pressure hydraulic system. This oil is routed by tubes toward the transmission
oil cooler before entering a passage in the body of the control valve. This can be seen at port "B". Refer to the figure
for the oil circulation for the direct drive clutch or the reduction clutch shown earlier.
The oil circulates through passages in the planetary gear box between the first and second closing rings of the direct
drive clutch hub and through a passage in line with the direct drive clutch discs. The oil circulates around the clutch
discs and because the set of planetary gears turn, the oil lubricates the bearings and other components of the box.
The oil from the bottom of the box goes through a tube that connects it with the bearings of the main counter-axle in
the support plate of the tube.
Excess oil from the box flows directly to the shift box to lubricate gears and bearings. The oil that enters into the
support plate of the hub flows to the central passage of the counter-axle and lubricates the bearings and gears through
perforations in the axle. As the components of the output counter-axle and axle turn, the oil passes to the input axle
and multiple range gears lubricating the multiple range gears, the upper gears and the shift box bearings. The excess
oil from the counter-axle flows directly into the shift box through a slot in the front support plate.
84547569 01/12/2011
C.20.B / 17
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - Exploded view - Planetary gear set,

Dual power transmission
RCPH10TTS011FAF 1
(1) Cap (6) Thrust washer (11) Ring gear and shaft assembly
(2) Thrust washer (7) Planetary gear box (12) Shim
(3) Sun gear (8) Reduction clutch (13) Ring gear bearing
(4) Direct drive clutch (9) Planetary gear carrier
(5) Shaft (10) Pilot bearing
84547569 01/12/2011
C.20.B / 18
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - Exploded view - Direct drive clutch,

RCPH10TTS012FAF 1
(1) Steel plates (5) Snap ring (9) Direct drive clutch box
(2) Pressure plate (6) Spring retainer (10) Piston retainers
(3) Snap ring (7) Piston return spring (11) Piston
(4) Friction plates (8) Sealing rings
84547569 01/12/2011
C.20.B / 19
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - Exploded view - Reduction clutch,

RCPH10TTS013FAF 1
(1) Piston return springs (5) Friction plate (9) Planetary gear box
(2) Pressure plate (6) Rear plate (10) Piston
(3) Snap ring (7) Piston retainers (11) Dowel pins
(4) Spring retainer (8) Control valve body
84547569 01/12/2011
C.20.B / 20
Transmission command - Sectional view - Shift levers and cover
RCPH10TTS019GAF 1
(1) Gear shift lever (9) Ring (17) Shaft assembly (25) Axle shaft
(2) Gear shift knob (10) Actuator rod (18) Gasket (no longer (26) Levers bracket
used) assembly
(3) Low/high lever (11) Arm (19) Cover (27) Drive bushing
(4) Low/high knob (12) Axle arm and range (20) Wire harness (28) Pivot assembly
shaft assembly
(5) Shaft (13) Finger (21) Trip arm (29) Shaft
(6) Finger (14) Finger (22) Cap
(7) Boot dust cover (15) Stop plate (23) Boot dust cover
(8) Cap (16) Plug (24) Finger
84547569 01/12/2011
C.20.B / 21
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - Service instruction - Component

accessibility
Some components are only accessible once other
components are removed.
• While the transmission is installed, only these
components are accessible:
• Dual power control valve
• Shift levers
• Shift cap
• Safety start switch
• These components are accessible when the
motor is removed:
• All the components previously listed as
accessible
• Clutch
• Clutch release shaft, fork and bearings
• Dual power
• Main input axle
• Front bearings of upper front and internal
axle
• Front retainer
• These components are accessible when the
gearbox is removed:
• All of the components previously listed as
accessible
• Rear cap
• PTO drive axle
• Selection rails, forks, stop components
and blockers
• Output axle
• Multiple range gears
• Upper front axle components
• Reverse intermediate gear components
84547569 01/12/2011
C.20.B / 22
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - Remove

Removing the operator’s platform
1. Raise the engine hood.
2. Disconnect and remove the negative battery cable
(1) and isolate the end connector to prevent contact
with the battery post.
83113062 1
3. Disconnect the main chassis ground (1) and the main

electrical feed (2) to starter solenoid to the battery.
83113063 2
4. Disconnect the main harness (1) connectors located

at the engine fire wall.
20118334 3
84547569 01/12/2011
C.20.B / 23
5. Disconnect the fuel level sender connectors (1) ) and

auxiliary service connector (2).
20118335 4
6. Disconnect the rear remote valve control linkage (1).
20118336 5
7. Remove the clutch operation linkage clevis bolt (1).
20118337 6
84547569 01/12/2011
C.20.B / 24
8. Remove the bolt and disconnect the brake pedal link-

age (1).
20118338 7
9. Remove the bolts (1) securing the PTO lever to the

PTO linkage.
20118339 8
10. Remove the split pin (1) from the end of the differen-
tial lock actuating linkage.
11. Slide the linkage off of the differential lock actuating
arm.
20118340 9
84547569 01/12/2011
C.20.B / 25
12. Remove the split pin from the end of the parking
brake clevis pin (1).
13. Loosen the jam and adjusting nut (2) and pull the
cable free of the retaining bracket and parking brake
lever arm.
20118341 10
14. Remove the clips (1) from the remote valve cables
and remove the cables from the remote valves.
20118342 11
15. Remove the hydraulic pressure feed tubes (1) from

the steering motor.
20118343 12
84547569 01/12/2011
C.20.B / 26
16. Remove the bolts (1) securing the seat base to the
operators platform.
20118344 13
17. Remove the bolts (1) securing the steps to the oper-
ators platform.
20118345 14
18. Remove the bolts of the base of the column of the

flywheel (both sides of the platform).
20118346 15
84547569 01/12/2011
C.20.B / 27
19. Remove the bolts (1) securing the forward main plat-
form supports (both sides of the platform).
20. Remove the supports
20118347 16
21. DANGER
Heavy objects!
Lift and handle all heavy components us-
ing lifting equipment with adequate ca-
pacity. Always support units or parts with
suitable slings or hooks. Make sure the
work area is clear of all bystanders.
serious injury.
D0076A
Remove the bolts (1) securing the base of the ROPS

assembly (both sides) to the rear axle
22. Remove the ROPS assembly.
20118348 17
23. If the tractor is equipped with a cab, remove the cab

(1) following the instructions listed in the cab removal
section Cab - Remove (E.34.A).
20118349 18
24. If the tractor is not equipped with a cab, remove the

operators platform.
84547569 01/12/2011
C.20.B / 28
25. If the tractor is equipped with a cab, remove the left

and right-hand side steps (1) (left-hand side shown
for clarity).
26. If the tractor is not equipped with a cab, remove the
left-hand side step (1).
20118350 19
27. Remove the nuts securing the fuel tank hold down
straps (1) to the fuel tank support
28. Remove the bolts (2) securing the fuel tank strap hold
down brackets to the fuel tank base.
29. WARNING
Heavy object!
Clear the area around and under the
counterweight removal and installation
system before installing or removing
counterweights. Keep all unauthorized
personnel clear of the area. Make sure all
lifting devices are in good condition and
capable of handling the counterweight
mass. 20118351 20
serious injury.
W0037A
WARNING
Avoid injury!
The component is heavy. Removal/instal-
lation requires two persons or a lifting de-
vice.
serious injury.
W1141A
Remove the fuel tank using an appropriate lifting de-

vice.
84547569 01/12/2011
C.20.B / 29
30. Remove the 4wd driveshaft cover bolts (1)
20118353 21
31. Remove the bolts (1) securing the driveshaft to the

driveshaft support.
20118352 22
32. Remove the driveshaft end from the front drop box
by sliding the front of the drive shaft from the splined
shaft as shown.
33. Remove the other driveshaft end by sliding the oppo-
site end of the driveshaft out of the 4wd output box
of the rear axle as shown.
20118355 23
84547569 01/12/2011
C.20.B / 30
34. Disconnect the oil cooler lines (1), steering cylinder

lines (2) and the 4wd pressure line (3).
20118356 24
35. DANGER
Heavy parts!
serious injury.
D0018A
NOTICE: If the rear axle housing and rear axle assemblies

are not supported correctly, a safety hazard could exist in
addition to the concern of misalignment, which can cause
the bolts to be difficult to remove.
Remove the side bolts (1) securing the transmission to the

rear axle housing (left-hand side shown).
20118354 25
36. Remove the bolts (1) securing the transmission to the

rear axle housing.
20118355 26
84547569 01/12/2011
C.20.B / 31
37. Remove the upper bolts (1) securing the transmis-

sion to the rear axle housing.
20118358 27
38. With the transmission and rear axle mounted on sup-

porting stands, separate the rear axle housing from
the transmission as shown.
20118359 28
Next operation:
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - Disassemble (C.20.B)
84547569 01/12/2011
C.20.B / 32
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - Disassemble

2. Remove the shift cover. For detailed instructions,
refer to Transmission command - Disassemble -
Shift levers and cover (C.20.B).
3. Remove the retaining bolt (3) for the clutch release
fork (2).
4. Remove the clutch release shaft (4) from the casing.
5. Remove the clutch release fork from the transmis-
sion.
6. Slide the clutch bearing (1) and hub from the support.
RCPH09TTS122AAD 1
7. Disconnect the low pressure lines from the clutch re-

lease bearing hub support (1) and the front support
plate (2). Remove the hub support.
RCPH09TTS123AAD 2
8. Remove the snap ring (1) that retains the main drive
input shaft (2) to the transmission main shaft, and
remove the input shaft.
RCPH09TTS125AAD 3
84547569 01/12/2011
C.20.B / 33
9. Remove the retaining bolts (2) for the front support

plate (1) and remove the support plate from the hous-
ing. If necessary, drive the support plate from the
housing using a suitable drift inserted into the main
transmission compartment.
RCPH09TTS124AAD 4
10. Use a puller (2) and a shaft protector (3) to remove

the front bearing (1) from the countershaft.
RCPH09TTS126AAD 5
11. Remove the snap ring (5), the thrust washer (4) and
the hydraulic pump idler gear (3) located on the out-
put shaft retainer.
RCPH09TTS128AAD 6
12. Remove the retaining bolts (1) for the rear support
plate (2).
13. Using a soft faced mallet, drive the forward end of
the PTO drive shaft rearwards. This will separate
the rear support plate from the transmission casing.
If necessary, use levers (1) to separate the rear sup-
port plate (2) from the casing and remove the plate
with the rear PTO drive shaft (5).
14. Remove the snap ring (3) that secures the PTO drive
shaft bearing (6) and drive the shaft and bearing out
of the support plate.
15. Remove the bolts that secure the output shaft re-
tainer to the rear support plate and remove the re-
tainer (4) and shims from the rear support plates.
RCPH09TTS129AAD 7
84547569 01/12/2011
C.20.B / 34
16. Partially remove the secondary countershaft assem-

bly (1) until the front bearing is out of the location. Lift
the secondary countershaft to allow the output shaft
assembly (2) to be removed from the rear compart-
ment.
17. Remove the secondary countershaft.
RCPH09TTS130AAD 8
18. Remove the high/low sliding coupling from the rear

of the main countershaft.
RCPH09TTS131AAD 9
19. Remove the four detent plungers (1) and springs (2).
NOTE: The detent balls (3) are located below the springs
and are collected with the shift rail removal.
RCPH09TTS103AAD 10
20. Unscrew the neutral start switch (1) from the housing.
21. Loosen the locknut and remove the bolt locking the
high/low range fork (2) to the shaft.
22. Remove the range lever connector (3) from the shaft
and slide the rail out from the rear of the gearbox.
23. Place a clean cloth beneath the neutral start switch
actuator housing. Take care to ensure the ball, spring
and actuating dowel are collected from the housing
and rail.
24. Lift the high/low shift fork from the rear compartment.
RCPH09TTS104AAD 11
84547569 01/12/2011
C.20.B / 35
25. Unscrew the locknut and retaining screw from the 1st
- 5th/3rd - 7th shift fork (1) at the front of the shift rail.
Drive the rail forward from the transmission casing,
pushing the sealing plug out with the end of the rail.
Remove the shift connector and fork.
26. Unscrew the locknut and retaining screws from the
4th - 8th shift fork (2) and connector (3) and push
the shift rail rearwards form the transmission case.
Remove the fork and connector.
27. Unscrew the locknut an retaining screw from the re-
verse/2nd - 6th shift arm (4) and connector and slide
the top rail out rearwards. Lift the shift arm and the
connector from the transmission housing. RCPH09TTS104AAD 12
28. Remove the locknut and screw (1) that retains the
reverse/2nd - 6th shift fork to the lower shift rail (4)
and push out the rail rearwards. Remove the shift
fork from the transmission casing.
29. Remove the interlock plungers from the cross bore
in the transmission case. If necessary, remove the
bore plug situated on the left-hand side to facilitate
removal of the plungers.
30. Bend down the lock tab and remove the bolt (3) that
secures the reverse idler shaft to the transmission
case.
31. Drive the shaft out forwards and lift out the reverse RCPH09TTS105AAD 13
idler gear (2).
32. Position a step plate in the bore at the rear of the
main shaft.
33. Drive the shaft forwards, using a suitable drift, from
the transmission case and remove the 4th - 8th cou-
pling gear.
34. Use a puller tool and a step plate to remove the front
bearing of the main countershaft.
35. Remove the snap ring (4) located behind the bearing
and remove the thrust washer (2).
36. Side the main countershaft (3) rearwards and re-
move the gears (1), couplings and thrust washer.
Store components in order of removal to aid in re-
assembly.
NOTE: The inner and outer sections of the sliding cou-
plings are matched during manufacture and should not be
separated.
RCPH09TTS106AAD 14
Next operation:
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - Inspect (C.20.B)
84547569 01/12/2011
C.20.B / 36
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - Inspect

Prior operation:
Shaft - Disassemble (C.20.B)
1. Inspect the PTO drive shaft and bearing assembly

for damage or wear. Replace as needed.
• To remove the bearing, use a puller tool with a
suitable attachment and a shaft protector.
• To install the bearing, use a suitable length
sleeve with a 37 mm (1.46 in) internal diam-
eter and 44 mm (1.73 in) external diameter.
2. Inspect the output shaft retainer and rear bearing cup
• To remove the bearing cup from the retainer,
use a suitable punch.
• To install the bearing cup, use a step plate and
the punch.
3. Inspect the output shaft assembly for damage or
wear. Replace as needed.
• To remove the front pilot bearing (3), use a
puller tool (1) with a suitable attachment (2) and
a shaft protector (4).
RCPH09TTS136AAD 1
• To remove the rear bearing, gear, and thrust

washer, use a puller tool with a suitable attach-
ment and a shaft protector.
• To install the rear bearing, align the flats of the
thrust washer with the flats of the shaft and
position the bearing on the output shaft. Then
use a puller tool (1) with a suitable attachment
(3), a shaft protector (5) and a sleeve (2) with
a 40 mm (1.6 in) internal diameter and 50 mm
(2.0 in) external diameter to pull the bearing (4)
into position.
36087269 2
4. Inspect the secondary countershaft assembly for

damage or wear. Replace as needed.
• To remove the rear bearing, use a puller tool
with a suitable attachment and a step plate.
84547569 01/12/2011
C.20.B / 37
• To remove the front bearing (2), place two steel

rods (4) that are 4.6 mm (0.18 in) diameter and
51 mm (2 in) long into the holes in the driving
gear. Then use the puller tool (1) with a suitable
attachment (3) and a step plate (5) to push the
bearing from the countershaft.
• To install the front and/or the rear bearing, use
a puller tool with a suitable attachment and a
step plate.
RCPH09TTS109AAD 3
5. Inspect the front and rear bearings in the main shaft

assembly for damage or wear. Replace as needed.
• To remove the rear bearing (3) for the main
shaft, use a puller tool (1) with a suitable at-
tachment (2) and a step plate (4).
• To remove the front bearing for the main shaft,
place two steel rods that are 4.6 mm (0.18 in)
diameter and 51 mm (2.01 in) long into the
holes in the driving gear. Then use the puller
tool with a suitable attachment and the step
plate.
• To install the rear bearing, use a puller tool with
4
a suitable attachment and a step plate. RCPH09TTS110AAD
• To install the front bearing, use a puller tool

with a suitable attachment, a step plate and
a suitable length sleeve with 64 mm (2.5 in)
internal diameter and 76 mm (3.0 in) external
diameter.
NOTE: Whenever removing or installing the front bearing
for the main shaft, ensure the anti-spin washer is in good
condition before assembling.
6. Inspect the oil seal for the PTO drive shaft that is
located within the main shaft for damage or wear.
Replace as needed.
• To install the oil seal, lightly grease the sealing
lip and place the oil seal so that the sealing
lip faces rearward. Use a step plate a suitable
sleeve to drive the seal into place.
7. Inspect the main countershaft assembly for damage
or wear. Replace as needed.
• To remove the rear bearing (4) from the coun-
tershaft, use a puller tool (1) with legs (6) and
a suitable attachment (3), a ratchet (2) and a
shaft protector tool (5).
RCPH09TTS111AAD 5
84547569 01/12/2011
C.20.B / 38
• Inspect the bearing cup for the output shaft that

is located in the end of the main countershaft
for damage, corrosion or wear. Replace as
needed.
• To remove the bearing cup, use a suitable
punch (1) inserted through the two holes
(2) in the gear .
• To install the bearing cup, use a puller tool
and a step plate.
RCPH09TTS112AAD 6
• To install the rear bearing (2), use a puller tool

(1) with a suitable attachment (3), a step plate
(5) and a suitable length sleeve (4) with a 51
mm (2.01 in) internal diameter and 82 mm
(3.23 in) external diameter.
RCPH09TTS114AAD 7
• Inspect all the gears that mount on the main

countershaft for damage or wear. With the
gears on the countershaft, check the bushings
for free play. Inspect the reverse idler gear and
bushing assembly. Replace as needed.
• Inspect the rear bearing cup for the main coun-
tershaft for damage or wear. The rear bearing
cup is situated in the transmission case. Re-
place as needed.
• To remove the rear bearing cup (1), use
a slide hammer (2).
• To install the rear bearing cup, use a suit-
able punch.
RCPH09TTS113AAD 8
• Inspect the front bearing for the main counter-

shaft for damage or wear. Replace as needed.
• Inspect all of the components with internal
splines, external splines or gear teeth for
damage or wear. Replace as needed during
assembly.
• Inspect the lubrication drillings for obstruction.
8. Inspect the gear shift forks, rails, arms and connec-
tors for damage or wear. Inspect the detent on the
shift rails and replace if worn.
84547569 01/12/2011
C.20.B / 39
9. Inspect the transmission case.

• Wash out the transmission case with a suitable
solvent to remove all particles of metal and dirt.
Dry with a clean, lint-free cloth or with com-
pressed air.
• Inspect the case for cracks or other damage.
Replace as needed.
Next operation:
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - Assemble (C.20.B)
84547569 01/12/2011
C.20.B / 40
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - Assemble

Prior operation:
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - Inspect (C.20.B)
1. Install the main countershaft through the rear com-

partment and assemble in the following sequence:
1. 2nd-6th gear (connection teeth forward)
2. Reverse/2nd-6th sliding coupling and connec-
tor
3. Phosphorous bronze thrust washer
4. Reverse speed gear (connection teeth rear-
ward)
5. Phosphorous bronze washer.
6. 1st-5th gear (connection teeth forward)
7. 3rd-7th/1st-5th sliding coupling and connector
8. 3rd-7th gear (connection teeth reward)
9. Thrust washer
10. Snap ring
11. Front bearing
NOTICE: The connectors have a bevel on one side of the
inside diameter. This bevel must face the rear part of the
transmission to allow the connector to seat correctly on
the main countershaft splines. The sliding coupling and
connectors are matched during manufacture and should
be installed with the etched marks aligned.
2. Support the main countershaft during reassembly
and ensure the rear bearing seats squarely in the
bearing outer track.
3. Position the high/low sliding coupling on the rear of
the main countershaft.
4. Ensure the snap ring is positioned correctly. The
snap ring retains the main shaft rear bearing in the
transmission case.
5. Install the 4th-8th coupling gear on the rear of the
main shaft with the shift fork groove to the front.
6. Position the main shaft assembly in the transmission
casing.
7. Drive the main shaft assembly rearwards to seat the
rear bearing in the location within the casing.
84547569 01/12/2011
C.20.B / 41
8. Place the reserve idler gear (1) between the support-

ing lugs with the extended hub of the gear towards
the front of the transmission.
9. Install the reverse idler shaft from the rear compart-
ment with the retaining bolt hole forwards. Install the
retaining bolt (2) and locktab. Tighten the retaining
bolt to a torque of 23 N·m (17 lb ft) and bend up the
locktab.
RCPH09TTS105AAD 1
10. Install the Reverse/2-6th shift fork (4) onto the ap-
propriate sliding coupling on the main countershaft.
Install the lower shift rail (5) from the rear compart-
ment with the fork retaining hole to the rear of the shift
rail. Install the fork retaining screw and the lock nut.
Tighten the retaining screw to a torque of 31 N·m (23
lb ft).
11. Insert the two interlock plunges into the bore from the
left-hand side of the transmission case and install the
plug. Place each plunger between the three shift rail
bores.
12. Place the 4th-8th shift fork (10) on the sliding cou-
pling. Install the shift rail (1) from the rear, with the oil
relief groove rearwards, and pass through the bore in
the shift fork. Install the retaining screw and lock nut.
Tighten the retaining screw to a torque of 31 N·m (23 RCPH10TTS057BAF 2
lb ft).
NOTE: When installing the remaining top shift rails, ensure
the rails already installed are in the neutral position so the
interlock plungers do not prevent the rail from entering the
front support bore.
13. Place the lower end of the Reverse/2nd-6th shift arm
(6) into the locating hole in the Reverse/2nd-6th shift
fork (4). Pass the Reverse/2nd-6th top shift rail (9)
in from the rear with the oil relief groove rearwards.
With the shift rial correctly located in the shift arm,
install the remaining screw and lock nut. Tighten the
screw to a torque of 31 N·m (23 lb ft).
14. Place the 1st-5th/3rd-7th shift fork (3) in the sliding
coupling located at the front of the main countershaft.
Install the 1st-5th/3rd-7th shift rail (2) from the front
of the transmission. Insert the rail in the shift fork and
secure with the retaining screw and lock nut. Install
the shift connector to the rear of the rail and secure
with the retaining screw and lock nut. Tighten each
retaining screw to a torque of 31 N·m (23 lb ft) Install
the sealing plug at the front of the rail.
15. Place the high/low shift fork (7) in the groove of the
high/low sliding coupling located on the output shaft.
Install the high/low shift rail (8) in the shift fork. Se-
cure the shift fork with the retaining screw and lock
nut. Tighten the retaining screw to a torque of 31 N·m
(23 lb ft).
84547569 01/12/2011
C.20.B / 42
16. Install the four shift rail detent balls, springs and
plungers. Ensure the balls and plungers slide freely
in the bores.
17. Ensure the snap ring located immediately in front of
the secondary countershaft front bearing is in posi-
tion in the transmission casing bore.
18. Hold the secondary countershaft assembly in posi-
tion at the top of the rear compartment while installing
the output shaft assembly. Align the secondary coun-
tershaft and drive forward until the front bearing seats
against the locating snap ring in the transmission
case.
19. Place the rear support plate, without the output
shaft retainer assembly, on the transmission rear
face. Drive the plate into position on the dowels,
then install the retaining bolts. Tighten the bolts to a
torque of 44 N·m (32 lb ft).
20. Install the PTO drive shaft and rear bearing through
the rear of the transmission. Use a soft-faced mallet
to drive the shaft and bearing into position. Secure
the rear bearing with a snap ring.
21. Install shims between the rear support plate and the
bearing retainer of the output shaft to obtain the spec-
ified end-play in the taper roller bearings of the output
shaft.
NOTE: Shims are available in thicknesses of 0.076 mm
(0.003 in), 0.127 mm (0.005 in) and 0.305 mm (0.012 in).
1. Install shims to obtain a thickness of 1.6 mm
(0.06 in) and install the output shaft bearing
retainer assembly on the rear support plate.
2. Install the four retaining bolts and tighten to a
torque of 44 N·m (32 lb ft).
3. Place the plunger of a dial indicator gauge (3)
against the end face of the output shaft (2).
Lever the shaft in and out and note the end-
play reading. If no end-play is registered, add
additional shims to produce a gauge reading.
4. Remove the indicator gauge and the four re-
tainer bolts. Withdraw the retainer (1) and
3
shims. RCPH09TTS147AAD
5. Remove shims to obtain an end float between

0.038 mm (0.0015 in) and 0.086 mm (0.0034
in).
6. After obtaining the correct end-play, install the
bearing retainer (with the oil slot to the top),
shims, and bolts. Tighten the bolts to a torque
of 43 N·m (32 lb ft). Recheck end-play.
7. Install the hydraulic pump idler gear, thrust
washer, and snap ring.
84547569 01/12/2011
C.20.B / 43
22. Install the front support plate (1) and the retaining
bolts (2) in the housing.
RCPH09TTS124AAD 4
23. Install the main drive input shaft (2) and install the
snap ring (1) that retains the main drive input shaft to
the transmission main shaft.
RCPH09TTS125AAD 5
24. Install the hub support and connect the low pressure
lines from the clutch release bearing hub support (1)
and the front support plate (2).
RCPH09TTS123AAD 6
25. For machines with dual power transmissions:

1. Lift the dual power housing and install it in
the transmission case. Ensure the anti-spin
washer is located between the front gear and
front bearing in the transmission main shaft.
2. Install the retaining bolts for the dual power
housing.
84547569 01/12/2011
C.20.B / 44
26. Place the clutch bearing (1) and hub in the support.
27. Place the clutch release fork in the transmission.
28. Install the clutch release shaft (4) in the casing.
29. Install the retaining bolt (3) for the clutch release fork
(2).
RCPH09TTS122AAD 7
30. Install the shift cover. For detailed instructions, re-

fer to Transmission command - Assemble - Shift
levers and cover (C.20.B).
31. Join the engine and the transmission.
Next operation:
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - Install (C.20.B)
84547569 01/12/2011
C.20.B / 45
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - Disassemble - Dual power system

Prior operation:
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - Remove (C.20.B)
1. Drain the oil from the transmission and the rear axle
center housings.
2. Disconnect the wiring harness from the wire assem-
bly at the plug connector located above the transmis-
sion bell-housing. It is not necessary to take the wire
assembly out of the transmission plug.
3. Remove the large rubber plug from the transmission
bell-housing and disconnect the lubrication and pres-
sure control lines from the control valve body.
4. Unplug the cable (2) from the dual power solenoid
(3).
5. Remove the bolts that secure the control valve body
(4) to the planetary housing and remove the control
valve body.
6. Remove the gasket from the control valve body.
7. Remove the pressure line connector (5) and the lu-
brication line connector (1) from the valve body and
remove the o-ring seals from the connectors.
RCPH10TTS056BAF 1
8. Separate the engine from the transmission.

9. Disconnect the rod between the clutch pedal and the
clutch release cross-shaft lever by removing the cle-
vis pin at the lever end.
84547569 01/12/2011
C.20.B / 46
10. Remove the clutch release fork retaining pin (5) that
secures the fork (4) and remove the clutch release
cross-shaft (6).
11. Remove the fork and the clutch release bearing as-
sembly (3).
12. Remove the bolts (1) that secure the planetary cover
(2).
RCPH09TTS152AAD 2
13. Remove the cover from the planetary housing.

14. Remove the gasket from the cover.
15. Remove the ring gear and shaft assembly from the
housing.
16. Remove the planetary gear box, shaft, sun gear and
direct drive clutch assembly as a complete unit.
17. If necessary, use a slide hammer (3) and a shaft
puller (4) to remove the reduction gear set and the di-
rect drive clutch (1) from the ring gear bearing when
removing the ring gear. Place the shaft puller over
the shaft (2).
18. If necessary, remove the pilot bearing from the shaft
using a puller with a suitable attachment and a step
plate.
RCPH09TTS154AAD 3
19. Remove the shaft (2) and separate the planetary

gear box (1) from the direct drive clutch (3).
20. Remove the sun gear (4) from the inner splines of
the direct drive clutch.
RCPH10TTS058BAF 4
84547569 01/12/2011
C.20.B / 47
21. Remove the bolts (2) that secure the planetary hous-
ing (1) to the transmission case.
RCPH09TTS155AAD 5
22. Remove the planetary gear box from the case.

Do not discard or lose the anti-spin washer. The
anti-spin washer is located between the front gear
and front bearing in the transmission main shaft and
may come away when the dual power housing is
removed.
23. Remove and discard the gasket on the rear hub of
the planetary housing.
24. Remove the o-ring between the planetary gear box
and the transmission front plate.
25. Remove the direct drive clutch assembly:
1. Remove the sealing rings (1) from the rear hub
of the direct drive clutch housing (2).
RCPH10TTS059BAF 6
2. Depress the piston return spring and remove

the snap ring (3) from the inner hub using a
clutch compressor tool (4) with a puller tool or
a press ram (1).
3. Release the pressure and ensure the spring
retainer (2) does not enter the groove for the
snap ring.
4. Remove the spring retainer and the piston re-
turn spring.
RCPH09TTS158AAD 7
84547569 01/12/2011
C.20.B / 48
5. Remove the snap ring (2) for the pressure

plate.
6. Remove the pressure plate, the friction plates
and steel plates from the clutch housing (1).
Note the order of removal to aid in assembly.
RCPH09TTS157AAD 8
CAUTION
Eye injury hazard!
Wear protective goggles when using
compressed air.
Failure to comply could result in minor or
moderate injury.
C0035A
7. Remove the piston.

• Place the direct drive clutch housing face
down a bench.
• Place an air nozzle in the hole between
the middle and the rear grooves in the
clutch housing hub and carefully blow out
the piston.
84547569 01/12/2011
C.20.B / 49
26. Remove the reduction clutch assembly:

1. Fabricate four restraining clamps, as shown.
RCPH10TTS061BAF 9
(A) 50 mm (1.97 in) (E) 5 mm (0.20 in)

(B) 34.3 mm (1.35 in) (F) 15 mm (0.59 in)
(C) 20 mm (0.79 in) (G) 8 mm (0.31 in)
(D) 54 mm (2.13 in) (H) 11 mm (0.43 in)
2. Equally space the restraining clamps (3)

around the planetary housing rim and secure
the clamps with the planetary housing bolts.
3. Remove the large snap ring (2) from the inner
surface of the planetary housing (1).
4. After removing the snap ring, gradually release
the pressure as you remove the restraining
clamps.
RCPH09TTS160AAD 10
84547569 01/12/2011
C.20.B / 50
5. Remove the spring retainer (3), the pressure

plate (2) and the friction plate (4). Note order
of removal to aid in assembly.
6. Remove the piston return springs (1), the dowel
pins (6) and the rear plate (5).
RCPH10TTS060BAF 11
7. Remove the piston.

• Place the reduction clutch housing face
down a bench.
• Place an air nozzle in the pressure sup-
ply port of the control valve housing and
carefully blow out the piston.
8. Remove the inner and the outer piston seals.
27. Remove the control valve assembly:
1. Remove the plug (2) from the control valve
body (3).
2. Remove the solenoid (1) and pivot valve as-
sembly.
3. Remove the control valve spool (4).
RCPH09TTS162AAD 12
Next operation:
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - Inspect - Dual power system (C.20.B)
84547569 01/12/2011
C.20.B / 51
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - Inspect - Dual power system

WARNING
Chemical hazard!
Always wear protective clothing and goggles when cleaning with solvents, acids, or alkaline chemical
agents. Always follow the chemical manufacturer's instructions.
W0180A
Prior operation:
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - Disassemble - Dual power system (C.20.B)
1. Clean all parts in a suitable solvent and dry thor-

oughly with a dry, lint-free cloth or with compressed
air.
2. Inspect the lubrication inlet tube, the pressure inlet
tube and the lubrication oil tube for damage or dis-
tortion. Replace as needed.
3. Inspect the control valve solenoid cable for damage
or loose connections.
4. Inspect the clutch release hub (2) and bearing (4) for
damage or wear. Replace as needed.
• To remove the bearing, use a puller tool (1) with
a suitable attachment (3) and a step plate (5).
• When installing the bearing, press the bearing
onto the hub so that the thrust face of the bear-
ing faces away from the shoulder on the hub.
RCPH09TTS163AAD 1
5. Pack the recess in the bearing hub bore with a high

melting point grease.
6. Inspect the clutch release fork for damage or wear.
Replace as needed.
7. Inspect the cross-shaft and lever for damage or wear.
If damage is present, install a new assembly. Inspect
the shaft bushings for wear and replace as needed.
When installing a new bushing, drive the bushing into
the housing until the bushing is flush with the outside
edges of the cross-shaft locating bores.
8. Inspect the planetary cover for damage or wear.
Check the face of the cover and the mating surface
for nicks or burrs and remove any imperfections with
an abrasive stone.
9. Inspect the planetary carrier and gears, planetary
shaft, pilot bearing and thrust washer for damage or
10. Inspect the sun gear for excessive wear or damaged
teeth.
84547569 01/12/2011
C.20.B / 52
11. Inspect the sealing rings from the rear hub of the
direct drive clutch assembly for damage, distortion or
cracks. Replace as needed. When installing a new
seal:
• Insert the seal in a 60 mm (2.36 in) internal di-
ameter test bore for a period of 10 minutes be-
fore assembling. This procedure ensures the
seals obtain the correct amount of pretension
to avoid damage on assembly.
• Use suitable grease to hold the seals in posi-
tion.
• Ensure the seal does not protrude above the
lands of the direct drive housing.
12. Inspect the bore in the hub of the planetary housing
where the direct drive sealing rings locate. Replace
the planetary housing if excessive wear or damage
is detected.
13. Inspect the direct drive clutch housing both externally
for cracks or damage and internally for wear and pis-
ton scuffing. Inspect the housing external splines for
cracked, broken or missing teeth.
14. Inspect the direct drive clutch piston, friction plates,
steel plates, pressure plate and snap ring and install
new piston seals.
15. Inspect the direct drive clutch piston return spring,
spring retainer and snap ring for damage.
16. Inspect the thrust washer for damage or distortion.
17. Inspect the planetary housing for cracks or damage.
Inspect the reduction clutch piston, dowel pins,
springs, rear plate, friction plate, pressure plate,
spring retainer and snap ring and install new piston
seals. Discard and replace any cracked, damaged
or badly worn parts.
18. Inspect the front bearing (4) for the transmission in-
put shaft located in the of the planetary housing hub
(3).
• To remove the bearing, use a puller tool (2) and
a slide hammer (1).
• Press in a new bearing.
RCPH09TTS164AAD 2
19. Inspect the ring gear and shaft assembly for damage
or wear. Inspect the shaft splines for damage. If nec-
essary, install a new ring gear and shaft assembly.
84547569 01/12/2011
C.20.B / 53
20. Inspect the ring gear bearing (2) for wear or damage.
Replace as needed.
• To remove the bearing, use a puller tool (6) with
legs (5) and a suitable attachment (4) and use
a step plate (1). Take care not to damage the
shim located behind the bearing.
• To install the bearing, place the shim against
the step on the ring gear shaft (3). Press the
bearing onto the shaft using a sleeve of suit-
able length that has a 82.6 mm (3.25 in) inter-
nal diameter and a 95.3 mm (3.75 in) external
diameter.
RCPH09TTS165AAD 3
NOTICE: The shim located behind the ring gear bearing governs the planetary gear set end play. If any of the major
components of the planetary gear set are changed, refer to TRANSMISSION Mechanical - End play - Dual power
system (C.20.B) to determine the correct size shim to be installed.
21. Inspect the valve spool bore in the valve body for
damage or wear.
22. Inspect the valve spool lands for scratches, wear or
other damage. Remove minor burrs or scratches
with a fine abrasive material. Clean and dry prior to
reassembly.
23. Inspect the solenoid for cracks or damage. if any
doubt exists as to the serviceability of this compo-
nent, replace with a new solenoid assembly.
Next operation:
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - Assemble - Dual power system (C.20.B)
84547569 01/12/2011
C.20.B / 54
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - Assemble - Dual power system

Prior operation:
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - Inspect - Dual power system (C.20.B)
1. Assemble and install the control valve assembly:

1. Install the control valve spool (4).
2. Install the solenoid (1) and pivot valve assem-
bly.
3. Insert the plug (2) in the control valve body (3).
RCPH09TTS162AAD 1
2. Assemble and install the reduction clutch assembly:

1. Install the piston (7) and the piston inner and
outer seals (6).
2. Install the piston return springs (1), the dowel
pins (8) and the rear plate (5).
3. Install the spring retainer (3), the pressure plate
(2) and the friction plate (4).
RCPH10TTS060BAF 2
4. Install the large snap ring (2) in the inner sur-

face of the planetary housing (1).
5. Equally space the restraining clamps (3)
around the planetary housing rim and secure
the clamps with the planetary housing bolts.
Ensure the snap ring is correctly seated.
6. Gradually release the pressure as you remove
the restraining clamps.
RCPH09TTS160AAD 3
84547569 01/12/2011
C.20.B / 55
3. Assemble and install the direct drive clutch assem-

bly:
1. Install the piston (6) and the piston seals (4) in
the clutch housing (5).
2. Install the pressure plate (2), the friction plates
(3) and the steel plates (1).
RCPH10TTS059BAF 4
3. Install the snap ring for the pressure plate.
RCPH09TTS157AAD 5
4. Install the spring retainer (2) and the piston re-

turn spring (1).
RCPH10TTS059BAF 6
5. Depress the piston return spring and install the

snap ring (3) in the inner hub.
6. Release the pressure and ensure the spring
retainer (2) and the snap ring are seated cor-
rectly.
RCPH09TTS158AAD 7
84547569 01/12/2011
C.20.B / 56
7. Install the sealing rings (1) in the rear hub of

the clutch housing (2).
RCPH10TTS059BAF 8
4. Install the o-ring between the planetary gear box and

the transmission front plate.
5. Install a new gasket on the rear hub of the planetary
housing.
6. Install the planetary gear box (1) on the transmis-
sion case. Ensure the anti-spin washer is located
between the front gear and front bearing in the trans-
mission main shaft. Secure with the bolts (2).
RCPH09TTS155AAD 9
7. Install the thrust washer and the shaft (2) in the plan-
etary gear box (1).
8. Install the sun gear (4) in the inner splines of the di-
rect drive clutch (3) and install the direct drive clutch.
RCPH10TTS058BAF 10
84547569 01/12/2011
C.20.B / 57
9. Install the thrust washer, the planetary carrier (4) and

the pilot bearing (5).
10. Install a suitable shim (6) and the ring bearing gear
(1) on the ring gear and shaft assembly (3). Install
the ring gear and shaft assembly onto the shaft.
NOTICE: A new shim is required if you are installing a new
cover, bearing, ring gear, planetary carrier, sun gear, direct
drive clutch or planetary gear box. For detailed instructions
to determine the correct shim, refer to TRANSMISSION
Mechanical - End play - Dual power system (C.20.B).
11. Install a new gasket on the cover (2) for the planetary
gear box and install the cover.
RCPH10TTS058BAF 11
NOTICE: The cover should easily seat in the gear box with
all of the components install. Do not force the cover. If the
cover does not seat correctly, remove and reassemble the
components of the gear box.
12. Secure the cover (2) with the bolts (1).
13. Install the clutch release bearing assembly (3), the
clutch release cross-shaft (6), fork (4) and fork re-
taining pin (5).
RCPH09TTS152AAD 12
14. Install the rod between the clutch pedal and the
clutch release cross-shaft lever and secure with the
clevis pin at the lever end.
15. Join the engine and the transmission.
84547569 01/12/2011
C.20.B / 58
16. Attach the pressure line connector (5) and the lubri-
cation line connector (1) to the control valve body and
install new o-ring seals for the connectors.
NOTE: Always install new o-rings. Coat all tube joints with
a proprietary sealing compound.
17. Install a new gasket on the control valve body (4).
18. Install the control valve body to the planetary housing
and secure with the bolts.
19. Attach the cable (2) to the dual power solenoid (3).
RCPH10TTS056BAF 13
20. Connect the lubrication and pressure control lines to

transmission bell-housing and install the rubber plug.
Ensure the rubber plug fits firmly in place over the
solenoid wire.
21. Connect the wiring harness for the wire assembly at
the plug connector located above the transmission
bell-housing.
22. Add oil to the transmission and the rear axle center
housings.
Next operation:
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - End play - Dual power system (C.20.B)
84547569 01/12/2011
C.20.B / 59
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - End play - Dual power system

Prior operation:
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - Assemble - Dual power system (C.20.B)
The shim located between the bearing and the step on the
ring gear shafts determines the end play between the com-
ponents of the planetary gear box. End play specification
is 0.1 - 0.851 mm (0.004 - 0.034 in).
NOTICE: The end play needs to be adjusted if you will be
installing a new cover, bearing, ring gear, planetary carrier,
sun gear, direct drive clutch or planetary gear box.
1. Install sun gear in the inside grooves of the direct
drive clutch.
2. Place the thrust washer on planetary gear carrier and
align the grooves.
3. Install the planetary gear carrier and the thrust
washer in the sun gear and ensure the grooves of
the planetary gear carrier interlock with the friction
discs of the direct drive clutch.
4. Keeping the components together, mount the plane-
tary gear axle from behind. If necessary, tap the axle
to ensure full engagement.
5. Place the pilot bearing inside the axle using a sleeve
with a 41.2 mm (1.62 in) inside diameter and a 47.8
mm (1.88 in) outside diameter.
6. Place the planetary gear box (with the reduction
clutch mounted) on the workbench.
NOTE: Place the planetary gear box on blocks so that the
rear part of the planetary gear axle does not touch the work-
bench when the direct drive clutch and planetary gears are
installed.
7. Place the thrust washer in the gear box with the tab
pointed up and towards the rear part of the transmis-
sion.
8. Install the direct drive clutch and the set of planetary
gears in the gear box. Check that the assembly is
set firmly in the gear box.
9. Install the ring gear and shaft assembly (without ring
gear bearing or shim) in the gear box. Place the ring
gauge tool on the step of ring gear axle.
10. Place the cover on the planetary gear box without the
gasket.
NOTICE: Check that all components are set firmly in the
gear box.
84547569 01/12/2011
C.20.B / 60
11. Measure the distance between the face of the cover

and the face of the gear box in three equal points and
intervals.
• If the average of the three measures is between
1.17 - 1.52 mm (0.05 - 0.06 in), a shim is not
needed. The measurement is within specifica-
tion.
• If the average measurement is lower than
specified above, a different shim is required.
Refer to .
12. Remove the cover, the ring gear and axle from the
planetary gear box. Take out the ring hub and place
the correct shim on the step of the ring gear axle.
Put the bearing in ring gear using a sleeve of suitable
length that has a 82.6 mm (3.3 in) internal diameter
and a 95.3 mm (3.8 in) external diameter.
13. Take out the planetary gear box components and
keep them in order for final assembly. Refer to
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - Assemble - Dual
power system (C.20.B).
Next operation:
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - Install (C.20.B)
84547569 01/12/2011
C.20.B / 61
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - Install

Prior operation:
Prior operation:
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - Assemble (C.20.B)
Prior operation:
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - End play - Dual power system (C.20.B)
1. DANGER
Heavy parts!
serious injury.
D0018A
NOTICE: If the rear axle housing and rear axle assemblies

are not supported correctly, a safety hazard could exist in
addition to the concern of misalignment, which can cause
the bolts to be difficult to remove.
Join the rear axle housing and the transmission housing as

shown.
20118359 1
2. Install the side bolts (1) securing the transmission to

the rear axle housing
20118354 2
3. Install the lower bolts (1) securing the transmission

to the rear axle housing.
20118357 3
84547569 01/12/2011
C.20.B / 62
4. Install the upper bolts (1) securing the transmission

to the rear axle housing.
20118358 4
5. Install the driveshaft end onto the front drop box by

sliding the front of the drive shaft onto the splined
shaft.
6. Install the other driveshaft end by sliding the opposite
end of the driveshaft onto the 4wd central box of the
rear axle as shown.
20118360 5
7. Install the bolts (1) securing the driveshaft to the

driveshaft support.
20118352 6
NOTE: It may be required to raise the front wheels off of the ground in order to be able to rotate the front wheels to
align the driveshaft mounting bolt holes.
84547569 01/12/2011
C.20.B / 63
8. Install the 4wd driveshaft cover bolts (1)
20118353 7
9. Connect the oil cooler lines (1), steering cylinder lines

(2) and the 4wd pressure line (3).
20118356 8
10. WARNING
Heavy object!
Clear the area around and under the
counterweight removal and installation
system before installing or removing
counterweights. Keep all unauthorized
personnel clear of the area. Make sure all
lifting devices are in good condition and
capable of handling the counterweight
mass.
serious injury.
W0037A
WARNING
Avoid injury!
vice.
serious injury.
W1141A
Install the fuel tank using an appropriate lifting de-

vice.
84547569 01/12/2011
C.20.B / 64
11. Install the bolts (1) securing the fuel tank strap hold
down brackets to the fuel tank base.
12. Install the nuts (2) securing the fuel tank hold down
straps to the fuel tank support.
20118351 9
13. If the tractor is equipped with a cab, install the steps

(1) on both sides of the platform (left-hand side
shown).
20118350 10
14. If the tractor is not equipped with a cab, Install the

left-hand side step (1).
15. If the tractor is equipped with a cab, install the cab (1)
following the instructions listed in the cab installation
section Cab - Install (E.34.A).
16. If the tractor is not equipped with a cab, install the
operators platform.
20118349 11
84547569 01/12/2011
C.20.B / 65
17. DANGER
Heavy objects!
serious injury.
D0076A
Place the ROPS assembly into place on top of the rear

platform and rear axle.
18. Install the bolts (1) securing the base of the ROPS
20118348 12
assembly (both sides) to the rear axle
19. Install the front cab main mounting supports (left-
hand and right-hand ides) and install the bolts (1),
securing them to the transmission housing.
20118347 13
20. Install the bolts (1) of the base of the column of the
flywheel (both sides of the platform).
20118346 14
84547569 01/12/2011
C.20.B / 66
21. Install the bolts (1) securing the steps to the platform.
20118345 15
22. Install the bolts (1) securing the seat base to the op-
erators platform.
20118344 16
23. Install the steering motor feed lines (1) onto the steer-
ing motor
20118343 17
84547569 01/12/2011
C.20.B / 67
24. Insert the remote cables into their clevises and install
the retaining clips (1).
20118342 18
25. Insert the parking brake cable into its bracket and
install the clevis pin. (1).
26. Reference the parking brake adjustment section and
adjust the parking brake cable. PARKING BRAKE
Mechanical - Adjust (D.32.B).
27. After adjusting the cable, tighten down the jam and
adjusting nuts (2).
20118341 19
28. Slide the linkage onto the differential lock actuating

linkage. off of the differential lock actuating arm.
29. Install the split pin (1) onto the end of the differential
lock actuating linkage.
20118340 20
84547569 01/12/2011
C.20.B / 68
30. Install the bolts (1) securing the PTO lever to the PTO
linkage.
20118339 21
31. Connect the pedal linkage and install the retaining

bolt (1).
20118338 22
32. Install the clutch pedal linkage bolt (1).
20118337 23
84547569 01/12/2011
C.20.B / 69
33. Connect the rear remote valve linkage (1).
20118336 24
34. Connect the fuel level sender connectors (1) and

auxiliary electrical service connector (2).
20118335 25
35. Connect the main harnesses connectors (1).
20118334 26
84547569 01/12/2011
C.20.B / 70
36. Connect the main electrical feed (positive (1)) from

the battery to the starter solenoid.
37. Connect the main chassis ground (2).
83113063 27
38. Connect the negative battery cable (1) to the battery.
83113062 28
84547569 01/12/2011
C.20.B / 71
Transmission command - Disassemble - Shift levers and cover

CAUTION
Pinch hazard!
Always use suitable tools to align mating parts. DO NOT use your hand or fingers.
Failure to comply could result in minor or moderate injury.
C0044A
1. Remove the floor plate.

2. Place the shift levers in the neutral position.
3. Disconnect the negative (ground) battery cable.
4. Disconnect the connector for the neutral start switch
from the wire harness.
5. Remove the retaining bolts for the shift cover and
partially lift the cover from the transmission housing.
6. With the shift cover raised, disconnect the neutral
start switch wires from the switch.
7. Remove the shift cover, with the shift lever fasteners,
and the gasket from the transmission.
8. Remove the retaining screws for the oil cut-off plate
and remove the plate.
9. Remove the washers between the oil cut-off plate
and the shift levers.
10. Unscrew and remove the shift cap screws.
11. Carefully cut and remove the snap ring from the shift
levers. For example, place the shift lever in a vice
before removing the snap ring to prevent the snap
ring from dangerously ejecting from the grooves on
the shift levers.
12. Remove the retainers and springs from the shift
levers.
13. Remove the shift levers.
Next operation:
Transmission command - Inspect - Shift levers and cover (C.20.B)
84547569 01/12/2011
C.20.B / 72
Transmission command - Inspect - Shift levers and cover

WARNING
Chemical hazard!
W0180A
CAUTION
Eye injury hazard!
Wear protective goggles when using compressed air.
C0035A
Prior operation:
Transmission command - Disassemble - Shift levers and cover (C.20.B)
1. Wash the shift levers and cover assemblies in a suit-

able solvent. Dry with a clean, lint free rag or use
compressed air.
2. Inspect the shift cover for cracks or other damage.
Replace as needed.
3. Inspect the shift lever retainers for damage or wear.
Replace as needed.
4. Inspect the oil cut-off plate for damage or wear. Re-
place as needed.
5. Inspect the shift levers for damage or wear, including
the grooves for the snap rings. Replace as needed.
6. Inspect the springs for cracks or distortion. Replace
as needed.
7. Inspect the shift cap screws for damage or wear. Re-
place as needed.
8. Inspect the wiring harness for the neutral start switch
Next operation:
Transmission command - Assemble - Shift levers and cover (C.20.B)
84547569 01/12/2011
C.20.B / 73
Transmission command - Assemble - Shift levers and cover

Prior operation:
Transmission command - Inspect - Shift levers and cover (C.20.B)
Prior operation:
Transmission command - Disassemble - Shift levers and cover (C.20.B)
1. Apply a 2 mm bead of LOCTITE® 515 gasket elimina-

tor to the transmission mating surface of the trans-
mission shift lever cover.
2. Install the shift cover, with the shift lever retainers.
3. Reconnect the neutral start witch wires to the switch.
Ensure the neutral start actuator housing aligns with
the locating pin in the shift cover.
4. Secure the shift cover with the retaining bolts.
Tighten the retaining bolts to a torque of 56 N·m (41
lb ft).
5. Install the oil cut-off plate and secure with the retain-
ing screws.
6. Install the washers on the oil cut-off plate and place
the shift levers in the washer.
7. Route the shift levers through the shift lever fasteners
on the cover plate.
8. Install the retainers and springs on the shift levers.
9. Install new snap rings on the shift levers.
10. Screw on the shift cap screws.
11. Ensure the shift levers are in the neutral position.
12. Reconnect the negative (ground) battery cable.
13. Install the floor plate.
84547569 01/12/2011
C.20.B / 74
Shaft - Disassemble
Prior operation:

2. Remove the shift cover. For detailed instructions,
refer to Transmission command - Disassemble -
Shift levers and cover (C.20.B).
3. Remove the retaining bolt (3) for the clutch release
fork (2).
4. Remove the clutch release shaft (4) from the casing.
5. Remove the clutch release fork from the transmis-
sion.
6. Slide the clutch bearing (1) and hub from the support.
RCPH09TTS122AAD 1
7. For machines with dual power transmissions:

A. Remove the retaining bolts for the dual power
housing.
B. Lift the dual power housing and remove from
the transmission case. Do not discard or lose
the anti-spin washer. The anti-spin washer is
located between the front gear and front bear-
ing in the transmission main shaft and may
come away when the dual power housing is re-
moved.
8. Disconnect the low pressure lines from the clutch re-
lease bearing hub support (1) and the front support
plate (2). Remove the hub support.
RCPH09TTS123AAD 2
84547569 01/12/2011
C.20.B / 75
9. Remove the snap ring (1) that retains the main drive
input shaft (2) to the transmission main shaft, and
remove the input shaft.
RCPH09TTS125AAD 3
10. Remove the retaining bolts (2) for the front support
plate (1) and remove the support plate from the hous-
ing. If necessary, drive the support plate from the
housing using a suitable drift inserted into the main
transmission compartment.
RCPH09TTS124AAD 4
11. Use a puller (2) and a shaft protector (3) to remove

the front bearing (1) from the countershaft.
RCPH09TTS126AAD 5
12. Remove the snap ring (5), the thrust washer (4) and
the hydraulic pump idler gear (3)located on the out-
put shaft retainer.
plate (2).
RCPH09TTS128AAD 6
84547569 01/12/2011
C.20.B / 76
14. Using a soft faced mallet, drive the forward end of

the PTO drive shaft rearwards. This will separate
the rear support plate from the transmission casing.
If necessary, use levers (1) to separate the rear sup-
port plate (2) from the casing and remove the plate
with the rear PTO drive shaft (5).
15. Remove the snap ring (3) that secures the PTO drive
shaft bearing (6) and drive the shaft and bearing out
of the support plate.
16. Remove the bolts that secure the output shaft re-
tainer to the rear support plate and remove the re-
tainer (4) and shims from the rear support plates.
RCPH09TTS129AAD 7
17. Partially remove the secondary countershaft assem-

bly (1) until the front bearing is out of the location. Lift
the secondary countershaft to allow the output shaft
assembly (2) to be removed from the rear compart-
ment.
RCPH09TTS130AAD 8
19. Remove the high/low sliding coupling from the rear

of the main countershaft.
RCPH09TTS131AAD 9
20. Remove the four detent plungers (1) and springs (2).
NOTE: The detent balls (3) are located below the springs
and are collected with the shift rail removal.
RCPH09TTS103AAD 10
84547569 01/12/2011
C.20.B / 77
21. Unscrew the neutral start switch (1) from the housing.
22. Loosen the locknut and remove the bolt locking the
high/low range fork (2) to the shaft.
23. Remove the range lever connector (3) from the shaft
and slide the rail out from the rear of the gearbox.
24. Place a clean cloth beneath the neutral start switch
actuator housing. Take care to ensure the ball, spring
and actuating dowel are collected from the housing
and rail.
25. Lift the high/low shift fork from the rear compartment.
RCPH09TTS104AAD 11
26. Unscrew the locknut and retaining screw from the 1st
- 5th/3rd - 7th shift fork (1) at the front of the shift rail.
Drive the rail forward from the transmission casing,
pushing the sealing plug out with the end of the rail.
Remove the shift connector and fork.
27. Unscrew the locknut and retaining screws from the
4th - 8th shift fork (2) and connector (3) and push
the shift rail rearwards form the transmission case.
Remove the fork and connector.
28. Unscrew the locknut an retaining screw from the re-
verse/2nd - 6th shift arm (4) and connector and slide
the top rail out rearwards. Lift the shift arm and the
connector from the transmission housing. RCPH09TTS104AAD 12
29. Remove the locknut and screw (1) retaining the re-
verse/2nd - 6th shift fork to the lower shift rail (4) and
push out the rail rearwards. Remove the shift fork
from the transmission casing.
30. Remove the interlock plungers from the cross bore
in the transmission case. If necessary, remove the
bore plug situated on the left-hand side to facilitate
removal of the plungers.
31. Bend down the lock tab and remove the bolt (3) that
secures the reverse idler shaft to the transmission
case.
32. Drive the shaft out forwards and lift out the reverse RCPH09TTS105AAD 13
idler gear (2).
33. Position a step plate in the bore at the rear of the
main shaft.
34. Drive the shaft forwards, using a suitable drift, from
the transmission case and remove the 4th - 8th cou-
pling gear.
35. Use a puller tool and a step plate to remove the front
bearing of the main countershaft.
84547569 01/12/2011
C.20.B / 78
36. Remove the snap ring (4) located behind the bearing
and remove the thrust washer (2).
37. Side the main countershaft (3) rearwards and re-
move the gears (1), couplings and thrust washer.
Store components in order of removal to aid in re-
assembly.
NOTE: The inner and outer sections of the sliding cou-
plings are matched during manufacture and should not be
separated.
RCPH09TTS106AAD 14
84547569 01/12/2011
C.20.B / 79
Sensing system - Remove - Neutral (safety) start switch

CAUTION
Pinch hazard!
C0044A
WARNING
Battery gas can explode!
To prevent an explosion: 1. Always disconnect the negative (-) battery cable first. 2. Always connect
the negative (-) battery cable last. 3. Do not short circuit the battery posts with metal objects. 4. Do
not weld, grind, or smoke near a battery.
W0011A
1. Remove the floor plate.

2. Place the shift levers in the neutral position.
3. Disconnect the negative (ground) battery cable.
4. Disconnect the connector for the neutral start switch
from the wire harness.
5. Remove the retaining bolts for the shift cover and
partially lift the cover from the transmission housing.
6. With the shift cover raised, disconnect the neutral
start switch wires from the switch and remove the
switch.
Next operation:
Sensing system - Inspect - Neutral (safety) start switch (C.20.B)
84547569 01/12/2011
C.20.B / 80
Sensing system - Inspect - Neutral (safety) start switch

WARNING
Maintenance hazard!
Before performing any maintenance or inspection:
-position machine on a firm, level surface
-turn off the engine
-remove the ignition key
-secure the machine (wheels chocked)
-disconnect the wiring
(unless instructed otherwise)
W1071A
Prior operation:
Sensing system - Remove - Neutral (safety) start switch (C.20.B)
Inspect the switch for damage or wear. Replace as

needed.
Next operation:
Sensing system - Install - Neutral (safety) start switch (C.20.B)
84547569 01/12/2011
C.20.B / 81
Sensing system - Install - Neutral (safety) start switch

Prior operation:
Sensing system - Remove - Neutral (safety) start switch (C.20.B)
Prior operation:
Sensing system - Inspect - Neutral (safety) start switch (C.20.B)
1. Connect the neutral start switch wires to the switch.

2. Secure the shift cover to the transmission housing.
3. Connect the connector for the neutral start switch to
the wire harness.
Next operation:
Sensing system - Test - Neutral (safety) start switch (C.20.B)
84547569 01/12/2011
C.20.B / 82
Sensing system - Test - Neutral (safety) start switch

Prior operation:
Sensing system - Install - Neutral (safety) start switch (C.20.B)
1. Connect a test bulb in series with the switch terminals

and the battery.
2. Move the switch actuator housing along the high/low
shift rail and away from the center line of the actuator
bolt.
3. The test bulb should illuminate only when the actua-
tor housing is centered over the actuator bolt.
NOTICE: Do not move the actuator housing more than 6
mm (0.24 in) from the center line of the actuator bolt to
prevent the bolt from jumping out of the shift rail.
84547569 01/12/2011
C.20.B / 83
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - Troubleshooting

Low pressure only in Snap ring for the direct drive clutch is dis- Replace snap ring and any other damaged
direct drive placed. part.
Gasket for the control valve body is dam- Replace gasket.
aged or leaks.
Leaks at the sealing rings for the hub of the Replace sealing rings and/or dual power
direct drive clutch or wear is present on the housing.
dual power housing.
Leaks at interior or exterior seals of piston Replace seals.
for the direct drive clutch.
Piston or housing for direct drive clutch is Replace piston or housing.
broken or cracked.
Low pressure only during Gasket for the control valve body is dam- Replace gasket.
reduction aged or leaks.
Leaks at interior or exterior seals of piston Replace seals.
for the reduction clutch .
Piston for the reduction clutch is broken or Replace piston.
cracked.
Low pressure in direct Failure in the low pressure hydraulic circuit. Troubleshoot the hydraulic system.
drive and in reduction
High pressure in direct Failure in the low pressure hydraulic circuit. Troubleshoot the hydraulic system.
drive and in reduction
Rear wheels do not move Low pressure in the direct drive clutch cir- Troubleshoot low pressure in the direct
when direct drive is cuit. drive clutch. Refer to TRANSMISSION
connected (the reduction Mechanical - Low pressure - Dual power
drive works) system only (C.20.B).
Direct drive clutch piston is damaged, Replace piston.
scratched or bent.
Control valve spool is stuck in reduction po- Check control valve spool.
sition.
Direct drive clutch discs are worn out or Replace clutch discs.
defective.
Pressure plate snap ring of the direct drive Install snap ring correctly or replace the
clutch is broken or outside its lodging place. snap ring.
Rear wheels do not Low pressure in the reduction clutch circuit. Troubleshoot low pressure in the reduction
move when reduction clutch. Refer to TRANSMISSION Mechan-
is connected (the direct ical - Low pressure - Dual power system
drive works) only (C.20.B).
Reduction clutch piston is damaged, Replace piston.
scratched or bent.
Control valve spool is stuck in direct drive Check control valve spool.
position.
Reduction clutch discs are worn out or de- Replace clutch discs.
fective.
Rear wheels do not Low pressure in the dual power system. Check system pressure.
move in direct drive or in
reduction
Defects in ring gear of planetary gear set, Check components and replaces as
planetary gear carrier, sun gear or main needed.
shaft splines.
Problem in the shift box or differential box. Check and repair as needed.
Clutch problem. Repair clutch.
Engine jams or bounces The piston for the direct drive clutch is Replace piston.
when switching from scratched, damaged or bent.
direct drive to reduction
The piston return springs of the direct drive Replace springs.
clutch are broken or defective.
Direct drive clutch discs are bent or defec- Change clutch discs.
tive.
84547569 01/12/2011
C.20.B / 84

Engine jams or bounces The piston for the reduction clutch is Replace piston.
when switching from scratched, damaged or bent.
reduction to direct drive
The piston return springs of the reduction Replace springs.
clutch are broken or defective.
Reduction clutch discs are bent or defec- Change clutch discs.
tive.
Low pressure of Spring of cooler/lubrication valve is broken Repair cooler/lubrication valve.
lubrication or loose or the valve is stuck open.
Oil cooler is plugged or covered. Replace oil cooler.
High pressure of Spring of lubrication/cooler valve is stuck Repair cooler/lubrication valve.
lubrication open.
84547569 01/12/2011
C.20.B / 85
Index

Sensing system - Inspect - Neutral (safety) start switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Sensing system - Install - Neutral (safety) start switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Sensing system - Remove - Neutral (safety) start switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Sensing system - Test - Neutral (safety) start switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Shaft - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - Assemble - Dual power system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - Disassemble - Dual power system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - End play - Dual power system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - Exploded view - Direct drive clutch, Dual power transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - Exploded view - Planetary gear set, Dual power transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - Exploded view - Reduction clutch, Dual power transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - Exploded view - Shift lever position and circulation of forces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - Inspect - Dual power system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - Overview - Dual power system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - Service instruction - Component accessibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - Speeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Transmission command - Assemble - Shift levers and cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Transmission command - Disassemble - Shift levers and cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Transmission command - Inspect - Shift levers and cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Transmission command - Sectional view - Shift levers and cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
84547569 01/12/2011
C.20.B / 86
ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Creeper - 30.C
TS6020
TS6030 HC
TS6030
84547569 01/12/2011
C.30.C / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Creeper

Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
FUNCTIONAL DATA

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
SERVICE

Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
84547569 01/12/2011
C.30.C / 2
TRANSMISSION, DRIVE AND PTO OUT - ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Creeper
ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Creeper - General specification

Reduction ratio 10.0:1
Set of output axles with reduction gears 0.038 - 0.086 mm (0.001 - 0.003 in)
Preload of output axle with reduction gears (pull 1.0 - 1.8 N (0.2 - 0.4 lb)
necessary to turn output axle with a cord wound around
the grooves of the output axle)
0.15 mm (0.0059 in)
0.50 mm (0.0197 in)
ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Creeper - Torque

Fastening screws of rear support plate 47 N·m (35 lb ft)
Allen screws of output axle retainer 31 N·m (23 lb ft)
84547569 01/12/2011
C.30.C / 3
ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Creeper - Overview

The reduction gear box is optional in the non-synchronized 8x2 transmission with or without dual power. The reduction
gear box allows an extra reduction in the ratio under the low standard range. The reduction is obtained through a set
of planet gears located in the transmission output axle.
Once installed, the reduction gear box allows an additional range of super shorts in four forward and three reverse
speeds, thus increasing the total number of speeds available to twelve forward and three reverse speeds. In trans-
missions with dual power, another eight forward and two reverse speeds are obtained, increasing the total number of
speeds available to twenty-four forward and six reverse speeds.
Basically, all reduction gear boxes have a set of planet gears mounted in place of the transmission output axle of a
normal box.
The set of planet gears is made up of the following:

• One external ring gear related to the shift box.
• Planetary gears mounted on the carrier. The teeth on the rear part engage with the external ring gear.
• The carrier, which has teeth on the outside diameter, takes the place of the output axle.
• The intermediate ring gears engage the teeth on the front part of the planetary gears.
• The coupling, which is grooved to and drives the output axle, can connect with the carrier or intermediate gear
ring.
84547569 01/12/2011
C.30.C / 4
ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Creeper - Exploded view
RCPH10TTS018GAF 1
(1) Roller bearings (8) Allen screw (15) Coupling

(2) Thrust washer (9) Shims (16) Output axle
(3) Needle bearings (10) Exterior ring gear (17) Needle bearings
(4) Spacer (11) Support plate (18) Thrust washer
(5) Cone bearings (12) Intermediate ring gear (19) Selector yoke
(6) Output axle retainer (13) Planetary gears (20) Shift rail
(7) Roller (14) Support
84547569 01/12/2011
C.30.C / 5
ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Creeper - Remove

1. Drain the oil from the transmission.
2. Separate the rear axle from the transmission.
3. Remove the gear shift cover.
4. Remove the snap ring, the thrust washer and that
hydraulic pump idler gear located on the output shaft
retainer (2).
plate (1) and lever the support plate away from the
transmission.
RCPH09TTS167AAD 1
6. Remove the rear support plate (2) and PTO shaft (1)
as an assembly.
RCPH09TTS168AAD 2
7. Extract the secondary countershaft assembly (1) out

enough to free the bearing from its location.
8. Lift up on the secondary countershaft and remove the
output shaft and reduction gear set assembly (2).
RCPH09TTS169AAD 3

10. Remove the high/low/creep coupling from the rear of
the transmission, or the output shaft, as needed.
Next operation:
ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Creeper - Disassemble (C.30.C)
84547569 01/12/2011
C.30.C / 6
ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Creeper - Disassemble

Prior operation:
ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Creeper - Remove (C.30.C)
1. Remove the output shaft retainer (1) from the rear

support plate (2).
2. Remove the outer ring gear (3) from the rear support
plate.
RCPH09TTS170AAD 1
3. Remove the output shaft (2) from the reduction

gear set assembly (1). Use a soft faced hammer to
drive the output shaft forwards out of the assembly,
if needed. Ensure the intermediate ring gear (3)
remains inside the reduction gear set.
NOTE: Removing the output shaft pushes the bearing off
the rear of the output shaft.
RCPH09TTS172AAD 2
4. Remove the thrust washer (3) and the needle roller

bearing from the output shaft (or from the intermedi-
ate ring (4), if the components remained inside the
gear set assembly).
5. Lay the planetary gear set on the workbench with
the intermediate ring gear upward and remove the
intermediate ring gear.
6. Remove the thrust washer, needle roller bearing,
spacer and the second needle roller bearing from
the carrier (1).
7. Remove the planetary gears (2) from the carrier.
Take care to retain the bearing rollers. RCPH09TTS171AAD 3
Next operation:
ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Creeper - Inspect (C.30.C)
84547569 01/12/2011
C.30.C / 7
ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Creeper - Inspect

Prior operation:
ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Creeper - Disassemble (C.30.C)
1. Inspect the output shaft retainer and rear bearing cup

• To remove the bearing cup from the retainer,
use a puller tool and a slide hammer.
• To install the bearing cup, use a step plate.
2. Inspect the support plate for damage or wear. Re-
place as needed.
3. Inspect the output shaft and pilot bearing for damage
or wear. Replace as needed.
4. Inspect the secondary countershaft and the PTO
drive shaft bearings located in the rear support plate.
Replace any unserviceable bearing with a suitable
step plate.
5. Inspect all needle roller bearings and thrust washers.
Replace any unserviceable items.
6. Inspect the planetary gear set carrier, ring gears and
planetary gears for damage or wear. Replace as
needed during assembly.
NOTE: If several components are damaged or worn, re-
place the complete reduction gear set assembly.
7. Inspect the coupling and gear shift mechanism. Re-
place any unserviceable components.
Next operation:
ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Creeper - Assemble (C.30.C)
84547569 01/12/2011
C.30.C / 8
ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Creeper - Assemble

Prior operation:
ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Creeper - Inspect (C.30.C)
1. Install the planetary gears (1) and rollers (4) in the

carrier (2). Rest the carrier inside the outer ring gear
(3), which acts as an assembly gauge.
RCPH09TTS173AAD 1
2. Turn each gear until the master tooth (marked with

a pick stroke) points to the center of the support. If
the master tooth is not marked, take these actions to
identify the master tooth:
RCPH09TTS175AAD 2
• 5.7:1 reduction - Use a rod (1) between the

gears to establish which pair of teeth of the rear
gear align with a pair on the front gear. Looking
from the front, there are four pairs of aligned
gears. Identify the right teeth of any aligned
pair in the 12-tooth gears (2) as the master
tooth (3).
RCPH09TTS177AAD 3
• 10:1 reduction - Use a rod (1) between the

gears to establish which pair of teeth of the rear
gear align with a pair on the front gear. Look-
ing from the front, there is only one pair of gears
aligned. Identify the tooth opposite the pair that
is aligned in the 13-teeth gear (2) as the master
tooth (3).
RCPH09TTS176AAD 4
84547569 01/12/2011
C.30.C / 9
3. Place the thrust washer (2) with the smaller diame-

ter, beveled side up, on the support hub. Mount the
intermediate ring gear (1) on the support to engage
with the planetary gears.
RCPH09TTS178AAD 5
4. Place the coupling, with the slot in front, in the output

axle.
5. Place the washer (1) with the bigger diameter on the
output axle (3), beveled side facing the coupling (2).
RCPH09TTS179AAD 6
6. Lubricate the needle bearings with high quality

grease and install the narrow needle bearings on
the intermediate ring gear. Install the wider needle
bearings, with a spacer in between, on the support.
7. Keep the previously mounted output axle in a vertical
position and place the support on the output axle.
NOTE: Once the support has been correctly mounted, the
output axle must project over the side of the support.
8. Tighten the rear bearings of the output shaft against
the back of the output shaft shoulder (1).
9. Use feeler gauges (2) to check separation between
the bearings (3) and the support. The separation
must be 0.03 - 0.08 mm (0.0012 - 0.0031 in).
RCPH09TTS180AAD 7
Next operation:
ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Creeper - Install (C.30.C)
84547569 01/12/2011
C.30.C / 10
ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Creeper - Install

Prior operation:
ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Creeper - Assemble (C.30.C)
1. Install the mounted support and output axle in the

transmission. Make sure that the coupling engages
in the selector yoke.
2. Take out the external ring gear from the set of reduc-
tion gears.
3. Install the rear plate in the transmission.
4. Secure the rear plate with the screws. Tighten the
screws to a torque of 47 N·m (35 lb ft).
5. Place the external ring gear on rear plate.
6. Mount the shims. Use the Allen screws to secure
the retainer of the output axle to the support plate
and ensure the ring gear is also secured. Tighten
the Allen screws to a torque of 31 N·m (23 lb ft).
7. Measure the preload:
• Use a dynamometer and a cord wound around
the output axle, with the transmission in neu-
tral. The dynamometer must record between
1.0 - 1.8 N (0.22 - 0.40 lb). If the result is not
within specification, add or remove shims be-
tween the output axle retainer to achieve the
correct preload.
• If a dynamometer is not available, add or re-
move shims until the clearance in the output
axle is between 0.03 - 0.086 mm (0.001 - 0.003
in).
8. Install the intermediate gear of the hydraulic pump
and the thrust washer. Secure with a snap ring.
84547569 01/12/2011
C.30.C / 11
Index

ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Creeper - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Creeper - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Creeper - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Creeper - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Creeper - Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Creeper - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Creeper - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Creeper - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Creeper - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
84547569 01/12/2011
C.30.C / 12
84547569 01/12/2011
C.30.C / 13
PRINTED IN U.S.A.
84547569 01/12/2011
EN
SERVICE MANUAL
AXLES, BRAKES AND STEERING
TS6020
TS6030 HC
TS6030
84547569 01/12/2011
D
Contents
AXLES, BRAKES AND STEERING - D
FRONT AXLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.10.A

TS6020 , TS6030 HC , TS6030
REAR AXLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.12.A

TS6020 , TS6030 HC , TS6030
2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.14.C

TS6020 , TS6030 HC , TS6030
STEERING Hydraulic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.20.C

TS6020 , TS6030 HC , TS6030
SERVICE BRAKE Mechanical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.30.B

TS6020 , TS6030 HC , TS6030
PARKING BRAKE Mechanical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.32.B

TS6020 , TS6030 HC , TS6030
84547569 01/12/2011
D
FRONT AXLE - 10.A
TS6020
TS6030 HC
TS6030
84547569 01/12/2011
D.10.A / 1
Contents
FRONT AXLE - 10.A
TECHNICAL DATA
FRONT AXLE
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Differential
FUNCTIONAL DATA
FRONT AXLE
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Differential
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Planetary and hub
Exploded view - Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
SERVICE
Axle
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Axle shaft
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Differential
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Preload - Side bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Steering knuckle and King pin
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Planetary and hub
84547569 01/12/2011
D.10.A / 2
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
84547569 01/12/2011
D.10.A / 3
AXLES, BRAKES AND STEERING - FRONT AXLE
FRONT AXLE - Torque
RCPH10TTS009GAF 1
(1) 13 N·m (10 lb ft) (11) 70 N·m (52 lb ft)

(2) See text (12) 190 N·m (140 lb ft)
(3) 55 N·m (41 lb ft) (13) 40 N·m (30 lb ft)
(4) 83 N·m (61 lb ft) (14) 230 N·m (170 lb ft)
(5) 60 N·m (44 lb ft) (15) 34 N·m (25 lb ft)
(6) 266 N·m (196 lb ft) (16) 80 N·m (59 lb ft)
(7) 83 N·m (61 lb ft) (17) 190 N·m (140 lb ft)
(8) 300 N·m (221 lb ft) (18) 169 N·m (125 lb ft)
(9) 250 N·m (184 lb ft) (19) 95 N·m (70 lb ft)
(10) 220 N·m (162 lb ft) (20) 370 N·m (273 lb ft)
84547569 01/12/2011
D.10.A / 4
Differential - General specification

Free plays and adjustments: Shaft
Front convergence 0 - 6.0 mm (0.00 - 0.24 in)
Resistance to turning of shaft hub bearing Not adjustable, preadjusted
Shaft wheel free play Not adjustable, preadjusted
Reciprocating bearing preload 0.2 - 0.4 mm (0.008 - 0.016 in), for calipers: 0.10 mm
(0.004 in), 0.19 mm (0.007 in), 0.35 mm (0.014 in)
Resistance to drive pinion bearing turning 9.3 - 13.9 kgf (20.50 - 30.64 lbf)
Free play between pinion and crown 0.17 - 0.24 mm (0.007 - 0.009 in)
Pinion and crown adjustment Adjustable by calipers of :
• 2.5 - 3.4 mm, in units of 0.1 mm
• 0.100 - 0.136 in, in unites of 0.004 in
Resistance to turning of differential bearing 3.8 - 4.8 kgf (8.38 - 10.58 lbf)
Limits of clutch discs wear/Differential limited slip:
Side disc (internal spline)
New 2.8 mm (0.110 in)
Minimum shim 2.7 mm (0.106 in)
Side disc (internal spline)
New 1.6 mm (0.063 in)
Minimum shim 1.45 mm (0.057 in)
84547569 01/12/2011
D.10.A / 5
FRONT AXLE - Overview

4 WHEEL DRIVE FRONT AXLE DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
“Carraro” type front axle is identified by means of a nameplate placed on the back of the right axle housing.
The nameplate also has a series number and a reference number for gear ratios, oil capacity and type of grease.
When ordering parts, always indicate type, reference and series number (see New Holland specifications for oil and
grease).
Axles pivot in the center to allow articulation when driving on uneven terrains, and the drive axle or drive pinion passes
through the hollow center of the back of connecting point. This layout supports the drive axle by connecting the front
axle to the transfer box on a straight plane in any type of articulation. Connection of drive axle is complemented by
two universal gaskets and a sliding connection outlet.
Final reduction is achieved through three epicyclic gears on a replacement hub fixed to the tube by means of upper
and lower coupling links that revolve on cup and cone bearings and that can be lubricated and replaced to increase
durability.
Each type of axle has a central differential in the axle housing supported by replaceable supports. The differential of
each type of axle has a controlled standard sliding system.
The action of the sliding control is achieved by means of multidisc gears placed on each side of side differential gears.
When one of the two front wheels looses traction, torque response on differential exerts an axial force through the
side gears, pressurizing gear discs. External discs are fixed to differential casing and internal discs are fixed to side
gears so, when force increases, it is difficult for friction surfaces to move independently. Thus, side gears remain fixed
to casing causing a differential lock. As soon as the tendency to slide disappears, torque response decreases and
the system unlocks automatically.
Each axle has a removable drive cylinder fixed to the differential support. A double sided piston controls a rod that
extends through each cylinder end. Some braces with ball joint connect drive cylinder to each hub.
Except for the differential, the reduction hubs, hub bearings, wheel shafts and drive cylinders can be dismantled
without having to remove machine’s shaft.
84547569 01/12/2011
D.10.A / 6
FRONT AXLE - Exploded view
RCPH10TTS005GAF 1
(1) Inlet coupling of drive shaft (9) Central articulating point

(2) Drive cylinder brace (10) Crown
(3) Ball joint (11) Planetary reduction gears
(4) Planetary reduction gears and hub (12) Axle housing vent
(5) Double universal gasket of wheel shaft (13) Replaceable differential support
(6) Drive cylinder (14) Drive cylinder
(7) Reciprocating bolt (15) Back articulating point
(8) Axle housing
84547569 01/12/2011
D.10.A / 7
Differential - Exploded view
RCPH10TTS010GAF 1
(1) Differential house (11) Thrust washer (21) Bearing

(2) Shaft lockpin (12) Differential gear (22) Lock washer
(3) Screw (13) Shaft (23) Ring nut
(4) Lock plate (14) Bevel gear (24) Flange
(5) Tightening nut (15) Pinion (25) Shaft seal
(6) Bearing (16) Shim (26) Circlip
(7) Drive disc (external flange) (17) Bearing (27) Flange, pinion shaft
(8) Friction disc (internal flange) (18) Washer (28) Circlip
(9) Thick pressure disc (19) Spacer
(10) Side gear (20) Washer
84547569 01/12/2011
D.10.A / 8
Planetary and hub - Exploded view - Support
RCPH10TTS004FAF 1
(1) Circlip (8) External plate

(2) Lock plate (9) Cover screw to support
(3) Thrust pin (10) Wheel stud with support
(4) Stud bolt (11) Shaft
(5) Support box (12) Thrust washer
(6) Hub support screw (13) Side gear
(7) Drain/level plug (14) Bearing needles
84547569 01/12/2011
D.10.A / 9
Axle - Remove
DANGER
Heavy objects!
Lift and handle all heavy components using lifting equipment with adequate capacity. Always support
units or parts with suitable slings or hooks. Make sure the work area is clear of all bystanders.
D0076A
CAUTION
Pinch hazard!
C0044A
1. Remove setscrews from drive shaft guard and re-

move guard.
2. Remove the setscrews (2) that secure the drive shaft
(3) to the flange (1).
RCPH09TTS328AAD 1
3. Remove the shaft by accomplishing the following:

A. Gradually loosen the setscrews (1) from the
front support pillar.
RCPH09TTS329AAD 2
B. Gradually loosen the setscrews (1) from the

rear supports pillar.
C. Use jacks or other suitable lifting equipment to
gradually remove the shaft to ensure the shaft
is stable and safe.
RCPH09TTS330AAD 3
84547569 01/12/2011
D.10.A / 10
Next operation:
Axle - Inspect (D.10.A)
84547569 01/12/2011
D.10.A / 11
Axle - Inspect
CAUTION
Pinch hazard!
C0044A
Prior operation:
1. Inspect the front support bushing (1) and the rear

support bushings (2) of the differential housing and
shaft for damage or wear.
2. Remove the o-ring (3) from the bushing inside the
rear support. Clean the bushing contact surfaces.
3. Place the front and rear supports against the front
and rear brackets. Check wear and tear by turning
supports from one side to the other. If wear is exces-
sive, bushings shall be replaced in pairs.
NOTE: If shaft could be moved forward and backwards
before it was dismantled, the thrust sides of bushings are
worn. RCPH09TTS331AAD 1
4. To remove the support bushings:

A. Remove the setscrew and lubricator.
B. Use a press to remove the rear support bush-
ing.
C. Cut the front support bushing to remove it.
5. Mount new bushings so that the oil holes are aligned
with the support hole. Mount the special setscrew
and the lubricator.
RCPH09TTS332AAD 2
(1) O-ring
(2) Bushing
(3) Bushing pilot tool and nipple
(4) Support pillar
(5) Pilot tools
84547569 01/12/2011
D.10.A / 12
Axle shaft - Remove

DANGER
Heavy objects!
D0076A
Prior operation:
1. Remove side gears support, sun gear, spacer and

thrust washer.
2. Place an appropriate lifting device around the hub
and reciprocating housing for support during re-
moval.
RCPH09TTS301AAD 1
3. Remove the upper and lower setscrews (1) of the re-

ciprocating bolts (2) and lever bolts and the calipers
to remove them from the box, registering the position
of each caliper. Identify upper bolt and calipers and
identify lower bolts and calipers, to make mounting
easier.
RCPH09TTS302AAD 2
4. Carefully remove the hub and the reciprocating hous-

ing from the axle housing while preventing the wheel
shaft from coming out of the axle housing. When re-
moving the hub and the housing from the axle hous-
ing, hold the short end of the wheel shaft when pass-
ing through the detent.
RCPH09TTS303AAD 3
84547569 01/12/2011
D.10.A / 13
5. Carefully remove the wheel shaft from the axle hous-

ing, guiding it through the external detent.
RCPH09TTS305AAD 4
Next operation:
Axle shaft - Inspect (D.10.A)
84547569 01/12/2011
D.10.A / 14
Axle shaft - Inspect

1. Look for damage or wear in the bearing and detent
support area.
2. Use a sliding hammer (1) to remove the shaft detents
(2) from inside of the tube.
RCPH09TTS304AAD 1
3. Remove the reciprocating housing.
RCPH09TTS306AAD 2
4. Inspect the reciprocating housing shaft bushings and

the axle housing. If the bushings (1) are damaged or
word, remove them using a sliding hammer (2) and
suitable attachment (3).
NOTE: The wheel shaft bushing inside the reciprocating
housing is held in place with an external circlip. Make sure
that circlip is not damaged during dismantling.
RCPH09TTS307AAD 3
84547569 01/12/2011
D.10.A / 15
Axle shaft - Install

DANGER
Falling parts!
Keep fingers and hands clear of mating surfaces of counterweight and machine upper structure during
counterweight removal and installation.
D0005B
Prior operation:
Axle shaft - Remove (D.10.A)
Prior operation:
Axle shaft - Inspect (D.10.A)
1. Mount the new detents (2) into the reciprocating

housing using a pilot tool (1).
RCPH09TTS308AAD 1
2. Install the bushing (2) in the axle housing using a pilot

tool (1).
RCPH09TTS309AAD 2
3. Carefully place the shaft through the axle housing

and insert it in the differential side gear. Make sure
the detent is not damaged.
4. Place the other end of the shaft through the recipro-
cating housing, passing the housing over the shaft
until the shaft is housed in the axle housing.
5. Mount the reciprocating bolts and shims. Make sure
the same number of shims that were removed are
installed. Shims should be installed at location of re-
moval. Make sure the detents are properly squared.
84547569 01/12/2011
D.10.A / 16
Differential - Disassemble
1. Place a wooden block in contact with the crown and
pinion to fix both gears for easier dismantling of pin-
ion, crown and bearing.
2. Position the front axle so that the differential housing
support is upwards and remove the setscrews and
fixing nuts that fix differential to axle housing.
RCPH09TTS333AAD 1
3. Remove the differential support from the axle hous-

ing.
4. Remove the circlip (1) from the drive flange (2) and
remove shaft flange from drive pinion.
RCPH09TTS334AAD 2
5. Remove the o-ring (2) from internal side of drive

flange (1) and remove the spacer (3) placed in front
of the pinion/bearing fixing nut.
RCPH09TTS335AAD 3
6. Remove the fixing nut and washer.
84547569 01/12/2011
D.10.A / 17
7. Remove the plates that fix the differential bearing fix-

ing nut.
RCPH09TTS336AAD 4
8. Mark the bearing tightening nuts and their housings

and relative position for easier mounting. Also mark
each bearing cover in the box to ensure their proper
placing during mounting procedure, as shown.
9. Remove the fixing nuts from the bearing covers and
tightening nuts. Make sure not to lose centering
bearings.
RCPH09TTS337AAD 5
10. Remove the differential and crown from the support

box. Collect the external tracks of the bearings and
identify them with their corresponding sides.
RCPH09TTS338AAD 6
11. Remove the crown setscrews (1) and separate the

crown (2) from the differential box (3).
RCPH09TTS339AAD 7
84547569 01/12/2011
D.10.A / 18
12. Turn the box upside down and allow the lockpin (1)
of the differential gear shaft (2) to fall out and then
take the shaft out of the differential housing.
RCPH09TTS340AAD 8
13. Remove the thrust washers (1) and the gears (2)
through the opening in the differential housing.
RCPH09TTS342AAD 9
14. Remove the side gears (1) and the components of

the limited slip clutch (2) through the opening in the
differential housing. Put gear discs away in the same
order and leave them together with their correspond-
ing side gears to inspect and mount later.
15. Remove the drive pinion from the differential housing
support, collecting the flattened spacer and bearing
internal track.
RCPH09TTS343AAD 10
84547569 01/12/2011
D.10.A / 19
RCPH09TTS344AAD 11
(1) Pinion and bearing (4) External bearing

(2) Housing support (5) Washer
(3) Crushable spacer (6) Fixing nut
16. Remove the detent from the drive flange in the differ-
ential housing.
Next operation:
Differential - Inspect (D.10.A)
84547569 01/12/2011
D.10.A / 20
Differential - Inspect
Prior operation:
Differential - Disassemble (D.10.A)
1. Inspect the differential side bearings. If necessary,

remove the internal tracks with a puller and a suitable
attachment.
RCPH09TTS345AAD 1
2. Inspect the pinion bearings. If necessary, remove

the bearing internal track with a puller and a suitable
attachment.
NOTE: A shim is between the pinion internal bearing and
its head.
3. Remove the external tracks from the differential
housing support.
RCPH09TTS346AAD 2
4. Inspect the differential gears, thrust washers and

shaft for damage or wear. Replace as needed.
5. Inspect the side gears and their splines for damage.
6. Inspect the bushings inside the differential housing
for wear. If necessary, remove these bushings with
a slide hammer and install new bushings.
RCPH09TTS347AAD 3
84547569 01/12/2011
D.10.A / 21
7. Inspect the limited slip clutch groups. Make sure the

discs are perfectly flat. Inspect the area of the inter-
nal splines and external pins of the intermediate drive
discs. Check that the internal discs are not worn
more than 0.15 mm (0.006 in). New discs measure
1.6 mm (0.063 in). Compare worn discs with new
ones. The thrust washer placed under the head of
each side gear shall not be worn more than 0.1 mm
(0.004 in). Washers have an original thickness of 2.8
mm (0.11 in).
RCPH09TTS348AAD 4
Next operation:
Differential - Assemble (D.10.A)
84547569 01/12/2011
D.10.A / 22
Differential - Assemble
Shims between the drive pinion and its head shaft
1. Determine if a new thickness of the shim between the
drive pinion and its head shaft is required.
• If you will reinstall the existing pinion and
crown, the pinion bearings and the differential
housing support, you do not have to recalcu-
late the shim thickness and you can reinstall
the existing shims. Skip to ' 9 through 15,
“Assembly of pinion internal bearing”.
• If you replaced the pinion and crown, the pinion
bearings and/or the differential housing sup-
port, you must recalculate the thickness of the
shim placed behind drive pinion head in its
shaft. Continue with the steps that follow to cal-
culate shim thickness.
2. Install pinion bearings (1) in the differential housing
support and fix them using a pinion adjustment tool
(2). Make sure the disc of the pinion adjustment tool
has the side with the trim pointing upwards. Tighten
the pinion adjustment tool until the bearing cones can
be turned manually. Do not overtighten.
RCPH09TTS351AAD 1
3. Install the side bearing covers of the differential hous-

ing support (not the bearing tracks) and tighten the
cover nuts to specification.
4. Measure the housing of the side bearing, as shown.
Record this measurement as value 'A'.
RCPH09TTS352AAD 2
84547569 01/12/2011
D.10.A / 23
5. Place the bar of the pinion adjustment tool through

the bearing housings in the casing support and mea-
sure with a micrometer. Record this measurement
as value 'B'.
RCPH09TTS353AAD 3
(1) Micrometer
(2) Pinion shaft bearings
(3) Pinion adjustment tool
(4) Bar (part of the pinion adjustment tool)
(5) Differential housing support
6. Use the equation that follows to determine the thick-

ness. An example is also provided.
S = B + A/2 – [D + C], where
S = Caliper to be placed in mm
B = Reading measured to the bar
A = Diameter of side cover between two (ra-
dius)
D = Bar diameter
C = Pinion mark
Example:
S=?
B = 104.1
A = 90
D = 25
C = 121
S = 104.1 + 90/2 - [ 25 + 121 ] 2
S = 149.1 – 146 = 3.1 mm
S = 3.1 mm
7. Select the correct calipers based on the result of the
calculation.
8. Install the new calipers on the pinion shaft with the
edge towards the gear.
84547569 01/12/2011
D.10.A / 24
Assembly of pinion internal bearing

9. Put the internal bearing inside the pinion shaft and
make sure it is properly seated.
RCPH09TTS354AAD 4
(1) Press
(2) Protector
(3) Pinion
(4) Shim
(5) Bearing internal track
10. Mount the spacer and the pinion bearing in the hous-
ing support and install the external bearing and fixing
nut. Make sure the fixing nut is in good condition.
11. Using a torque wrench, tighten the fixing nut until the
bearings are snug (no free play).
12. Coil a rope (2) around the visible splined part of the
shaft (1). Do not allow the rope to overlap.
RCPH09TTS355AAD 5
13. Using a spring scale (3), measure the strength nec-

essary to make the pinion shaft turn over bearings.
NOTE: Spring scale should be read while pinion is turning.
Do not read when beginning to turn.
14. Gradually tighten the fixing nut until the turning force
applied is within specifications. Record applied ef-
fort.
NOTE: It may be necessary to temporarily install the differ-
ential and crown in order to turn the pinion when tightening
the bearing fixing nut.
15. Once specified bearing effort has been achieved, fix
the nut to the shaft and install the bushing so that
crown is in the mechanized groove in the pinion shaft.
84547569 01/12/2011
D.10.A / 25
Side gears and clutch groups

16. Mount the side gears of the differential with their cor-
responding limited slip clutch groups. Install the side
gears (1) and discs in the housing so that the thick
pressure disc (2) is next to side gears. The worn side
of the thick pressure disc is next to the drive disc (3),
which has external flange. Following the drive disc,
install a friction disc (4), which has internal flange.
Then repeat the pattern of the drive disc then the fric-
tion disc, as shown. Each side gear shall have one
thick pressure disc, five drive discs and four friction
discs.
RCPH09TTS348AAD 6
Assembly of the differential housing

17. Install the differential gear shaft in the differential
housing (2) and install the lockpin (1).
RCPH09TTS357AAD 7
18. Place the differential housing mounted on the sup-

port and place the bearing external tracks, support
covers and tightening nuts in their corresponding po-
sitions. Check that the centering bushings are in po-
sition and that the connection between the crown and
pinion is correct. The crown must always be placed
to the left of the pinion as seen from the entrance.
RCPH09TTS358AAD 8
(1) Crown
(2) Centering bushing
(3) Tightening nut
(4) Bearing
(5) Bearing external track
(6) Cover
84547569 01/12/2011
D.10.A / 26
Measure free play between drive pinion and crown

19. Mount the bearing cover nuts until the covers are in
place. Do not tighten. At the same time, carefully
turn the tightening nuts to ensure the crown is not
forced into pinion. Take extreme care during this op-
eration. If the covers are tightened and the crown is
forced against pinion, gears may be damaged.
20. Tighten the bearing cover nuts until there is no more
free play:
• Tighten the nut on the side of the crown by
moving the nut against the pinion.
• Tighten the other nut until it is difficult to move.
Do not overtighten.
21. Measure free play between crown and drive pinion.
Place a dial comparator with its point leaned 90 °
against the crown teeth.
22. Turn the tightening nuts equally to move the crown
away from or closer to pinion until the correct free
play is achieved. While performing this operation,
carefully tap the bearing covers with a nylon ham-
mer to ensure that the covers and bearings are still
properly seated. Repeat procedure measuring two
or more equally distant crown teeth.
RCPH09TTS359AAD 9
(1) Dial comparator

(2) Crown
(3) Tightening nut
(4) Levers
84547569 01/12/2011
D.10.A / 27
Differential - Preload - Side bearing

Prior operation:
1. Locate measurement for the strength necessary to

make the pinion shaft turn over bearings. This mea-
surement was recorded during the previous opera-
tion.
2. With the crown in contact with the pinion and having
adjusted the free play, turn the pinion with the rope
and the spring scale. Record the strength needed to
make pinion, crown and differential turn.
3. Subtract the turning resistance for just the pinion
from the new value for the pinion and crown.
For example:
Pinion and crown: 12.2 kgf (26.90 lbf)
Pinion only: 9.2 kgf (20.28 lbf)
New value: 3.1 kgf (6.83 lbf)
4. Equally tighten each tightening nut of the differential
side bearing until the turning resistance obtained is
within the lower band of the specification.
5. Tighten the cover screws to specification.
84547569 01/12/2011
D.10.A / 28
Steering knuckle and King pin - Remove

WARNING
Avoid injury!
The component is heavy. Removal/installation requires two persons or a lifting device.
W1141A
WARNING
Avoid injury!
Handle all parts carefully. Do not place your hands or fingers between parts. Use Personal Protec-
tive Equipment (PPE) as indicated in this manual, including protective goggles, gloves, and safety
footwear.
W0208A
1. Hold the hub and the planetary support up with an

appropriate lifting device as shown..
RCPH09TTS301AAD 1
2. Remove the upper and the lower reciprocating bolt

setscrews and remove these parts with care.
RCPH09TTS302AAD 2
(1) Reciprocating bolt

(2) Setscrews
(3) Groove to lever
(4) Nipple
84547569 01/12/2011
D.10.A / 29
3. Record the position of each shim. Identify the upper

bolt with its shims and identify the lower shim(s).
RCPH09TTS311AAD 3
4. Carefully remove the hub and steering knuckle hous-

ing from axle housing while preventing the wheel
shaft from coming out of housing as shown.. When
removing hub and housing from axle housing, hold
short end of wheel shaft when passing through the
detent.
RCPH09TTS303AAD 4
5. Carefully remove wheel shaft from axle housing guid-

ing it through external detent.
6. Carefully remove wheel shaft from flared tube guid-
ing it through external detent.
Next operation:
Steering knuckle and King pin - Disassemble (D.10.A)
84547569 01/12/2011
D.10.A / 30
Steering knuckle and King pin - Disassemble

Prior operation:
Steering knuckle and King pin - Remove (D.10.A)
1. Remove the detents from their upper and external

housings of the reciprocating housing.
RCPH09TTS315AAD 1
2. Using a slide hammer and suitable attachment to re-

move the bearing external tracks from the tube.
RCPH09TTS314AAD 2
3. Remove the bearing cone of the reciprocating bolt.
RCPH09TTS316AAD 3
Next operation:
Steering knuckle and King pin - Assemble (D.10.A)
84547569 01/12/2011
D.10.A / 31
Steering knuckle and King pin - Assemble

Prior operation:
Steering knuckle and King pin - Disassemble (D.10.A)
1. Place the new bearing external cups inside the upper

and lower housings of the flared tube ends with a pilot
tool (as shown).
NOTE: To make mounting procedure easier, it may be nec-
essary to heat flared tube and then cool down the bearing.
RCPH09TTS317AAD 1
2. Install new detents next to each bearing cup as

shown.
NOTE: Detents may fit in tight until they reach their hous-
ings.
RCPH09TTS318AAD 2
3. Place new cones in the knuckle bolts as shown, mak-

ing sure they are properly seated.
RCPH09TTS319AAD 3
(1) Spacer block

(2) Bearing cone
(3) Reciprocating bolt
Next operation:
Steering knuckle and King pin - Install (D.10.A)
84547569 01/12/2011
D.10.A / 32
Steering knuckle and King pin - Install

WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
Prior operation:
Steering knuckle and King pin - Assemble (D.10.A)
Installation of bolt and lower caliper

1. Carefully mount the hub and knuckle housing on
shaft and its housing on the flared tube. Make sure
the shaft does not damage the detent when passing
through the housing, nor damages the detents of the
upper and lower reciprocating bolts.
NOTE: Reciprocating bolt bearings are preloaded at 0.20 - 0.40 mm (0.008 - 0.016 in). Preload should be adjusted
when installing new bearings or a new casing. When installing a new bearing, it is advisable to adjust preload to its
upper limit, and when installing worn bearings, adjust preload to its lower limit.
2. Select the 10 mm (0.4 in) shim (2) and mount the
lower reciprocating bolt (1) with this shim below the
bolt head.
RCPH09TTS320AAD 1
3. Without installing shims, mount the upper knuckle

bearing. Tighten the upper and lower knuckle bear-
ings to specified torque.
4. Mount a gauge with the end on the upper part of the
upper knuckle bolt and with the body fixed to the tube
as shown.
RCPH09TTS321AAD 2
5. Place the dial to zero and pry up the knuckle housing.

With the 10 mm (0.4 in) shim in lower bolt, a certain
free play is achieved. Record the free play.
84547569 01/12/2011
D.10.A / 33
6. Add the specified preload to the registered measure-

ment and subtract the already mounted shim total of
10 mm (0.4 in). The result will be the total thickness
to achieve specified preload. The result of this thick-
ness should then be divided into two equal parts to
distribute between upper and lower bolt. Refer to the
equation and the example that follows to determine
the spacer.
S = [C - (A + B)]/2, where
S = Shim to be placed on each pivot cone.
C = Shim or benchamrk of 10 mm (0.4 in)
A = Measured or registered free play on the
gauge
B = Specified preload range 0.20 - 0.40 mm
(0.008 - 0.016 in). When installing a new bear-
ing, it is advisable to adjust preload to its upper
limit, and when installing worn bearings, adjust
preload to its lower limit.
Example (in mm):
S=?
C = 1.0
A = 0.20 measured free play
B = 0.40 for new bearings
S = [1.0 - (0.20 + 0.40)]/2
S = 0.40/2
S = 0.20 mm for each bolt
7. Remove the reciprocating bolts (1), figure 1, and the
1.0 mm (0.04 in) shim (2) figure 1, of the lower bolt.
8. Install the newly calculated shim for each bolt and
tighten to specification.
84547569 01/12/2011
D.10.A / 34
Planetary and hub - Disassemble

DANGER
Heavy objects!
D0076A
WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
1. Raise the front of the machine and support with suit-

able axle stands under the front weight carrier. Re-
move front wheel.
2. Remove the 8 mm Allen screws (1) and the wheel
studs with support (2) that fix the planetary support
to the hub.
RCPH09TTS284AAD 1
3. Carefully tap the planetary support with a mallet and

pry up through the grooves to separate the hub sup-
port as shown.
RCPH09TTS285AAD 2
84547569 01/12/2011
D.10.A / 35
4. Remove the circlip (1) from the sun gear (2) and re-
move the wheel shaft gear.
5. Remove the spacer (3) and the thrust washer (4).
RCPH09TTS286AAD 3
6. Remove the eight setscrews (1) for the crown and

support (2).
RCPH09TTS287AAD 4
7. Install four of the setscrews in the crown puller

threaded holes, as shown. Tighten the four
setscrews (as shown) to separate the crown from
the planetaries.
RCPH09TTS288AAD 5
8. Remove the hub by carefully tapping it in equal dis-

tance places in the rear part and in the periphery with
a mallet as shown.
RCPH09TTS289AAD 6
84547569 01/12/2011
D.10.A / 36
9. Pry the internal track of the reciprocating housing in-

ternal bearing as shown.
RCPH09TTS290AAD 7
10. Remove the circlips from the three planetary gear

shafts and remove the lock plate.
11. Mark each shaft and gear so they can be matched
later.
12. Remove each planetary gear, the thirty bearing
rollers and the internal trust washer.
RCPH09TTS291AAD 8
Next operation:
Planetary and hub - Inspect (D.10.A)
84547569 01/12/2011
D.10.A / 37
Planetary and hub - Inspect

Prior operation:
Planetary and hub - Disassemble (D.10.A)
1. Inspect the main hub bearings. External tracks will

still be in the hub box. If worn, remove them from
box with a pilot tool. Mount new external tracks fitting
them inside until they are properly seated.
2. Inspect the side gears bearings, rollers and axles. If
worn, replace axle and bearings. If a roller is worn or
damaged, also inspect its gear support and planetary
axle for damage.
3. Hold the crown (3), remove the clamping rings (1)
for the support (2) and separate the crown from the
support. Look for worn crown teeth.
RCPH09TTS295AAD 1
4. Inspect the crown support stud bushings to the recip-

rocating housing.
5. On the reciprocating housing (1) there is a replace-
able detent support (2). Check if this support is worn.
6. Carefully inspect planetary shaft cover and support
at their contact surfaces as well as support contact
surfaces from planetary support to hub looking for
wear and tear that could be repaired with abrasive
stone.
RCPH09TTS296AAD 2
(1) Wheel axle

(2) Floating housing
(3) Hub
(4) Support
(5) Stud bushing (7x20 + 1x24 mm)
(6) Support setscrew
Next operation:
Planetary and hub - Install (D.10.A)
84547569 01/12/2011
D.10.A / 38
Planetary and hub - Install

WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
Prior operation:
Planetary and hub - Inspect (D.10.A)
1. Install each planetary gear, the thirty bearing rollers

and the internal thrust washer.
2. Install the three planetary gears in the shafts.
3. Install the lock plate (2) and circlips (1) in the plane-
tary gear shafts to fix the lock plate.
RCPH09TTS291AAD 1
4. Mount the internal hub bearing in the reciprocating

housing. Carefully install a new detent in the hub.
5. Screw in the crown and support (2) to the reciprocat-
ing housing, making sure that the biggest bushing is
properly mounted. Tighten the eight setscrews (1)
equally in three steps until torque meets specifica-
tion.
RCPH09TTS287AAD 2
84547569 01/12/2011
D.10.A / 39
6. Install the thrust washer (4) and the spacer (3).

7. Install the wheel shaft gear and install the circlip (1)
in the sun gear (2).
RCPH09TTS286AAD 3
8. Grease hub and planetary support contact surfaces

with specified sealant. Install the planetary support
in the hub.
NOTE: Hub bearings and their support inside hub box fit in
very tight tolerances, so it is not necessary to adjust preload
and turn resistance.
RCPH09TTS285AAD 4
9. Install the 8 mm Allen screws (1) and the wheel studs

with support (2) to fix the planetary support to the
hub. Tighten the screws to specification.
RCPH09TTS284AAD 5
84547569 01/12/2011
D.10.A / 40
Index
FRONT AXLE - 10.A

Axle - Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Axle - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Axle shaft - Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Axle shaft - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Axle shaft - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Differential - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Differential - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Differential - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Differential - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Differential - Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Differential - Preload - Side bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
FRONT AXLE - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
FRONT AXLE - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
FRONT AXLE - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Planetary and hub - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Planetary and hub - Exploded view - Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Planetary and hub - Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Planetary and hub - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Steering knuckle and King pin - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Steering knuckle and King pin - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Steering knuckle and King pin - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Steering knuckle and King pin - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
84547569 01/12/2011
D.10.A / 41
84547569 01/12/2011
D.10.A / 42
REAR AXLE - 12.A
TS6020
TS6030 HC
TS6030
84547569 01/12/2011
D.12.A / 1
Contents
REAR AXLE - 12.A
TECHNICAL DATA
REAR AXLE
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Axle
Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Differential
Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
FUNCTIONAL DATA
REAR AXLE
Component identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Differential lock command
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Axle
Component identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Final drive
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Half-shaft
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Differential
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Exploded view - Drive pinion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Differential lock
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
SERVICE
Differential lock command

Prepare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Axle
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
84547569 01/12/2011
D.12.A / 2
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Visual inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Preload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Final drive
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Visual inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Differential
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Preload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Remove - Drive pinion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Disassemble - Drive pinion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Inspect - Drive pinion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Assemble - Drive pinion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Install - Drive pinion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Preload - Drive pinion bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
DIAGNOSTIC
REAR AXLE
Differential lock
84547569 01/12/2011
D.12.A / 3
AXLES, BRAKES AND STEERING - REAR AXLE
REAR AXLE - General specification

Side gears 3
Spiral gear ratios 5.286
Planetaries 4.5
Toral 23.786
Diameter of bypass, spiral gear 333.5 mm (13 in)
Axle diameter 66.58 mm (2.6 in)
Differential lock Mechanical
Draft bars 4082 kg (8999 lb)
Load capacities 5443 kg (12000 lb)
Oil specification Multi-G Ambra
Oil capacity 66 l (17.4 US gal)
REAR AXLE - Torque

Hardware Torque value
Rear disc to hub nuts (manual adjust wheels) 407 - 475 N·m (300 - 350 lb ft)
Rear disc to rim nuts (manual adjust wheels) 310 - 340 N·m (229 - 251 lb ft)
Buckle-up bolts 240 - 298 N·m (177 - 220 lb ft)
Differential case retaining bolts 92 - 125 N·m (68 - 92 lb ft)
Drive pinion bearing retainer bolts 136 - 170 N·m (100 - 125 lb ft)
Planetary gear retaining bolts 339 - 542 N·m (250 - 400 lb ft)
Axle shaft housing retaining bolts 176 - 258 N·m (130 - 190 lb ft)
Axle shaft retaining bolts 339 - 542 N·m (250 - 400 lb ft)
Differential ring gear retaining bolts 115 N·m (85 lb ft)
Differential lock fork pivot shaft retaining bolts 57 - 76 N·m (42 - 56 lb ft)
Differential lock hanger retaining bolts 57 - 76 N·m (42 - 56 lb ft)
Inner brake housing retaining bolts 88 - 121 N·m (65 - 89 lb ft)
Ring gear thrust block 37 - 50 N·m (27 - 37 lb ft)
Power adjust wheels 712 N·m (525 lb ft)
84547569 01/12/2011
D.12.A / 4
Axle - Calibration
Preload
Axle spin torque with a pull scale: 11.6 - 28.2 N·m (8.6 - 20.8 lb ft)
Resulting number Spacer to be installed

1.24 - 1.32 mm (0.05 - 0.052 in) 1.14 mm (0.04 in)
1.35 - 1.42 mm (0.053 - 0.056 in) 1.25 mm (0.05 in)
1.45 - 1.52 mm (0.057 - 0.060 in) 1.35 mm (0.053 in)
1.55 - 1.63 mm (0.061 - 0.064 in) 1.45 mm (0.057 in)
1.65 - 1.73 mm (0.065 - 0.068 in) 1.55 mm (0.061 in)
1.75 - 1.83 mm (0.069 - 0.072 in) 1.65 mm (0.065 in)
1.85 - 1.93 mm (0.073 - 0.076 in) 1.75 mm (0.069 in)
1.96 - 2.03 mm (0.077 - 0.080 in) 1.85 mm (0.073 in)
2.06 - 2.13 mm (0.081 - 0.084 in) 1.96 mm (0.077 in)
2.16 - 2.24 mm (0.085 - 0.088 in) 2.06 mm (0.081 in)
2.26 - 2.34 mm (0.089 - 0.092 in) 2.16 mm (0.085 in)
84547569 01/12/2011
D.12.A / 5
Differential - Calibration
Differential bearing preload
Spin torque of differential bearing with pull scale: 7 - 30 kgf (15.43 - 66.14 lbf)

0.61 - 0.74 mm (0.024 - 0.029 in) 0.97 - 1.02 mm (0.038 - 0.040 in)
0.76 - 0.87 mm (0.030 - 0.034 in) 1.12 - 1.17 mm (0.044 - 0.046 in)
0.91 - 1.04 mm (0.036 - 0.041 in) 1.27 - 1.32 mm (0.050 - 0.052 in)
1.07 - 1.19 mm (0.042 - 0.047 in) 1.42 - 1.47 mm (0.056 - 0.058 in)
1.22 - 1.35 mm (0.048 - 0.053 in) 1.58 - 1.63 mm (0.062 - 0.064 in)
1.37 - 1.50 mm (0.054 - 0.059 in) 1.73 - 1.78 mm (0.068 - 0.070 in)
1.50 - 1.63 mm (0.059 - 0.064 in) 1.88 - 1.93 mm (0.074 - 0.076 in)
1.65 - 1.78 mm (0.065 - 0.070 in) 2.03 - 2.08 mm (0.080 - 0.082 in)
Final drive pinion preload

Drive pinion preload tool 1.1 - 1.9 N·m (0.8 - 1.4 lb ft)
Pull scale 5.90 - 10.50 kgf (13.01 - 23.15 lbf)
84547569 01/12/2011
D.12.A / 6
REAR AXLE - Component identification

Description and operation
The rear axle has mechanical breaks and a mechanical differential lock.
The rear axle, connected to the rear part of the transmission, connects the engine control and the gear box to the rear
wheels. Inside the rear axle you will find these components:
• Pinion and differential crown
• Differential
• Differential lock
• Brakes
• Gears and final reduction
• Wheel axles
• PTO components
• Transmission emergency brake
• Variable displacement or tandem gear hydraulic pumps
Gearing from the output drive shaft passes through a pinion with helicoidal teeth and through a coupling control. The
pinion is found in the front part of the rear axle and is supported by two preloaded tapered roller bearings that make
contact with the differential crown. The crown is riveted to the differential casing, which is supported between tapered
bearings, that are mounted on the rear axle housing.
NOTE: When in service, the crown rivets are replaced with screws and nuts.
84547569 01/12/2011
D.12.A / 7
REAR AXLE - Exploded view
84547569 01/12/2011
D.12.A / 8
RCPH09TTS001GAF 1
84547569 01/12/2011
D.12.A / 9
(1) External brake housing (13) Side gears

(2) Axle housing external bearing (14) Axle housing internal bearing
(3) Axle shaft (15) Sun gear
(4) Axle shaft oil seal (16) Differential lock fork
(5) Side gear carrier (17) Drive pinion
(6) Axle housing (18) Drive pinion locknut
(7) Brake torque pin (19) Rear axle center housing
(8) Differential assembly (20) Pinion bearing retainer
(9) PTO drive and driven gears (21) Differential ring gear
(10) PTO rear shaft (22) Thrust box
(11) Differential lock assembly (23) Inner brake housing
(12) Rear wheel brake assembly
84547569 01/12/2011
D.12.A / 10
84547569 01/12/2011
D.12.A / 11
Differential lock command - Exploded view
84547569 01/12/2011
D.12.A / 12
RCPH10TTS016HAD 1
84547569 01/12/2011
D.12.A / 13
(1) Hanger assembly (11) Nut (21) Grooved pin

(2) Hanger (12) Cotter pin (22) Spring
(3) Bushing (13) Pedal assembly (23) Shaft
(4) Shaft (14) Cotter pin (24) Shifter fork
(5) Bolt (15) Bolt (25) Retaining ring
(6) Arm assembly (16) Pedal lock guide control (26) Washer
(7) Rod assembly (17) Lock washer (27) Pivot shaft
(8) Washer (18) Nut (28) Lock washer
(9) Nut (19) Fork shaft assembly (29) Bolt
(10) Sleeve (20) Sleeve (30) Washer
84547569 01/12/2011
D.12.A / 14
Axle - Component identification

• There is a thrust block mounted on the axle to
keep the ring gear from flexing during drive pinion
preload. The thrust block also ensures that some
lubricating oil passes through to the drive pinion
bearings.
• The axle shaft housings receive a larger amount of
oil than the center housing. The left hand (1) and
the right hand (2) axle housing have restrictions (3)
to maintain the higher levels.
RCPH09TTS392AAD 1
Example: Left hand oil restrictor
(1) Rear axle center housing

(2) Plastic plug
RCPH09TTS393AAD 2
• The differential case assembly forms two halves

which bolt together to enclose the differential
crosshead and the side gears.
• The drive from the pinion transmits through the
ring gear and the differential cases assembly to the
crosshead. Pinion gears mounted on the crosshead
are in constant mesh with the side gears.
• The brake assemblies mount on the spline end of
the intermediate shafts. The intermediate shafts
spline into the side gears.
• The outer end of each intermediate gear forms the
sun gear of an epicyclic final reduction gear set and
is mounted within the axle housings.
• A reduction gear set transmits drive to the wheels
from the intermediate shaft to the axle shaft.
• The side gear carrier mounts to the inner spline
of the exterior axle shaft. Tapered roller bearings,
which are installed in each axle housing, support the
axle shafts.
• The hydraulic system oil lubricates the rear axle
components. The differential ring gear assembly is
partially submerged in oil to provide splash feed lu-
brication to the bearings and bushings.
84547569 01/12/2011
D.12.A / 15
Final drive - Overview

In order to increase the torque transmitted to the rear wheels, there is a set of epicyclic reduction gears is in each
rear axle housing. The end of each intermediate shaft functions as a planetary sun gear around which there are three
side gears. The side gears are mounted onto a support that is splined to the rear axle.
The side gears mesh with a ring gear that is mounted on the axle housing. When the intermediate shaft turns, the
side gears turn around the inside of the fixed ring gear. This action makes the planetary sun gear turn and reduces
the speed, which transmits more torque to the rear axle and wheels.
84547569 01/12/2011
D.12.A / 16
Half-shaft - Exploded view

Heavy duty halfshaft
RCPH09TTS002GAF 1
(1) Gears and planet reduction support (7) Wheel axle

(2) Screw and support holding retainer (8) Rear axle housing
(3) Internal brake housing (9) Bearing
(4) Brake discs and actuator assembly (10) Shim
(5) External brake housing
(6) Planetary gear and axle
Service procedures that can be performed with the left axle housing dismantled
• Service of the differential lock fork
• Service of the left brake disks
• Service of the solar gear
• Service of the halfshaft
Service procedures that can be performed with the right axle housing dismantled
• Service of the right brake disks
• Service of the solar gear
• Service of the halfshaft
• Service of the drive pinion and crown
• Service of the differential lock
84547569 01/12/2011
D.12.A / 17
Differential - Exploded view
RCPH09TTS002FAF 1
(1) Cone and roller assembly (9) Differential lock ring

(2) Ring gear and housing assembly (10) Stop washer
(3) Side gear (11) Spring
(4) Pinion gear assembly (12) Adapter
(5) Side gear (13) Retaining bolt
(6) Differential case (14) Thrust washer
(7) Cone and roller assembly (15) Thrust washer
(8) Coupling (16) Thrust washer
84547569 01/12/2011
D.12.A / 18
Differential - Exploded view - Drive pinion
RCPH09TTS003FAF 1
(1) Pinion shaft (5) Bearing, cone tapered roller

(2) Bearing, roller (6) Lock nut
(3) Fastening ring (7) Lock washer
(4) Bearing, cone tapered roller (8) Retainer bearing
84547569 01/12/2011
D.12.A / 19
Differential lock - Overview

The machines are equipped with a differential lock system to avoid wheel slippage. For example, if working on soft
terrain and one of the wheels begins to slide, all of the machine’s force is transferred to that wheel and the machine
does not move.
The differential lock assembly is installed on the left side of the crown wheel and overcomes machine wheel slippage
by connecting one of the side gears to the differential case assembly. This way, the differential is joined and it has
direct control over both wheels.
The differential lock is made up of
• a sliding coupling (3) connected to the spline of the
side gear.
• an adaptor (2) positioned between the coupling and
the left hand differential case (1).
• a spring (4) positioned between the coupling and the
adapter. The spring ensures the coupling only en-
ters the adaptor when necessary and that the adap-
tor trigger and the differential casing are not perma-
nently connected.
• a fork and lever assembly (not shown). The fork and
the lever work by means of a foot activated spring.
When the fork moves, it forces the coupling’s trigger RCPH09TTS398AAD 1
teeth into the adaptor, resulting in the joining of the
lateral gear to the differential casing. Once the dif-
ferential lock of the mechanical drive has been con-
nected, the operator may take the foot off the pedal.
The mechanical differential lock is automatically disconnected when the pressure from the spring rises above the
lateral force from the coupling teeth. This only happens when the torque is equal in both wheels.
NOTICE: Avoid using the differential lock at speeds greater than 8 km/h (5 mph) or when the machine is turning.
Engaging the lock causes problems in machine's steering.
NOTICE: If one of the rear wheels begins to slide, reduce the motor’s speed before connecting the differential block
in order to avoid damaging the transmission.
84547569 01/12/2011
D.12.A / 20
Differential lock command - Prepare

WARNING
Jack stands can slip or fall over. Dropping, tipping, or slipping of machine or its components is pos-
sible.
DO NOT work under a vehicle supported by jack stands only. Park machine on a level surface. Block
wheels. Support machine with safety stands.
W0069A

Chock the front wheels.
2. Safely raise and support the rear of the tractor.
3. Remove the right rear wheel exposing the differential
lock command linkage (1) underneath the operator
platform (2).
NOTICE: Replace the wheel nuts on the studs to avoid
damaging them while working.
RCPH10TTS090BAD 1
Next operation:
Differential lock command - Disassemble (D.12.A)
84547569 01/12/2011
D.12.A / 21
Differential lock command - Disassemble

Prior operation:
Differential lock command - Prepare (D.12.A)
1. Refer to the Differential lock command - Exploded

view (D.12.A) for an overview of the differential lock
components.
2. Remove the cotter pin and washer (1) from the pedal
assembly (2). Remove the guide bracket (3).
RCPH10TTS089BAD 1
3. Remove both bolts (1) from the hanger and lock rod
assembly (2).
RCPH10TTS092BAD 2
84547569 01/12/2011
D.12.A / 22
4. Remove the grooved pin from the rod assembly. Re-

move and disassemble the hanger and lock rod as-
sembly.
5. Turn the pedal assembly 90 ° away from the tractor
and slide the pedal out of the slot opening on the
operator platform.
RCPH10TTS092BAD 3
6. If the differential shifter fork needs to be replaced,

remove the left axle housing to obtain access. Refer
to Axle - Remove (D.12.A) and Axle - Disassemble
(D.12.A).
7. With the axle housing taken out, remove the two bolts
(1) that fix the pivot shaft (2) to the differential box.
Remove the pivot shaft and shifter fork (3) together,
as one piece.
RCPH10TTS023AAD 4
Next operation:
Differential lock command - Inspect (D.12.A)
Differential lock command - Assemble (D.12.A)
84547569 01/12/2011
D.12.A / 23
Differential lock command - Assemble

Prior operation:
Differential lock command - Disassemble (D.12.A)
Assemble the differential lock command linkage in the

reverse order of disassembly, with the following require-
ments:
1. Inspect all components and replace warn or dam-
aged parts.
2. Tighten the pivot axle bolts in the differential lock fork
to a torque of 57 - 76 N·m (42 - 56 lb ft).
3. Tighten the pedal guide bolt hardware to a torque of
57 - 76 N·m (42 - 56 lb ft).
4. If the differential housing was removed, ensure the
bolts are tightened to a torque of 176 - 258 N·m (130
- 190 lb ft).
5. Refill the axle with the correct grade and quantity of
oil.
Next operation:
Differential lock command - Adjust (D.12.A)
84547569 01/12/2011
D.12.A / 24
Differential lock command - Adjust

Prior operation:
Differential lock command - Assemble (D.12.A)
1. If the differential lock control linkage has been disas-

sembled for service, connect the lower rod to the up-
per rod with the threaded coupler (1), simultaneously
threading the coupler onto the upper and lower rods.
Adjust as required.
20118331 1
2. If the differential lock has not been disassembled and

only requires adjustment, loosen the jam nuts (1) and
adjust the pedal free play using the threaded coupler.
20118331 2
3. Adjust the coupler (as shown) to provide a minimum

of 6 mm (0.25 in) free play at the differential lock
pedal.
20118333 3
NOTE: : A minimum of 6 mm (0.25 in) of free play will ensure that the differential lock will fully disengage.
84547569 01/12/2011
D.12.A / 25
4. WARNING
Hazard to bystanders!
Make sure the area surrounding the ma-
chine is clear of all persons before start-
ing the engine.
serious injury.
W0090A
After adjusting the free play, depress the pedal and

tighten the two jam nuts to 87 - 116 N·m (64 - 86 lb
ft).
20118331 4
NOTE: After tightening the jam nuts, test the differential lock by starting the tractor and engaging and disengaging
the differential lock. After testing the differential lock, recheck the differential lock pedal free play. If the specification
of a minimum of 6 mm (0.25 in) is not met, repeat the adjustment procedure until the specification is achieved.
84547569 01/12/2011
D.12.A / 26
Axle - Remove
WARNING
Jack stands can slip or fall over. Dropping, tipping, or slipping of machine or its components is pos-
sible.
DO NOT work under a vehicle supported by jack stands only. Park machine on a level surface. Block
wheels. Support machine with safety stands.
W0069A
1. Block the front wheels and engage the emergency

brake.
2. Empty the oil from the rear axle and disconnect the
lift braces.
3. Disassemble the automatic hook braces, emergency
brake cables and hydraulic brake piping or linkage to
brake pedals.
4. Remove the rear wheels. Replace the nuts on the
studs to avoid damage.
5. Supporting the axle housing with a traversing jack,
remove the setscrews and separate the axle housing
from the machine.
RCPH09TTS400AAD 1
Next operation:
84547569 01/12/2011
D.12.A / 27
Axle - Disassemble
Prior operation:
Axle - Remove (D.12.A)
1. Remove the large O-ring in the inside end of the axle

housing.
2. If removing the right axle housing, remove the differ-
ential assembly to avoid damaging anything during
the parts breakdown of the axle.
RCPH09TTS401AAD 1
3. Remove the two hydraulic brake tubes from the

housing and the screws that fix the inner brake,
then remove the inner brake housing from the axle
housing.
4. Remove the friction brake discs and the drive disc.
Lift the sun gear and the intermediate shaft out of
the axle and remove the outer brake housing.
5. Remove the security setscrew from the wheel’s axle
and the screw.
NOTE: It may be necessary to heat the locking tab in order
to remove the sealant applied during production.
6. Remove the planet (side) gear assembly (2) from the
axle housing with a puller (1). Remove and save the
shim and washer from underneath the gear assem-
bly.
CAUTION
Pinch hazard!
Always use suitable tools to align mating parts.
DO NOT use your hand or fingers.
Failure to comply could result in minor or mod-
erate injury.
C0044A
NOTE: When removing the side gear and the axle housing
support, make sure that the puller is correctly placed. Do
not attempt to remove or change the set without using the
correct puller. Doing so may cause an accident.
RCPH09TTS402AAD 2
7. Remove the axle shaft and inner bearings from the

housing.
8. Repeat for the opposite axle housing.
Next operation:
84547569 01/12/2011
D.12.A / 28
84547569 01/12/2011
D.12.A / 29
Axle - Visual inspection

CAUTION
Pinch hazard!
C0044A
Prior operation:
1. Inspect all components for damage or wear. Replace

as needed.
2. If removal of the outer cone and roller assembly (3)
of the axle shaft are necessary, use the puller (1) with
legs (4) and a suitable attachment (2), and use the
shaft protector.
RCPH09TTS406AAD 1
3. Install the shaft seal, followed by the bearing assem-

bly, using a suitable pipe and press.
4. If necessary, use the sliding hammer (1) with a suit-
able attachment to remove the bearing cup (3) from
the outer end of the axle housing (2). To replace the
bearing cup, use a step plate and a mallet. Seat the
bearing cup completely in the axle housing.
RCPH09TTS407AAD 2
Next operation:
84547569 01/12/2011
D.12.A / 30
Axle - Assemble
CAUTION
Pinch hazard!
C0044A
Prior operation:
Prior operation:
Prior operation:
Axle - Visual inspection (D.12.A)
Assemble the rear axle as follows:

1. Make sure that the brake actuators (1) and the hy-
draulic hoses are properly installed. The left actuator
piping goes towards the hub of the wheel. The right
actuator hub goes above, towards the filter.
RCPH09TTS408AAD 1
2. Install the axle shaft and inner bearings onto the

housing.
3. Install the shim and washer onto the underside of
the gear assembly, then install the planet (side) gear
assembly (2) onto the axle housing.
4. Install the security setscrew from the wheel’s axle
and the screw.
5. Install the sun gear and the intermediate shaft into
the axle and install the outer brake housing. Install
the friction brake discs and the drive disc.
6. Install the inner brake housing onto the axle housing,
then install the two hydraulic brake tubes onto the
housing and the screws that fix the inner brake.
84547569 01/12/2011
D.12.A / 31
7. If the right axle housing was removed, install the dif-

ferential assembly to avoid damaging anything dur-
ing the parts breakdown of the axle.
RCPH09TTS401AAD 2
8. Install the large O-ring in the inside end of the axle

housing.
9. Repeat for the opposite-side axle housing.
Next operation:
Axle - Install (D.12.A)
84547569 01/12/2011
D.12.A / 32
Axle - Install
CAUTION
Pinch hazard!
C0044A
Prior operation:
Prior operation:
1. Install the rear axle shaft assembly in the reverse

order of removal, with these requirements:
2. Apply wheel bearing grease to the axle retainer, taper
and bearing.
3. Adjust the axle bearing preload. Refer to Axle -
Preload (D.12.A).
4. Adjust the differential bearing preload, refer to Differ-
ential - Preload (D.12.A), if any of the these compo-
nents have been changed:
• Planetary ring gear
• Outer brake housing
• Inner brake housing
• Differential housing
• Axle housing
5. Tighten all nuts and screws to their correct torque.
6. Check and, if necessary, adjust the brake pedals in
the mechanical system and the emergency brake.
Next operation:
Axle - Preload (D.12.A)
84547569 01/12/2011
D.12.A / 33
Axle - Preload
Prior operation:
Axle - Install (D.12.A)
1. Install the axle into the axle housing.

2. Install the inner bearing cone and roller assembly on
the axle shaft. Using a suitable sized pipe, tap the
bearing into the axle shaft. DO NOT set the bearing
completely over its housing.
3. Install the larger 2.16 mm (0.09 in) spacer onto the
axle and mount the planetary gear carrier in the axle
housing.
RCPH09TTS420AAD 1
4. Install and tighten the support set screws to a torque

of 339 - 542 N·m (250 - 400 lb ft).
5. Position the comparator dial (2) and adjust to zero.
6. Measure the play by lifting the axle housing (1).
7. Subtract the amount of play from the size of the in-
stalled spacer to determine the correct size of the
spacer to be mounted. Refer to the following exam-
ple.
• Installed spacer: 2.16 mm (0.09 in)
• Obtained reading: 0.66 mm (0.03 in)
• Resulting number: 1.50 mm (0.06 in)
RCPH09TTS421AAD 2

1.24 - 1.32 mm (0.049 - 0.052 in) 1.14 mm (0.045 in)
1.35 - 1.42 mm (0.053 - 0.056 in) 1.24 mm (0.049 in)
1.45 - 1.52 mm (0.057 - 0.060 in) 1.35 mm (0.053 in)
1.55 - 1.63 mm (0.061 - 0.064 in) 1.45 mm (0.057 in)
1.65 - 1.73 mm (0.065 - 0.068 in) 1.55 mm (0.061 in)
1.75 - 1.83 mm (0.069 - 0.072 in) 1.65 mm (0.065 in)
1.85 - 1.93 mm (0.073 - 0.076 in) 1.75 mm (0.069 in)
1.96 - 2.03 mm (0.077 - 0.080 in) 1.85 mm (0.073 in)
2.06 - 2.13 mm (0.081 - 0.084 in) 1.96 mm (0.077 in)
2.16 - 2.24 mm (0.085 - 0.088 in) 2.06 mm (0.081 in)
2.26 - 2.34 mm (0.089 - 0.092 in) 2.16 mm (0.085 in)
84547569 01/12/2011
D.12.A / 34
8. Remove the set screw from the axle and remove

the planetary gear carrier assembly (1), the safety
washer and the large spacer.
9. Install the newly selected spacer and then install the
safety washer and the planetary gear carrier assem-
bly.
10. Install the set screw and tighten to a torque of 339 -
542 N·m (250 - 400 lb ft).
RCPH09TTS421AAD 3
11. After shimming is complete, measure the axle shaft

rolling torque.
A. Fabricate a plate (1), with a bolt head or nut
welded in the center, to slide over the wheel
studs (2).
Plate specifications:
• (A) 51 mm (2 in)
• (B) 101.6 mm (4 in)
• (C) 101.6 mm (4 in)
• (D) 22 mm (0.875 in) diameter
RCPH09TTS422AAD 4
B. Using a suitable torque wrench, check the

rolling torque. Specification is 11.6 - 28.2 N·m
(8.6 - 20.8 lb ft).
C. Add or remove shims as needed.
RCPH09TTS422AAD 5
12. Repeat for opposite-side rear axle shaft.
84547569 01/12/2011
D.12.A / 35
Final drive - Disassemble

CAUTION
Pinch hazard!
C0044A
Prior operation:
1. Remove the ring that holds the planetary (side) gear

shafts.
2. Place the carrier assembly on a press.
3. Remove the cone and roller assembly (5) and the
planet gear shafts (3) using a step plate (1), three
sockets (2), a bearing puller attachment (4), a taped
base (6) and a slave ring (7).
RCPH09TTS409AAD 1
4. Remove the support gears (3), thrust washers (2)

and spacers from the carrier (5). Retain the rollers
(4) located between the planet gear shafts (1) and
the gears for reassembly.
RCPH09TTS410AAD 2
5. Use the sliding hammer and a puller to remove the

gear funnel situated inside the axle housing.
Next operation:
Final drive - Visual inspection (D.12.A)
84547569 01/12/2011
D.12.A / 36
Final drive - Visual inspection

CAUTION
Pinch hazard!
C0044A
Prior operation:
Final drive - Disassemble (D.12.A)
1. Clean and inspect all components for damage or ex-

cessive wear. Replace as needed.
2. If the planetary ring gear requires replacement:
A. Insert the planetary crown puller/inserter (2)
behind the ring gear (1) and adjust the move-
able plates to desired location. Tighten the
locknuts (3).
B. If needed, manufacture a special plate for
use with the planetary crown puller/inserter as
shown.
C. Position the axle housing under a hydraulic
press with the ball end of the housing down-
ward. Insert a bar between the planetary crown
puller/inserter and the press ram. Press the
ring gear out. RCPH09TTS412AAD 1
D. Install a new ring gear with the bell end of the
axle housing up. Press the ring gear in, until
completely seated and no gap exists between
bottom of the gear and the housing shoulder.
84547569 01/12/2011
D.12.A / 37
RCPH09TTS001FAF 2
(A) 254.0 mm (10.0 in)

(B) 76.2 mm (3.0 in)
(C) 45 °
(D) 60 °
(E) 63.5 mm (2.5 in)
(F) Radius = 127.0 mm (5.0 in)
(G) 4 x 12.7 mm (0.5 in) in B.S.W.
(H) 101.6 mm (4.0 in)
(I) 12.7 mm (0.5 in)
Next operation:
Final drive - Assemble (D.12.A)
84547569 01/12/2011
D.12.A / 38
Final drive - Assemble

CAUTION
Pinch hazard!
C0044A
Prior operation:
Final drive - Disassemble (D.12.A)
Prior operation:
Final drive - Visual inspection (D.12.A)
Assemble the planetary gear assembly is the reverse order

of disassembly, Final drive - Disassemble (D.12.A), with
these requirements:
1. When assembling the planetary support, install the
same number of rollers to both sides of the spacer
between the gear housing.
2. Hold rollers with grease while simultaneously in-
stalling the side gear axles. Place the shafts, with
the flat part at the head isolated in the center of the
support, and then install the fastening ring (1). Fold
the ends (2) to set the fastening ring in place.
RCPH09TTS413AAD 1
84547569 01/12/2011
D.12.A / 39
Differential - Remove
DANGER
Unexpected movement!
Make sure parking brake is applied. Secure machine with wheel chocks.
D0013A
1. Chock the front wheels to prevent movement. Re-

lease the hand brake.
2. Drain the oil from the rear axle center casing.
3. Disconnect hydraulic lift rods, automatic pick-up
hitch tie rods, hand brake cables and foot brake
linkage.
DANGER
Heavy parts!
Support designated component(s) with ade-
quate lifting equipment.
Failure to comply will result in death or serious
injury.
D0018A
4. Safely raise and support the machine to accommo-

date removal of the right hand wheel and axle shaft
housing assembly.
5. Remove the fender and roll over protection devices,
if applicable, and remove the right hand rear wheel.
Install nuts onto studs to prevent damage to the stud
threads during overhaul.
6. Support the right hand axle shaft housing on a suit-
able trolley jack. Remove the retaining bolts and then
separate the axle housing from the machine.
7. Remove the differential assembly from the housing.
Next operation:
84547569 01/12/2011
D.12.A / 40
Differential - Disassemble
Prior operation:
Differential - Remove (D.12.A)
RCPH09TTS002FAF 1
(1) Cone and roller assembly (9) Differential lock ring

(2) Ring gear and housing assembly (10) Stop washer
(3) Side gear (11) Spring
(4) Pinion gear assembly (12) Adapter
(5) Side gear (13) Retaining bolt
(6) Differential case (14) Thrust washer
(7) Cone and roller assembly (15) Thrust washer
(8) Coupling (16) Thrust washer
1. Remove the differential lock ring (9) from the end of

the side gear. Remove the stop washer (10), cou-
pling (8), spring (11) and the adapter (12).
2. Mark the two halves of the differential casing in order
to facilitate its correct mounting.
3. Remove the cone and roller from the smaller half
of the casing using puller with a suitable attachment
and a step plate.
4. Remove the set screws from the differential casing.
NOTE: If changing the taper and roller in the smaller half
of the casing is unnecessary, dismantling of the casing
screws can be done by lifting the smaller half of the casing
and gradually removing the screws.
5. Separate the differential casing.
6. Remove the thrust washer, lateral gear, crosshead,
pinion, lateral gear and casing washer.
84547569 01/12/2011
D.12.A / 41
7. Remove the cone and roller (1) from the ring gear half
of the casing using a puller with a suitable attachment
and a step plate (as shown).
8. Separate pinions from crosshead.
RCPH09TTS416AAD 2
Next operation:
84547569 01/12/2011
D.12.A / 42
Differential - Inspect
Prior operation:

2. If replacing a differential ring gear, proceed as fol-
lows:
A. Drill out the rivets installed during production.
B. Install bolts and nuts.
C. Tighten the bolts to a torque of 115 N·m (85 lb
ft).
D. Install a new, matching drive pinion assembly
with the new ring gear.
Next operation:
84547569 01/12/2011
D.12.A / 43
Differential - Assemble
Prior operation:
Assemble the differential in the reverse order of disassem-

bly, with these requirements:
1. Coat all bearings with suitable grease before in-
stalling.
2. To correctly install the retaining ring after the pilot
bearing on the pinion shaft, place the ring into the
groove, and use pliers to form the ring into the
groove.
3. Tighten the differential case retaining bolts to a
torque of 92 - 125 N·m (68 - 92 lb ft).
Next operation:
Differential - Install (D.12.A)
84547569 01/12/2011
D.12.A / 44
Differential - Install
Prior operation:
Install the differential in the reverse order of removal, with

this requirement:
1. Check and adjust the differential bearing preload.
Refer to Differential - Preload (D.12.A).
Next operation:
Differential - Preload (D.12.A)
84547569 01/12/2011
D.12.A / 45
Differential - Preload
Prior operation:
The preload of the bearing is adjusted by adding or taking

away spacers between the differential bearing cup and the
inner brake housing. It is adjusted through the right hand
axle shaft housing.
1. Mount the lower brake disk into the axle housing,
without the intermediate axle, brake disks or actua-
tor.
2. Remove the differential bearing cup and spacer from
the inner brake housing (3).
3. Place the gauge (1) of the bearing preload tool where
the bearing is missing.
4. Fix the bridge (4) of the bearing preload tool from
the buckle in the inner brake housing, making sure
that the spacers stay between the buckle and the
implement.
5. With the gauges (2), measure the separation be-
tween the front part of the bridge and the top side
of the gauge block.
6. Determine the size of spacer to use. Refer to the
RCPH09TTS423AAD 1
table below.
Gap measurement Spacer to be installed

0.61 - 0.74 mm (0.024 - 0.029 in) 0.97 - 1.02 mm (0.038 - 0.040 in)
0.76 - 0.87 mm (0.030 - 0.034 in) 1.12 - 1.17 mm (0.044 - 0.046 in)
0.91 - 1.04 mm (0.036 - 0.041 in) 1.27 - 1.32 mm (0.050 - 0.052 in)
1.07 - 1.19 mm (0.042 - 0.047 in) 1.42 - 1.47 mm (0.056 - 0.058 in)
1.22 - 1.35 mm (0.048 - 0.053 in) 1.58 - 1.63 mm (0.062 - 0.064 in)
1.37 - 1.50 mm (0.054 - 0.059 in) 1.73 - 1.78 mm (0.068 - 0.070 in)
1.50 - 1.63 mm (0.059 - 0.064 in) 1.88 - 1.93 mm (0.074 - 0.076 in)
1.65 - 1.78 mm (0.065 - 0.070 in) 2.03 - 2.08 mm (0.080 - 0.082 in)
7. Remove the bearing preload tool.

8. Install the new, selected spacer and reinstall the
bearing.
9. Check the spin torque of the differential.
NOTE: It is very important to test the spin torque since the
bridge of the preload tool only identifies the initial size of
the spacer.
10. Remove the left axle housing, if it has not already
been removed.
11. Remove the pinion and the bearing retainer.
84547569 01/12/2011
D.12.A / 46
12. Remove the differential lock spring and place the dif-
ferential lock coupling in the connection position (1).
13. With the differential installed and the buckle from the
right inner brake housing screwed into the differential
housing, install one of the intermediate control axles
(2) in the differential.
14. Wrap a cord around the intermediate axle and attach
a spring scale (3). Measure spin torque while the
shaft is spinning. Do not measure when the shaft first
begins to spin. The rolling spin torque measured by
the pull scale must be 7 - 10 kgf (15.43 - 22.05 lbf).
15. If necessary, add or remove spacers to adjust the
spin torque. RCPH09TTS424AAD 2
Next operation:
84547569 01/12/2011
D.12.A / 47
Differential - Remove - Drive pinion

DANGER
Heavy parts!
Support designated component(s) with adequate lifting equipment.
D0018A
CAUTION
Pinch hazard!
C0044A
Prior operation:
1. Separate the machine between the transmission and

the differential housing.
2. Remove the PTO clutch assembly.
3. Remove the emergency brake from the transmission.
4. If installed, remove the transmission hand brake
shield from the pinion drive gear.
5. Remove the differential and the differential lock as-
sembly.
6. Remove the bolts and washers that secure the drive
pinion.
7. Remove the drive pinion assembly (1) from the hous-
ing (3). Facilitate removal by placing jacking bolts (4)
in the holes in the bearing retainer (2).
RCPH09TTS418AAD 1
Next operation:
84547569 01/12/2011
D.12.A / 48
Differential - Disassemble - Drive pinion

Prior operation:
1. Remove the staked nut or the double nut, if installed,

from the pinion axle.
2. Remove the spacer, gear, and emergency brake
shims from the transmission, if it is assembled, or
the washer from the pinion axle.
3. With a nylon hammer, tap the end of the pinion axle
by the gear retainer.
4. Remove the block ring from the front part of the pin-
ion and remove the pinion axle gearing using a puller
with a suitable attachment.
5. Remove taper and roller from the axle using a puller
with a suitable attachment.
Next operation:
84547569 01/12/2011
D.12.A / 49
Differential - Inspect - Drive pinion

Prior operation:

2. If necessary, remove the gearing cups from the re-
tainer using the sliding hammer with a suitable at-
tachment. To install the gearing cups, use a step
plate and the press.
3. Install the rear taper and roller in the pinion axle using
a puller with a suitable attachment and a bushing.
Next operation:
84547569 01/12/2011
D.12.A / 50
Differential - Assemble - Drive pinion

Prior operation:
NOTE: Installation of a new pinion shaft requires the installation of a new, matching ring gear.
Assemble the drive pinion in the reverse order of disassem-
bly, with this requirement:
1. Check and adjust the pinion bearing preload. Re-
fer to Differential - Preload - Drive pinion bearing
(D.12.A).
Next operation:
84547569 01/12/2011
D.12.A / 51
Differential - Install - Drive pinion

Prior operation:
Install the drive pinion in the reverse order of removal, with

this requirement:
1. Tighten the bearing retainer support screws to a
torque of 136 - 170 N·m (100 - 125 lb ft).
Next operation:
84547569 01/12/2011
D.12.A / 52
Differential - Preload - Drive pinion bearing

Prior operation:
Before installing the final drive pinion and the retainer,

check the preload of the pinion bearing:
1. Lubricate the pinion bearing and place the retaining
pinion in a bench screw.
2. Install the staked nut or the double nut, the new
washer and the locknut.
RCPH09TTS425AAD 1
3. With the gauge (1) and the adaptor (2) of the drive pin
preload tool or with a spring scale, check and adjust
the preload.
• Drive pin preload tool: 1.1 - 1.9 N·m (0.8 - 1.4
lb ft)
• Spring scale: 5.9 - 10.5 kgf (13.01 - 23.15 lbf)
RCPH09TTS426AAD 2
4. Once the correct preload has been set, tighten the

locknut and fold the washer's flaps or stake the nut
accordingly.
5. Check the preload again.
84547569 01/12/2011
D.12.A / 53
REAR AXLE - Troubleshooting

Noisy rear axle Lack of oil Refill to oil specification
Incorrect specification of oil Empty and refill to correct oil specification
Worn out axle bearings Dismantle and inspect bearings
Does not move Axle shaft housing defective Operate the tractor; if the tractor drives, in-
(Also refer to clutch spect the axle shaft housing components
system troubleshooting) and overhaul
Differential unit components defective Operate the tractor; if the tractor does not
drive, inspect the differential unit compo-
nents and overhaul
84547569 01/12/2011
D.12.A / 54
Differential lock - Troubleshooting

The differential lock does Outer linkage is damaged or broken Change or repair damaged parts
not work
Inside linkage, transverse axle, fork or pivot Remove cover and inspect
axle are damaged or broken
Lock adaptor teeth or coupling is damaged Remove and inspect differential lock
The differential lock does Broken spring between adaptor and cou- Remove differential and change spring
not disconnect pling
Adaptor teeth or coupling is damaged or Remove differential and change damaged
peeling parts
84547569 01/12/2011
D.12.A / 55
Index
REAR AXLE - 12.A

Axle - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Axle - Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Axle - Component identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Axle - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Axle - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Axle - Preload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Axle - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Axle - Visual inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Differential - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Differential - Assemble - Drive pinion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Differential - Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Differential - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Differential - Disassemble - Drive pinion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Differential - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Differential - Exploded view - Drive pinion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Differential - Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Differential - Inspect - Drive pinion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Differential - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Differential - Install - Drive pinion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Differential - Preload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Differential - Preload - Drive pinion bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Differential - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Differential - Remove - Drive pinion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Differential lock - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Differential lock - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Differential lock command - Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Differential lock command - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Differential lock command - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Differential lock command - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Differential lock command - Prepare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Final drive - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Final drive - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Final drive - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Final drive - Visual inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
84547569 01/12/2011
D.12.A / 56
Half-shaft - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
REAR AXLE - Component identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
REAR AXLE - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
REAR AXLE - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
REAR AXLE - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
REAR AXLE - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
84547569 01/12/2011
D.12.A / 57
84547569 01/12/2011
D.12.A / 58
2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydraulic - 14.C
TS6020
TS6030 HC
TS6030
84547569 01/12/2011
D.14.C / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Gearbox
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Gearbox
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Clutch
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
SERVICE
Gearbox
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
84547569 01/12/2011
D.14.C / 2
AXLES, BRAKES AND STEERING - 2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydraulic
Gearbox - Torque
RCPH10TTS006GAF 1
(1) 51 N·m (38 lb ft)

(2) 40 N·m (30 lb ft)
(3) 50 N·m (37 lb ft)
(4) 80 N·m (59 lb ft)
Gearbox - General specification

The gear box (transfer case) is located in the rear shaft, central mounting. The gear box has a trigger-type electro-
hydraulic actuator with anti-sliding clutch and with mechanical connection, electro-hydraulic disconnection.
Ratio
Gear box 1.0232: 1, or 0.9767: 1
Intermediate gear teeth 43
Driven gear teeth 2, 43 or 44
84547569 01/12/2011
D.14.C / 3
Free plays and adjustments

Resistance to turning of intermediate differential bearing: 0.4 - 1.0 kgf (0.88 - 2.20 lbf)
Adjustable by calipers: 0.1 mm (0.004 in),
0.25 mm (0.010 in),
0.3 mm (0.012 in),
0.5 mm (0.020 in)
Resistance to turning of output shaft bearings: 1.5 - 3.5 kgf (3.31 - 7.72 lbf)
Adjustable by calipers: 0.1 mm (0.004 in),
0.25 mm (0.010 in),
0.3 mm (0.012 in),
0.5 mm (0.020 in)
Free length of clutch springs: 48.0 mm (1.890 in)
Lubrication
Fluid type: Rear axle oil
Capacity: 1.3 l (2.7 US pt)
Increase in rear shaft, to the installation of rear shaft
Thread sealant
Setscrew, intermediate gear LOCTITE® 569
84547569 01/12/2011
D.14.C / 4
Gearbox - Overview
All gear boxes are identical in their construction, with the only difference being their gear ratios. The different gears
are required to adapt to the different front and rear tire sizes. The ratio appears in the front side of the case, under
the output axle.
The gear box includes a trigger type clutch to connect the drive to the front axle. This clutch trigger activates with the
hydraulic pressure taken from the dual power and the independent power take-off circuits.
A helicoidal gear installed on the drive pinion shaft transfers drive to an intermediate gear supported by two tapered
bearings in the gear box and a third gear in the lower shaft. Refer to Gearbox - Sectional view (D.14.C).
Gear ratios in the assembly are determined by the number of teeth of the output lower gear.
The lower axle is supported by two tapered bearings and has a friction gear with a splined trigger in the center. The
driven gear includes a match gear that, when not connected, allows the friction component to turn freely on the axle.
The clutch connects through the tour springs arranged in rays and loosens by means of the hydraulic pressure sent
by an electric switch in the instrument panel.
An electro-valve sends hydraulic oil from the dual power and the independent take-off power circuits, through an
external tube, to the rear plate of the gear box. When the solenoid starts working, oil passes through the transfer
short tube to the lower axle central hole.
84547569 01/12/2011
D.14.C / 5
Gearbox - Sectional view
RCPH10TTS011GAF 1
(1) Friction clutch (5) Electric input connection (9) Dual lead-in valve
(2) Spiral springs - 4 total (6) Hydraulic oil connection (10) Oil transfer tube
(3) Output shaft (7) Lock rings (11) Driven gear
(4) Solenoid valve (8) Oil external tube (12) Intermediate gear
84547569 01/12/2011
D.14.C / 6
Gearbox - Exploded view
RCPH10TTS012GAF 1
(1) Screw (12) Output shaft (23) Solenoid cover

(2) Caliper (13) Detent rings (24) Solenoid/valve
(3) Spacer (14) Clutch (25) Casing
(4) Intermediate gear (15) Spring plate (26) Oil tube
(5) Rear plate (16) Circlip (27) Retainer
(6) Oil transfer tube (17) Caliper (28) Caliper
(7) O-ring seal (18) Front plate (29) Bearing
(8) Bearing (19) Felt lip detent (30) Caliper
(9) Thrust washer (20) O-ring seal (31) Bearing
(10) Lead-in valve (21) Bearing (32) Shaft
(11) Driven gear (22) Spring — 4 total
84547569 01/12/2011
D.14.C / 7
Clutch - Overview
When the dual mobile lead-in valve placed in the central hole moves forward, the pressure oil passes through the
valve center and lifts the internal ball from its seat and allows oil to reach the chamber. The camber is closed by two
rings. Oil expands inside the chamber and moves the friction gear against the springs arranged in rays, thus removing
the gear trigger teeth. Now the gear can turn freely on the front axle because it is disconnected.
The solenoid stops working when cutting off the electrical circuit in feed tubes and in chamber. The spring pressure
makes the clutch move towards the driven gear. Independent of which way the clutch moves, when discharging the
oil the whole lead-in valve moves backwards. This way the first lead-in ball does not allow oil to pass through the
valve center any longer, and the whole valve moves backwards. This movement causes a big open escape passage
through the radial drill holes on axle and gear, towards the rear axle. A quick disconnection of the clutch is thus
achieved. At first, a small quantity of oil comes out from the solenoid so that lead-in valve can move.
84547569 01/12/2011
D.14.C / 8
Clutch - Sectional view
RCPH10TTS008FAF 1
(1) Driven gear (4) Chamber (7) Friction clutch

(2) Oil transfer tube (inside) (5) Return springs - 4 total (8) Oil outlet
(3) Lead-in valve (ball raised) (6) Spring retainer (9) Lead-in valve (seated ball moved
backwards)
84547569 01/12/2011
D.14.C / 9
Gearbox - Disassemble
1. Remove the drain plug (1) of rear axle/gear box and
collect oil in a suitable container.
2. Remove the solenoid cover (2) on the right side of
the gear box.
RCPH09TTS364AAD 1
3. Disconnect the solenoid cable and the cable protec-

tion tube.
4. Disconnect the hydraulic input tube from the case.
5. Elevate the gear box with a jack and remove the
setscrews. Lower the gear box and remove it from
the machine.
RCPH09TTS365AAD 2
(1) Spool entrance

(2) Solenoid
(3) Ground electrode
(4) Feed cable
(5) Electrical protection tube
(6) Hydraulic input tube
6. Remove the oil end tube that connects the solenoid

entrance to gear box cover. Remove the solenoid
spool setscrew and remove the spool from body. Un-
screw and remove the valve/body from the recess.
RCPH09TTS366AAD 3
(1) Valve/body
(2) Ground cable
(3) Fixing nut to ground
(4) Spool and entrance cable
84547569 01/12/2011
D.14.C / 10
7. Loosen the Allen screw (1) that fixes the intermediate

gear (2) and bearing. If necessary, carefully heat the
nut (3) to loosen the factory-applied adhesive used
to fix the thread.
RCPH09TTS367AAD 4
8. Remove the central shaft (1) and mark the front part
of intermediate gear (2) for easier mounting later.
Remove the gear and bearing (3). Store the bear-
ings, spacers and calipers together in for reassem-
bly.
RCPH09TTS368AAD 5
9. Remove the setscrews from detent support/plate (1)

on the output shaft (2) and remove the plate and the
o-ring (3). Collect and identify the calipers (4) placed
between the plate and the bearing external track.
RCPH09TTS369AAD 6
10. Remove the setscrews from the rear plate and re-
move the plate. Remove the short oil transfer tube
from shaft, if still connected to shaft.
11. Carefully remove the shaft from the front and rear
parts and remove the external tracks from the front
and rear bearings.
RCPH09TTS370AAD 7
84547569 01/12/2011
D.14.C / 11
12. With the help of another operator, use the levers

(1), which are detachable from the tires, and use the
socket wrenches (5) to pry the plate (3) against the
clutch springs (4) to release the load on the circlip
(2).
13. Remove the circlip and the four clutch springs.
RCPH09TTS371AAD 8
14. Place two support braces (5) between the driven

gear (3) and front part of case. Apply pressure to
the shaft (4) to remove the case through the driven
gear. Remove the bearing (2).
RCPH09TTS372AAD 9
15. Release the shaft forwards as much as clutch allows

and remove the driven gear and the thrust washer.
16. With the shaft (1) still forwards, place the puller and
a suitable attachment around front bearing (2) and
remove the bearing.
RCPH09TTS373AAD 10
17. Remove the gear circlip by passing it over the flat

part of shaft and over the short splines area.
84547569 01/12/2011
D.14.C / 12
18. Move the shaft (3) backwards and the clutch (2) for-
wards in order to access the detent rear ring (1). Re-
move the ring.
RCPH09TTS374AAD 11
19. Move the shaft (3) backwards through the clutch (1)
and the rear bearing hole. Remove the clutch and
spring plate (2).
RCPH09TTS376AAD 12
20. To remove the passage valve (2) from the shaft cen-
tral hole (1), apply compressed air through the drill
hole, between the clutch detent rings.
RCPH09TTS375AAD 13
Next operation:
Gearbox - Assemble (D.14.C)
84547569 01/12/2011
D.14.C / 13
Gearbox - Assemble
Prior operation:
Gearbox - Disassemble (D.14.C)
1. Install new o-rings on both plates and install a new

detent ring inside the small diameter of the shaft.
NOTE: Do not install the main ring until the shaft is in the case.
2. Grease the lead-in passage valve with grease and
fix the valve in the shaft. Ensure the valve is placed
with the spring pointing to the rear ball, as shown.
RCPH09TTS378AAD 1
3. Pass the shaft (4) through the rear bearing hole and
through the clutch (2) and the plate.
4. Install a new detent with a larger diameter on the
clutch. Lubricate the front (3) and the rear (1) detent
rings.
5. Install the clutch on the shaft, with the clutch closed.
RCPH09TTS374AAD 2
6. With the shaft completely forwards, assemble the

driven gear (2) and thrust washer.
7. With the correct spacer, place the rear bearing (1)
inside the shaft while holding the front part.
8. Install the circlip in the shaft next to the plate in a
straight line.
RCPH09TTS380AAD 3
84547569 01/12/2011
D.14.C / 14
9. Install all four clutch springs.

10. With the help of another operator, use the levers
(1), which are detachable from the tires, and use the
socket wrenches (5) to push the plate (3) against the
clutch springs (4) to apply load on the circlip (2). En-
sure the circlip is properly seated on tis groove.
RCPH09TTS371AAD 4
11. Pass the external track of the front bearing through

and mount the front bearing retainer without its felt
detent and calipers.
12. Tighten the screws and check the axial play by in-
stalling a dial comparator against the clutch and mov-
ing the shaft forwards and backwards.
RCPH09TTS383AAD 5
13. Select shims that match the corresponding assembly

and then add another 0.1 mm (0.004 in) shim to the
result.
14. Remove the front bearing retainer and install the
plate (2) and shim (1) assembly. Manually tighten
the plate screws.
RCPH09TTS369AAD 6
84547569 01/12/2011
D.14.C / 15
15. Use a spring scale (1) and a piece of rope (2) to

measure the turn resistance of the shaft inside their
bearing.
RCPH09TTS385AAD 7
16. Gradually tighten the screws to their specified torque

and compare resistance.
17. Adjust the value of the shims to achieve required re-
sistance.
18. Once specified torque is obtained, and with the
screws correctly tightened, remove the front bearing
plate and mount a new felt detent.
19. Calculate the preload of the tapered roller bearings.
A. Pass the external tracks through the interme-
diate gear (1) and mount the internal bearings
with a spacer (3) and with a shim (4) of 0.3 mm
(0.012 in) between each bearing.
B. Place the assembly on the adjustment fitter tool
(2) and tighten the screw for the tool to a torque
of 68 N·m (50 lb ft).
RCPH09TTS386AAD 8
C. With the adjustment fitter tool mounting on a

bench vise, coil a piece of rope around the
gear, and use a steelyard to measure the turn
resistance of the bearings.
NOTE: Read the spring scale while the gear is turning.
Reading should not be done when the gear has just be-
gun to turn.
D. To reduce resistance, increase the value of the
shim placed between the gears. To increase
resistance, reduce the value of the shim.
E. Repeat the adjustments until the required re-
sistance is obtained. RCPH09TTS387AAD 9
84547569 01/12/2011
D.14.C / 16
F. Use a wide micrometer (2) and measure the

distance between the bearing internal tracks
(1).
RCPH09TTS388AAD 10
G. With a caliper, measure the distance between

the support pins of the intermediate gear.
H. Take the bearing measurement away from the
pins measurement and determine the caliper.
Divide the measurement by two to distribute in
both sides. See the example that follows.
Example:
Width between bearing tracks = 3.75 mm
Width between transfer case pins = 3.95 mm
3.95 - 3.75 = 0.2
Two 0.1 mm shims are required. One on each RCPH09TTS389AAD 11
side of the bearing.
20. Remove the intermediate gear from the bench vise
and remove the assembly from the adjustment fitter
tool.
21. Slightly lubricate and mount the intermediate gear,
the bearing and the predetermined shims on the gear
box.
84547569 01/12/2011
D.14.C / 17
Index

Clutch - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Clutch - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Gearbox - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Gearbox - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Gearbox - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Gearbox - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Gearbox - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Gearbox - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Gearbox - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
84547569 01/12/2011
D.14.C / 18
STEERING Hydraulic - 20.C
TS6020
TS6030 HC
TS6030
84547569 01/12/2011
D.20.C / 1
Contents
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Steering pump
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Steering cylinder
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Steering column
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
SERVICE
Steering pump
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Steering cylinder
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
DIAGNOSTIC
STEERING Hydraulic
84547569 01/12/2011
D.20.C / 2
AXLES, BRAKES AND STEERING - STEERING Hydraulic
Steering pump - Exploded view
TS6000PIC201 1
(1) Faceplate screws (15) Internal cylinder*** (distribution (29) Box***

valve)
(2) Faceplate (16) Leaf spring (2 pieces) (30) Detent**
(3) Screws (17) Cross pin (31) Plunger (pressure limiting valve)
(4) Pin (18) Retaining ring (32) Spring (pressure limiting valve)
(5) Detent washers** (19) Bearing track (33) Adjusting screw (pressure
limiting valve)
(6) Cover (20) Thrust bearing (34) Detent (pressure limiting valve)
(7) O-rings** (21) Bearing track (35) Plug (pressure limiting valve)
(8) Stator (dosage unit) (22) Spring pin (36) Ball (safety valve)
(9) Rotor (dosage unit) (23) Bushing (37) Valve head (safety valve)
(10) Distributor ring (24) Spring pin (38) Spring (safety valve)
(11) O-rings** (25) Ball (2 pieces) (39) Adjusting screw (safety valve)
(12) Spacing ring (26) O-ring and thrust ring (40) Detent (safety valve)
(13) Drive shaft (27) Threaded bush (41) Plug (safety valve)
(14) External cylinder*** (distribution (28) Ball
valve)
** Available as detent assembly

*** Replace the whole steering assembly if one of these parts is defective
84547569 01/12/2011
D.20.C / 3
Steering cylinder - Exploded view
RCPH10TTS018GAD 1
(1) Steering cylinder main assembly (7) Packing and detent seal
(2) Articulating ball joint (8) Steering cylinder housing
(3) Ball joint (9) Piston rod
(4) Nut (10) Cylinder head cover plate
(5) Bolt (11) Piston detent expander O-ring and seal
assembly
(6) Hydraulic fitting with O-ring
84547569 01/12/2011
D.20.C / 4
Steering column - Exploded view
RCPH10TTS017HAD 1
(1) Steering column assembly (5) Lock bolt (9) Bolt

(2) Steering wheel column (6) Pin (10) Washer
(3) Steering cap (7) Collar clamp (11) Isolator cushion
(4) Lock nut (8) Rubber insulator cushion (12) Steering motor
84547569 01/12/2011
D.20.C / 5
Steering pump - Disassemble

CAUTION
Pinch hazard!
C0044A
NOTICE: Never use a bench vise since. Damage to steer-

ing motor may occur.
1. Thoroughly clean exterior of steering motor and se-
cure it to a suitable support device to disassemble.
2. Remove the seven screws from cover (A).
NOTE: One of the screws is longer than the others because
it has a spring pin.
3. Remove cover (A), rotor (C), stator (B), and spacing
ring (E). Next, remove distributor ring (D), and drive
shaft (F).
83087197 1
4. Tilt and shake steering unit (A) to remove the two

safety valves (B).
83087198 2
84547569 01/12/2011
D.20.C / 6
5. Remove threaded bushing. Tilt and shake unit until

the counterbalance valve ball (A) comes out.
83087199 3
6. Push internal cylinder to remove internal and exter-

nal distribution cylinders (A) together with the ball
bearing and its tracks and the retaining ring. Check
that cross pin is aligned between cylinders. Cross pin
can be seen through the open end of internal cylin-
der.
83087200 4
7. Remove cross pin (A) from sliding set by pushing

with the special screw with spring pin (B).
83087201 5
8. Carefully remove internal slider (A) and external

slider (B).
83087202 6
84547569 01/12/2011
D.20.C / 7
9. Push leaf springs assembly (A) out of the internal

slider (B).
83087203 7
10. Use the appropriate tool to remove detent (A) from

steering box.
83087204 8
NOTE: Remove safety valves only when necessary.
84547569 01/12/2011
D.20.C / 8
11. Remove safety valve plug (A) and adjusting screw

(B), (A), figure 10 , with a 6mm Allen wrench. Turn
assembly over and shake it to remove springs with
plunger (C), figure 10 and ball (B), figure 10. Do not
remove valve seats as they are fixed with Loctite.
83087205 9
83087206 10
NOTE: Dismount pressure limiting valve only when neces-

sary. These valves are regulated at a specified pressure.
12. Remove valve plug (A) with an 8 mm Allen wrench.
Remove adjusting screw with a screwdriver.
83087207 11
84547569 01/12/2011
D.20.C / 9
13. Turn assembly over and shake it to remove spring

and plunger (A). Do not remove valve seat as it is
fixed with LOCTITE®.
83087208 12
Next operation:
Steering pump - Assemble (D.20.C)
84547569 01/12/2011
D.20.C / 10
Steering pump - Assemble

WARNING
Flying debris!
Wear eye protection and protective clothing during the cleaning process. Clear the area of bystanders.
W0364A
CAUTION
Pinch hazard!
C0044A
Prior operation:
Steering pump - Disassemble (D.20.C)
Before carrying out mounting procedure, wash all parts

again with a solvent (oil-based preferably) and let dry on
residue-free absorbent paper.
NOTICE: Never dry with cloths or cotton.
1. Install valve plunger (A) with a pair of tweezers.
2. Put spring (B) in the hole over the piston.
3. Apply LOCTITE® 221 over the thread of adjusting
screw (C) of the pressure limiting valve. Tighten the
screw (C) until spring starts to tighten.
4. Install detent on its seat. Place plug (D) over it and
tighten to a torque of 40 - 60 N·m (30 - 44 lb ft).
RCPH10TTS094BAD 1
84547569 01/12/2011
D.20.C / 11
5. With a pair of tweezers, put balls (A) in their housing.

6. Apply vaseline to the spring and mount it on valve
head. Put springs (B) with valve heads (C) in its
corresponding housings.
7. Apply LOCTITE® 221 to the adjusting spring
(D).Tighten the screw until spring is under pressure.
8. Install detents in their housings and place plug (E).
Tighten to a torque of 30 - 40 N·m (22 - 30 lb ft) to
plug.
RCPH10TTS095BAD 2
9. Slide internal cylinder (B) into the interior of external

cylinder (A), aligning the grooves (C) of leaf springs
of both cylinders.
83087211 3
10. Arrange the both straight leaf springs (A) on the out-
side of the four curved leaf springs (B) as shown.
TS6000PIC205 4
84547569 01/12/2011
D.20.C / 12
11. Insert a suitable tool (A) through the slotted open-

ings on the cylinders. With the tool collapse the leaf
spring assembly (B) and pull the assembly through
the distribution valve (cylinder) assembly (C). Avoid
tilting the tool (leaf spring ends should not protrude).
83087212 5
12. Insert cross pin (A) in distribution valve assembly (B).
83087214 6
13. Mount and install as mentioned: retaining ring (A),

track (B), thrust bearing (C) and track (D).
NOTE: The slanted edge of the track (B) shall be oriented
towards the internal track of the valve.
83087215 7
14. Place a new detent (A) inside the housing (B) with
sealing rim outwards, and put detent on groove with
an appropriate tappet.
83087216 8
84547569 01/12/2011
D.20.C / 13
15. Apply grease on rings (E) and install onto an appro-

priate sized plunger (A).
83087217 9
16. Push the appropriate sized sleeve tool (C) until it

meets the bottom of steering valve box (D).
17. Push the big plunger (B) with the small plunger (A)
until they reach the bottom of the sleeve tool (C).
NOTE: The small plunger remains inside the box until in-
stallation of distribution valve.
18. Remove `sleeve tool (C) together with the big plunger
(B) of the box (D).
83087218 10
19. Coat the distribution valve (A) in clean oil. Turn the
valve while inserting it into housing (B).
NOTICE: Confirm the cross pin is in a horizontal position
inside the housing.
83087219 11
20. Put ball (A) in its housing. Screw bushings (B) into
the housing until resistance is found. Bushing should
not protrude from box surface.
83087220 12
84547569 01/12/2011
D.20.C / 14
21. Install both counterbalance valve assemblies (A)

with balls into the corresponding housings.
83087221 13
22. Insert o-ring (A) in the housing (B).
83087222 14
23. Mount distributor ring (A) so that the disc holes match
the holes of the box. Place drive shaft (B) on box
side, with the groove in vertical position. Hold drive
shaft (B) with an suitable tool.
83087223 15
24. Install rotor (A) on drive shaft (B) so that rotor hole is
placed on drive shaft groove as illustrated.
NOTE: Figure shows mounting position of rotor and shaft.
It must be mounted this way even if drive shaft groove and
cross pin are not visible.
83087224 16
84547569 01/12/2011
D.20.C / 15
25. Rotor (A) and cross pin (B) must be in the specified
position.
NOTICE: It is essential that cross pin is in specified position
for proper steering operation
83087225 17
26. Place spacing ring (A) as shown.
83087226 18
27. Place bolt with spring pin (C) in the appropriate hole.
Secure cover (A) with remaining bolts (B). Tighten to
a torque of 30 - 35 N·m (22 - 26 lb ft).
83087227 19
Next operation:
Steering pump - Pressure test (D.20.C)
84547569 01/12/2011
D.20.C / 16
Steering pump - Pressure test

WARNING
Pressurized system!
Never disconnect or tighten a hose or tube that is under pressure. If in doubt, engage the controls
several times with the engine switched off prior to disconnecting or tightening the hose or tube.
W0998A
Since valves are integrated, it is not possible to test steering once it is installed.
Adjustment of pressure limiting valve and safety valves is only possible when steering unit is dismantled and always
on the test bench.
Use BOSCH injectors checker to verify valves operation. Connect checker to steering unit with a seeder steering
hose with adapter KDJ10113. Connect return to injectors checker reservoir with a plastic tube. Fill checker with clean
hydraulic oil.
Prior operation:
Steering pump - Assemble (D.20.C)
(A) BOSCH injectors checker (E) Suitable plug

(B) Pressure hose (1) Steering unit
(C) Adaptor KJD10113 (4) Return connection
(D) Return plastic tube (5) Pressure connection
1. Connect hose (B) to pressure connection (5) and re-

turn tube (D) to connection (4).
2. Block both connections to the steering cylinder (to
turn to the right and left) with suitable stoppers.
3. Turn steering to its full capacity to the right or left
using a 5/8” duct adaptor and keep it in this position.
Pump lever (A) for pressure to rise. If adjustment
of safety valves is appropriate, pressure should not
exceed 105 bar (1523 psi), nor be lower than 100
bar (1450 psi).
83087228 1
Pressure limiting valve adjustment

1. Pressure in the pump (A) is regulated with a valve
screw (B).
2. Remove stopper and adjust the valve screw. Turn
counterclockwise to increase pressure and clock-
wise to reduce pressure. Once valve is adjusted,
check working pressure with the injectors checker.
When pressure is correct, place plug and apply 40 -
60 N·m (30 - 44 lb ft).
83087229 2
84547569 01/12/2011
D.20.C / 17
Relief valve test

(A) BOSCH Pressure Tester (1) Steering unit
(B) Pressure hose (2) Steering cylinder connection (counterclockwise turn)
(C) Adaptor KJD10113 (3) Steering cylinder connection (clockwise turn)
(D) Return plastic tube (4) Return connection
1. Safety valves must be checked first. Connect hose

(B) to connection (3) of steering cylinder (clockwise
turn). Connect plastic tube (D) to return connection
(4).
2. Pump lever (A) to increase the pressure. Pressure
should increase to 150 - 165 bar (2175 - 2393 psi).
Repeat operation to check counterclockwise turns of
safety valve connecting hose (B) to steering cylinder
connection (2) turn counterclockwise).
83087230 3
Relief valve adjustment

1. Adjust safety valve pressure by turning screws (B)
and (C). Remove plugs first. Turn screw clockwise
with a 6 mm Allen wrench to increase pressure, or
counterclockwise to reduce it. Once adjustment has
been made, check valve working pressure again.
83087231 4
2. When pressure is correct, place plug and tighten to

a torque of 30 - 40 N·m (22 - 30 lb ft).
84547569 01/12/2011
D.20.C / 18
Steering cylinder - Disassemble

CAUTION
Pinch hazard!
C0044A
NOTE: Steering cylinder should be removed if differential

housing support is going to be removed. It will not be nec-
essary to remove it from its support if you are trying to solve
an oil leak problem in the cylinder.
1. Loosen the cylinder to differential housing four bolts
by two turns counterclockwise.
2. Turn the steering wheel counterclockwise, thus re-
leasing cover and differential housing cylinder. A
small oil leak through the cover may occur.
3. Disconnect right and left ball joints of steering arms.
4. Release braces from steering cylinder ball joints and
then release cylinder ball joints.
NOTE: These connections are very tight so, to loosen
them, they need to be grasped firmly and loosened with
high-quality tools.
5. Disconnect and cap hydraulic hoses from the cylin-
der housing. Remove the four bolts and cover plate
from cylinder housing.
6. Remove piston rod.
7. Remove rings, o-ring and piston detent, cover detent
and packing on the side of cylinder cover and on
right end. Refer to the Steering cylinder - Exploded
view (D.20.C) for details.
NOTE: Cylinder and rod cannot be replaced separately. If
any of these parts are damaged, replace the cylinder and
rod as a set.
8. Replace ball joints if worn.
Next operation:
Steering cylinder - Assemble (D.20.C)
84547569 01/12/2011
D.20.C / 19
Steering cylinder - Assemble

Prior operation:
Steering cylinder - Disassemble (D.20.C)
1. Replace all O-rings and seals. Refer to the Steering

cylinder - Exploded view (D.20.C) for details.
rod as a set.
2. Clean parts in a suitable oil based solvent and allow
parts to dry before assembling. Inspect and replace
worn or damaged components.
3. Install rings, o-ring and piston detent, cover detent
and packing on the side of cylinder cover and on
right end. Refer to the Steering cylinder - Exploded
view (D.20.C) for details.
rod as a set.
4. Replace ball joints if worn.
5. Install piston rod.
6. Connect and cap hydraulic hoses to the cylinder
housing.
7. Tighten the four cylinder cover plate bolts to a torque
of 120 N·m (89 lb ft)

8. Release braces from steering cylinder ball joints and
then release cylinder ball joints.
NOTE: These connections are very tight so, to loosen
them, they need to be grasped firmly and loosened with
high-quality tools.
9. Connect right and left ball joints of steering arms.

10. Turn the steering wheel clockwise, thus securing
cover and differential housing cylinder. A small oil
leak through the cover may occur.
11. Tighten the cylinder to differential housing four bolts
by two turns clockwise.
84547569 01/12/2011
D.20.C / 20
STEERING Hydraulic - Troubleshooting

DIFFICULTY MOVING Damaged hydraulic pump Repair hydraulic pump
STEERING WHEEL
Leaks in counterbalance ball Install a new steel ball
Oxidation of steering column bearings Replace steering cylinder detents
Damaged flow divider Replace flow divider
Leaks in steering cylinder Replace steering cylinder detents
Internal distribution cylinder seized up Check and replace if necessary
Stiffness of mechanical control Lubricate steering levers or replace bush-
ings
STEERING WHEEL Worn or broken leaf springs Align steering unit and column
TURNS BY ITSELF
STEERING WHEEL DOES Steering unit and column out of alignment Align steering unit and column
NOT COME BACK TO
NEUTRAL POSITION
Jamming of valve cylinders Dismantle steering, find cause of problem
and repair
TOO MUCH PLAY IN Wear of rotor internal teeth Install a new rotor / stator assembly
STEERING WHEEL
Wear of shaft flange or tear of shaft Install a new drive shaft
Worn or broken leaf springs Replace leaf springs
Wear of drive shaft teeth Replace shaft and possibly rotor / stator
STEERING WHEEL PLAY Air in steering cylinder Purge air from hydrostatic system and find
VIBRATION cause of air entry
Wear of mechanical control or of wheel Replace broken parts
bearing
Broken flow divider Replace steering unit
STEERING WHEEL HAS Internal leaks in steering cylinder Repair or replace steering cylinder
NO STOPS
Excessive wear of rotor and stator Replace dosage unit (rotor and stator)
Leaks between distribution cylinders and Replace steering unit
between external cylinder and box
ABRUPT REACTIONS OF Incorrect adjustment of drive shaft and rotor Adjust according to specifications
STEERING WHEEL
SLOW REACTION OF Lack of oil in system Check pump flow and speed. Replace flow
STEERING divider or pump if necessary
Wear of steering unit Replace steering unit
STEERING WHEEL DOES Contamination of dosage cylinders Clean dosage unit or replace steering unit
NOT COME BACK TO and clean hydraulic system
NEUTRAL POSITION AND
TURNS BY ITSELF
Dosage cylinders seize up due to pressure Adjust pump pressure or replace flow di-
excess vider if necessary
INVERTED STEERING Improper connection of steering cylinder Install hoses properly
hoses
Incorrect adjustment of drive shaft and rotor Adjust properly
LEAKS IN COLUMN, Leaks in o-rings or loose screws Replace o-rings. Tighten screws according
DOSAGE UNIT, to specifications (see torque values)
SAFETY VALVES OR
CONNECTIONS
Loose connections Tighten or replace connections
LACK OF POWER OR Incorrect pump pressure Measure flow Replace divider if necessary
STEERING IMBALANCE
Internal leaks in steering unit Replace or repair steering unit
84547569 01/12/2011
D.20.C / 21
Index

STEERING Hydraulic - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Steering column - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Steering cylinder - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Steering cylinder - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Steering cylinder - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Steering pump - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Steering pump - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Steering pump - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Steering pump - Pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
84547569 01/12/2011
D.20.C / 22
SERVICE BRAKE Mechanical - 30.B
TS6020
TS6030 HC
TS6030
84547569 01/12/2011
D.30.B / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
SERVICE BRAKE Mechanical

Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
FUNCTIONAL DATA

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Detailed view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
SERVICE

Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Adjust freeplay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
DIAGNOSTIC

84547569 01/12/2011
D.30.B / 2
AXLES, BRAKES AND STEERING - SERVICE BRAKE Mechanical
SERVICE BRAKE Mechanical - General specification

Brake type In oil bath
Brake operation Mechanical / Ball in ramp
Brake discs (per side) 4
Total friction brake discs surface 2452.8 cm² (380.2 in²)
SERVICE BRAKE Mechanical - Torque

Transmission, brake mechanism attachment bolts 66 N·m (49 lb ft)
Brake pedal bolts 66 N·m (49 lb ft)
Turn buckle counter nut 25 N·m (18 lb ft)
84547569 01/12/2011
D.30.B / 3
SERVICE BRAKE Mechanical - Overview

Brakes discs in oil bath are located in each axle housing.
There are usually four friction discs per side.
Brake actuation is mechanical by means of rod and link-

age.
The brake is comprised of discs with inner grooves in each
axle housing, which have an actuator (1) and an interme-
diate friction disc (2). The actuator is comprised of two
discs with internal cams and steel balls (4). Discs are as-
sembled by means of springs (3) and connected to the ac-
tuated lever by two coupling links. The actuated lever is
operated by means of the linkage connected to the brake
pedals.
When depressing the brake pedals, the actuators move

in sync with each other, making the balls go up the cam
and cause the discs to become separated. When discs
are separated , they compress the surfaces against the
brake metallic case, stopping the intermediate axle. RCPH10TTS002AAF 1
Brake lock
The brake lock joins both service brake pedals for uniform
stopping ability. The brake lock is comprised of a rack on
the left brake pedal and a brace located on the right brake
pedal. In order to close the latch, both brake pedals must
be joined. To release, turn the latch one fourth of a turn
and release it to then depress the pedals to release them
from the rack.
84547569 01/12/2011
D.30.B / 4
SERVICE BRAKE Mechanical - Detailed view
RCPH10TTS009FAF 1
(1) Hand brake (parking brake)

(2) Service brake
(3) Brake cross shaft
84547569 01/12/2011
D.30.B / 5
SERVICE BRAKE Mechanical - Exploded view
RCPH10TTS013GAF 1
(1) Brake switch (10) Brake lever, pedal (service) brake

(2) Lube nipple (11) Lube nipple
(3) Pedal shaft (12) Brake lever, hand (parking) brake
(4) Adjustment sleeve, brake control tie rod (13) Bearing support
(5) Brake support shaft (14) Tie rod
(6) Brake support (pivot with two bushings) (15) Brake control tie rod, lower
(7) Washer (16) Brake control tie rod, upper
(8) Thrust bearing (17) Brake pedal
(9) Control rod (18) Brake control spring
84547569 01/12/2011
D.30.B / 6
SERVICE BRAKE Mechanical - Disassemble

1. Remove the brake switches (1) on the pedal shaft
assembly.
2. Unhook the springs (2) that secure the pedal shaft
assembly to the mounting bracket.
3. Disassemble the pedal shaft assembly.
4. Remove the brake pedals (3).
5. Disassemble the brake support shaft assembly.
6. Remove the brake control tie rods (4).
7. Disassemble the thrust bearing assembly.
8. Remove the tie rods (5).
9. Remove the control rods (6) from the brake levers
(7).
RCPH10TTS003BAF 1
Next operation:
SERVICE BRAKE Mechanical - Inspect (D.30.B)
84547569 01/12/2011
D.30.B / 7
SERVICE BRAKE Mechanical - Inspect

Prior operation:
SERVICE BRAKE Mechanical - Disassemble (D.30.B)
1. Clean all components and inspect for damage or

2. Inspect the adjustment of the bolt, the nut and the
road threads for damage, rust or wear. Replace as
needed. Ensure connections are tight.
NOTE: Do not attempt to repair and reuse damaged components.
Next operation:
SERVICE BRAKE Mechanical - Assemble (D.30.B)
84547569 01/12/2011
D.30.B / 8
SERVICE BRAKE Mechanical - Assemble

Prior operation:
SERVICE BRAKE Mechanical - Inspect (D.30.B)
1. Install the control rods (6) in the brake levers (7).

2. Assemble the thrust bearing assembly between the
control rods (6) and the tie rods (5) .
3. Assemble the brake support shaft assembly between
the tie rods (5) and the brake control tie rods (4).
4. Assemble the pedal shaft assembly with the brake
control tie rods (4) and the brake pedals (3).
5. Use the springs (2) to secure the pedal shaft assem-
bly to the mounting bracket.
6. Install the brake switches (1) on the pedal shaft as-
sembly.
RCPH10TTS003BAF 1
7. The brake switches can now be adjusted as needed

by loosening the switch bolts (1).
73118478 2
Next operation:
SERVICE BRAKE Mechanical - Test (D.30.B)
84547569 01/12/2011
D.30.B / 9
SERVICE BRAKE Mechanical - Test

Prior operation:
SERVICE BRAKE Mechanical - Adjust freeplay (D.30.B)
1. Apply the brake lock for uniform braking.

2. Drive the machine a short distance and apply pres-
sure to the brake pedals. The tractor should stop in
a straight line. If not, proceed to SERVICE BRAKE
Mechanical - Adjust (D.30.B); “Freeplay adjust-
ment.”
Next operation:
SERVICE BRAKE Mechanical - Adjust freeplay (D.30.B)
84547569 01/12/2011
D.30.B / 10
SERVICE BRAKE Mechanical - Adjust freeplay

WARNING
Maintenance hazard!
Before performing maintenance on the brake system, chock the traction and steering wheels to pre-
vent machine movement.
W0064A
Prior operation:
SERVICE BRAKE Mechanical - Assemble (D.30.B)
Prior operation:
SERVICE BRAKE Mechanical - Test (D.30.B)
The brake pedal free play must be 38 mm (1.50 in) with

the pedals latched. The tractor must stop in a straight line
when both pedals are depressed. If not, adjust as follows:
1. Adjustment is done using the brake rods located un-
der the platform. Chock both rear tires, release the
pedals and the parking brake.
2. Release the locking nut from the left side brake (1).
Turn the adjusting nut (2) until the freeplay is 38 mm
(1.50 in), then tighten the locking nut.
3. Repeat the same operation for the opposite brake.
73118477 1
84547569 01/12/2011
D.30.B / 11
SERVICE BRAKE Mechanical - Troubleshooting

Excessive brake pedal Brakes need adjustment Adjust brakes
travel
Brake pedals are “soft” Air in the system Purge brakes
Uneven braking Brakes not adjusted correctly Adjust brakes
Air on one side of the system Purge the system
One brake side is working Raise the machine, test brakes operation,
inspect linkage adjustment
84547569 01/12/2011
D.30.B / 12
Index

SERVICE BRAKE Mechanical - Adjust freeplay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
SERVICE BRAKE Mechanical - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
SERVICE BRAKE Mechanical - Detailed view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
SERVICE BRAKE Mechanical - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
SERVICE BRAKE Mechanical - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
SERVICE BRAKE Mechanical - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
SERVICE BRAKE Mechanical - Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
SERVICE BRAKE Mechanical - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
SERVICE BRAKE Mechanical - Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
SERVICE BRAKE Mechanical - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
SERVICE BRAKE Mechanical - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
84547569 01/12/2011
D.30.B / 13
84547569 01/12/2011
D.30.B / 14
PARKING BRAKE Mechanical - 32.B
TS6020
TS6030 HC
TS6030
84547569 01/12/2011
D.32.B / 1
Contents
FUNCTIONAL DATA
PARKING BRAKE Mechanical

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Detailed view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
SERVICE
PARKING BRAKE Mechanical

Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
84547569 01/12/2011
D.32.B / 2
AXLES, BRAKES AND STEERING - PARKING BRAKE Mechanical
PARKING BRAKE Mechanical - Overview

The hand brake is typically used as parking brake. The
hand brake can also be used to stop the machine while in
motion.
The hand brake is located is at the left of the operator's

seat and is intended to be actuated with the operator's
left hand. The hand brake lever is connected by a cable to
the braking control threaded rods (brake pedal adjustment
sets) in each rear brake.
RCPH10TTS001BAF 1
84547569 01/12/2011
D.32.B / 3
PARKING BRAKE Mechanical - Detailed view
RCPH10TTS009FAF 1
(1) Hand brake (parking brake)

(2) Service brake
(3) Brake cross shaft
84547569 01/12/2011
D.32.B / 4
PARKING BRAKE Mechanical - Exploded view
RCPH10TTS014GAF 1
(1) Boot (8) Cotter pin

(2) Hand lever assembly (9) Cable
(3) Mounting bracket (10) Plate
(4) Lever plate (11) Brake lever, pedal (service) brake
(5) Hex screw (12) Brake lever, hand (parking) brake
(6) Washer (13) Pan head screw
(7) Clevis pin (14) Brake switch
84547569 01/12/2011
D.32.B / 5
PARKING BRAKE Mechanical - Disassemble

1. Remove the rubber boot (1).
2. Remove the two pan screws (2) that secure the brake
switch (3) to the hand lever assembly (4). Secure the
brake switch for easy access during install.
3. Remove the clevis pin (5) and the cotter pin (6) that
secure the lever plate (8) and the hand lever assem-
bly to the mounting bracket (7).
4. Slide the lever plate out of the hand lever assembly
and remove the brake cable from the lever plate.
RCPH10TTS003AAF 1
5. Secure the brake cable for easy access during install.

If the brake cable requires replacement, disconnect
the brake cable from the brake lever and remove.
6. Remove the screws and washers that secure the
mounting bracket to the machine and remove the
mounting bracket.
Next operation:
PARKING BRAKE Mechanical - Assemble (D.32.B)
84547569 01/12/2011
D.32.B / 6
PARKING BRAKE Mechanical - Assemble

Prior operation:
PARKING BRAKE Mechanical - Disassemble (D.32.B)
1. If the hand brake cable required replacement, con-

nect the hand brake cable to the brake lever and
route appropriately (avoiding components in move-
ment and with no acute bends).
2. Insert the hand brake cable into the lever plate (8).
3. Insert the lever plate in the mounting bracket (7) and
into the hand lever assembly (4).
4. Use the clevis pin (5) and the cotter pin (6) to secure
the lever plate and the hand lever assembly to the
mounting bracket.
5. Install the mounting bracket using the hex screws
and washers. Tighten the hex screws to a torque of
45 N·m (33 lb ft).
6. Install the brake switch (3) on the hand lever assem-
bly using the pan screws (2). RCPH10TTS003AAF 1
7. Reinstall the rubber boot (1).
Next operation:
PARKING BRAKE Mechanical - Adjust (D.32.B)
84547569 01/12/2011
D.32.B / 7
PARKING BRAKE Mechanical - Adjust

CAUTION
When the machine is parked and the engine is switched off, the parking brake must be applied. Use
wheel chocks if parking on a steep slope.
C0014A
Prior operation:
PARKING BRAKE Mechanical - Assemble (D.32.B)
Adjustment of the parking brake cable control lever

travel should be performed each time the parking
brake is serviced or repaired, the main brakes are
serviced or repaired, or when the idle travel of the
lever excessive. Proceed as follows:
1. Chock the front wheels using a suitable means.
2. Raise the rear of the tractor using a suitable
means until the wheels are slightly off the
ground.
3. Disconnect the brake pedal connections (1).
4. Raise the parking brake control lever 3 notches
on the quadrant.
5. Loosen the jam nut (2)
6. Turn the adjustment nut (3) until wheels lock.
7. Lower the parking brake control lever and en-
sure that the wheels can rotate freely.
8. Apply the parking brake several times to check
that the assembly does not get hung up or op-
erate abnormally.
9. Tighten the jam nut and lower the tractor.
RCPH09TTS007BAD 1
84547569 01/12/2011
D.32.B / 8
Index

PARKING BRAKE Mechanical - Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
PARKING BRAKE Mechanical - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
PARKING BRAKE Mechanical - Detailed view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
PARKING BRAKE Mechanical - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
PARKING BRAKE Mechanical - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
PARKING BRAKE Mechanical - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
84547569 01/12/2011
D.32.B / 9
PRINTED IN U.S.A.
84547569 01/12/2011
EN
SERVICE MANUAL
FRAME AND CAB
TS6020
TS6030 HC
TS6030
84547569 01/12/2011
E
Contents
FRAME AND CAB - E
USER CONTROLS AND SEAT Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E.32.B

TS6020 , TS6030 HC , TS6030
USER PLATFORM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E.34.A

TS6020 , TS6030 HC , TS6030
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E.40.D

TS6020 , TS6030 HC , TS6030
84547569 01/12/2011
E
FRAME AND CAB - E
USER CONTROLS AND SEAT Control - 32.B
TS6020
TS6030 HC
TS6030
84547569 01/12/2011
E.32.B / 1
Contents
FRAME AND CAB - E
SERVICE
USER CONTROLS AND SEAT Control

Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
84547569 01/12/2011
E.32.B / 2
FRAME AND CAB - USER CONTROLS AND SEAT Control
USER CONTROLS AND SEAT Control - Remove

WARNING
Electrical shock hazard!
Before working on any part of the electrical system, disconnect the battery ground cable. Complete
all electrical work before connecting the cable.
W0129A
1. Disconnect the negative cable (1) from the battery as

shown.
20113016 1
2. Take out the four securing screws (1) and remove the
covering of the control panel (2)
3. Disconnect the electrical connector from the cab in-
terior light switches (3) and remove the cover.
76116978-(2) 2
4. Remove the left-hand panel retaining screws.

NOTE: All bolts and nuts to fit the panels are outside of
cab.
20113012 3
84547569 01/12/2011
E.32.B / 3
5. Remove the three left-hand panel retaining screws

(1).
20113015 4
6. Remove the left-hand panel (1).
20113014 5
7. Remove the screws (1) from right-hand panel retain-

ing elements.
cab.
20113012 6
8. Remove the screws (1) from the right-hand fenders.
20113013 7
84547569 01/12/2011
E.32.B / 4
9. Remove the screws (1) from the rear panel
20113017 8
10. Remove the hand throttle lever (1).
76116979 9
11. Remove the retaining nut (1) and take off the steering
wheel.
76116980 10
12. Remove the retaining bolts on the control panel and

detach the electrical connector. Remove the rev
counter and the control panel (1)
76116981A 11
84547569 01/12/2011
E.32.B / 5
13. Unscrew the retaining screw (1) on the side of the

instrument console (rear hood), (2).
20113018 12
14. Remove the retaining screws (1) on top of instrument

console (rear hood), (2).
20113019 13
15. Remove the instrument console (rear hood), (1).
20113020 14
16. Remove the screws (1) securing the knobs to the

control levers and remove the knobs.
20113021 15
84547569 01/12/2011
E.32.B / 6
17. Unscrew the four screws (1) securing the lever panel
(only three screws shown).
20113022 16
18. Remove the protective cover and the screws that se-
cure the hydraulic control lever support to the plat-
form as shown.
20113023 17
19. Remove the screws (1) that secure the auxiliary con-
trol valves in place.
20113024 18
20. Remove the screws (1) that secure the parking brake
support (2) to the platform. Disconnect the parking
brake relay and the control lever from vertical rod.
20113025 19
84547569 01/12/2011
E.32.B / 7
21. Unscrew the control lever retaining screws and re-

move the control levers.
20113027 20
22. Remove the PTO clutch lever support hardware (1).

Disconnect the PTO control lever from the platform.
20113025 21
23. Remove the four seat securing screws as shown

then remove the seat and covering under the seat.
20113028 22
Next operation:
USER CONTROLS AND SEAT Control - Install (E.32.B)
84547569 01/12/2011
E.32.B / 8
USER CONTROLS AND SEAT Control - Install

WARNING
W0129A
Prior operation:
USER CONTROLS AND SEAT Control - Remove (E.32.B)
1. Install the PTO clutch lever support hardware (1)

then connect the PTO control lever to the platform.
20113025 1
2. Secure the control levers with the retaining screws.
20113027 2
3. Install the screws (1) that secure the parking brake

support (2) to the platform then connect the parking
brake relay and the control lever from vertical rod.
20113025 3
84547569 01/12/2011
E.32.B / 9
4. Secure the auxiliary control valves in place with

screws (1).
20113024 4
5. Install the protective cover and the screws that se-

cure the hydraulic control lever support to the plat-
form as shown.
20113023 5
6. Secure the lever panel with four screws (1) (only

three screws shown).
20113022 6
7. Secure the knobs to the control levers with screws

(1).
20113021 7
84547569 01/12/2011
E.32.B / 10
8. Install the instrument console (rear hood), (1).
20113020 8
9. Install retaining screws (1) on top of instrument con-

sole (rear hood), (2).
20113019 9
10. Install the retaining screw (1) on the side of the in-
strument console (rear hood), (2).
20113018 10
11. Install the retaining bolts on the control panel and

attach the electrical connector. Install the rev counter
and the control panel (1)
76116981A 11
84547569 01/12/2011
E.32.B / 11
12. Secure the steering wheel by installing the retaining

nut (1).
76116980 12
13. Install the hand throttle lever (1).
76116979 13
14. Secure the rear panel with screws (1).
20113017 14
15. Install screws (1) from the right-hand fenders.
20113013 15
84547569 01/12/2011
E.32.B / 12
16. Install the screws (1) from right-hand panel retaining

elements.
cab.
20113012 16
17. Install the left-hand panel (1).
20113014 17
18. Install the three left-hand panel retaining screws (1).
20113015 18
19. Install he left-hand panel retaining screws.

cab.
20113012 19
84547569 01/12/2011
E.32.B / 13
20. Install the four securing screws (1) and secure the
covering of the control panel (2)
21. Connect the electrical connector to the cab interior
light switches (3).
76116978-(2) 20
22. Install the seat and (under the seat) covering with the
four seat securing screws as shown.
20113028 21
23. Connect the negative cable (1)to the battery as

shown.
20113016 22
84547569 01/12/2011
E.32.B / 14
Index
FRAME AND CAB - E

USER CONTROLS AND SEAT Control - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
USER CONTROLS AND SEAT Control - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
84547569 01/12/2011
E.32.B / 15
84547569 01/12/2011
E.32.B / 16
FRAME AND CAB - E
USER PLATFORM - 34.A
TS6020
TS6030 HC
TS6030
84547569 01/12/2011
E.34.A / 1
Contents
FRAME AND CAB - E
SERVICE
Cab
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Door, window and windscreen
Remove Rear window, handle and lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Install Rear window, handle and lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Lock - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Lock - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Remove Door removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Install Door installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Remove Wiper motor removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Install Wiper motor installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Replace Cab windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
84547569 01/12/2011
E.34.A / 2
FRAME AND CAB - USER PLATFORM
Cab - Remove
WARNING
W0129A
WARNING
Avoid injury!
Avoid breathing air-conditioning refrigerant, lubricant vapor or mist. If accidental system discharge
occurs, ventilate the work area before resuming service.
W1000B
Prior operation:
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Evacuate And Recharging - Air Condi-
tioner System (E.40.D)
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable (1).
83113062 1
2. Open the engine hood (1).
83118313 2
84547569 01/12/2011
E.34.A / 3
3. Disconnect the cable that supplies current to the cab

(1) and remove the main ground (2)
83118314 3
4. Disconnect the fuse box (1).
83118315 4
5. Remove the fuse box (1).

6. Disconnect the steering motor lines (2).
7. Disconnect the throttle linkage (3).
83118316 5
8. Recover the refrigerant from the system using the

recovery/recycling station 380000558.
9. Disconnect the air conditioner line fittings as shown.
83118317 6
84547569 01/12/2011
E.34.A / 4
10. Loosen and remove the gearshift lever bolts (1) then
remove the levers.
11. Remove the gear shift lever boot(s) (2).
83118318 7
12. Release the rear remote valve cables (1) by loosen-

ing the base and pulling the pins.
83118319 8
13. Remove the brake pedal pins (1), then separate the
brake rod clevis’s from the brake pedal linkage.
83118320 9
84547569 01/12/2011
E.34.A / 5
14. Remove the grooved pin from the rod assembly. Re-
move and disassemble the hanger and lock rod as-
sembly.
and slide the pedal out of the slot opening on the
operator platform.
RCPH10TTS092BAD 10
16. Disconnect the brake lights and fuel sender connec-

tors (1) as shown.
17. Disconnect the cab to chassis wiring harness con-
nectors (not shown).
83118322 11
18. Close the coolant valve (1) and disconnect the heater
hoses (2).
83118323 12
84547569 01/12/2011
E.34.A / 6
19. Release the PTO cable yoke (1) from the PTO link-
age.
83118324 13
20. Disconnect the breather hose (1).
83118325 14
21. Release the hydraulic power lift lever clips (1)
83118326 15
22. Disconnect the hand brake cable (1).
83118327 16
84547569 01/12/2011
E.34.A / 7
23. Remove the front cab isolator mounting bolts (1).
83118328 17
24. Remove the rear cab isolator mounting bolts (1).
83118329 18
25. Unbolt (1) and remove the left-hand and right-hand

side steps (left-hand side steps shown).
93109868 19
26. DANGER
Heavy objects!
serious injury.
D0076A
Using a suitable lifting device, remove the cab as

shown.
83118330 20
Next operation:
Cab - Install (E.34.A)
84547569 01/12/2011
E.34.A / 8
Cab - Install
Prior operation:
Cab - Remove (E.34.A)
1. DANGER
Heavy objects!
serious injury.
D0076A
Using a suitable lifting device, place the cab into po-

sition as shown.
83118330 1
2. Bolt (1) and install the left-hand and right-hand side

steps (left-hand side steps shown).
93109868 2
3. Install the rear cab isolator mounting bolts (1).
83118329 3
4. Install the front cab isolator mounting bolts (1).
83118328 4
84547569 01/12/2011
E.34.A / 9
5. Connect the hand brake cable (1).
83118327 5
6. Secure the hydraulic power lift lever clips (1)
83118326 6
7. Connect the breather hose (1).
83118325 7
8. Attach the PTO cable yoke (1) to the PTO linkage.
83118324 8
84547569 01/12/2011
E.34.A / 10
9. Open the coolant valve (1) and connect the heater

hoses (2).
83118323 9
10. Connect the cab to chassis wiring harness connec-

tors (not shown).
11. Connect the brake lights and fuel sender connectors
(1) as shown.
83118322 10

and slide the pedal into the slot opening on the oper-
ator platform.
13. Install the grooved pin from the rod assembly. As-
semble and install the hanger and lock rod assembly.
RCPH10TTS092BAD 11
84547569 01/12/2011
E.34.A / 11
14. Join the brake rod clevis’s to the brake pedal linkage,
then install the brake pedal pins (1).
83118320 12
15. Secure the rear remote valve cables (1) by tightening

the base and inserting the pins.
83118319 13
16. Install the gear shift lever boot(s) (1).

17. Install the levers by installing and tightening the
gearshift lever bolts (2).
83118318 14
18. Connect the air conditioner line fittings as shown.

19. Charge the air-conditioning system with refrigerant
using the recovery/recycling station 380000558.
83118317 15
84547569 01/12/2011
E.34.A / 12
20. Connect the throttle linkage (1).

21. Connect the steering motor lines (2).
22. Install the fuse box (3).
83118316 16
23. Connect the fuse box (1).
83118315 17
24. Install the main ground (1) then connect the cable
that supplies current to the cab (2).
83118314 18
25. Close the engine hood (1).
83118313 19
84547569 01/12/2011
E.34.A / 13
26. Connect the negative battery cable (1).
83113062 20
84547569 01/12/2011
E.34.A / 14
Door, window and windscreen - Remove Rear window, handle and

lock
WARNING
W0129A
1. Disconnect the negative cable (1) from the battery.
20113016 1
2. Remove the handle (1), seals and threaded pin (2).
20113029 2
3. Disconnect the two gas struts at the ball and socket

joints (1).
20113030 3
84547569 01/12/2011
E.34.A / 15
4. Remove the hinge screws (1) and remove the

hinges. Remove the cab rear windscreen complete
with frame (2), figure 3.
5. With the cab rear windscreen removed, remove the
securing screws and the frame (2), figure 3.
20113031 4
Next operation:
Door, window and windscreen - Install Rear window, handle and lock (E.34.A)
84547569 01/12/2011
E.34.A / 16
Door, window and windscreen - Install Rear window, handle and

lock
WARNING
W0129A
Prior operation:
Door, window and windscreen - Remove Rear window, handle and lock (E.34.A)
1. Install the cab rear windscreen complete with frame

(1).
20113030 1
2. Install the hinge screws (1) and install the hinges.
20113031 2
3. Connect the two gas struts at the ball and socket

joints (1).
20113030 3
84547569 01/12/2011
E.34.A / 17
4. Install the handle (1), seals and threaded pin (2).
20113029 4
5. Connect the negative cable (1) to the battery.
20113016 5
Next operation:
Door, window and windscreen Lock - Remove (E.34.A)
84547569 01/12/2011
E.34.A / 18
Door, window and windscreen Lock - Remove

WARNING
W0129A
Prior operation:
Door, window and windscreen - Install Rear window, handle and lock (E.34.A)
Lock and exterior handle; left-hand door

20113016 1
2. Unscrew the three screws (1) securing the interior

lock cover (2).
20113032 2
3. Remove two screws (1) securing the interior lock (2).
20113033---COPY 3
84547569 01/12/2011
E.34.A / 19
4. Remove the exterior handle by unscrewing the two

retaining screws (1) from the inside.
20113034 4
Next operation:
Door, window and windscreen Lock - Install (E.34.A)
84547569 01/12/2011
E.34.A / 20
Door, window and windscreen Lock - Install

WARNING
W0129A
Prior operation:
Door, window and windscreen Lock - Remove (E.34.A)
Lock and exterior handle; left-hand door

1. Secure the exterior handle by installing the two re-
taining screws (1) from the inside.
20113034 1
2. Install two screws (1) that secure the interior lock (2).
20113033---COPY 2
3. Secure the interior lock cover (2) by installing three

screws (1).
20113032 3
84547569 01/12/2011
E.34.A / 21
4. Connect the negative cable (1) to the battery.
20113016 4
Next operation:
Door, window and windscreen - Remove Door removal (E.34.A)
84547569 01/12/2011
E.34.A / 22
Door, window and windscreen - Remove Door removal

WARNING
W0129A
Prior operation:
Door, window and windscreen Lock - Install (E.34.A)
20113016 1
2. Using a 13 mm open end wrench, loosen and re-

move jam nut/bolt (1) then remove the door closure
gas strut (2).
83113047 2
3. From inside the cab, unscrew the two bolts (1) that
secure the top door hinge (2).
NOTICE: This is a two man operation. Ensure that one
person is holding the door when hinge screws are being
removed.
83113049 3
84547569 01/12/2011
E.34.A / 23
4. From inside the cab, unscrew the two bolts (1) that
secure the bottom door hinge (2).
83113048 4
5. DANGER
Heavy parts!
serious injury.
D0018A
Remove the door (1).
76116983 5
NOTE: Repeat steps 2 through 4 for opposite side door.
Next operation:
Door, window and windscreen - Install Door installation (E.34.A)
84547569 01/12/2011
E.34.A / 24
Door, window and windscreen - Install Door installation

DANGER
Heavy parts!
Support designated component(s) with adequate lifting equipment.
D0018A
Prior operation:
Door, window and windscreen - Remove Door removal (E.34.A)
1. Position the door (1) in place in preparation for instal-

lation.
aligned to holes.
76116983 1
2. From inside the cab, install the two bolts (1) that se-
cure the top door hinge (2).
removed.
83113049 2
3. From inside the cab, install the two bolts (1) that se-
cure the bottom door hinge (2).
CAUTION
Pinch hazard!
Be careful not to get your hand, clothes, etc.
caught in the door when closing it.
Failure to comply could result in minor or mod-
erate injury.
C0046A
83113048 3
84547569 01/12/2011
E.34.A / 25
4. Install the door closure strut (1) by installing and tight-

ening the jam nut/bolt (2) using a 13 mm open end
wrench.
83113047 4
5. WARNING
Before working on any part of the elec-
trical system, disconnect the battery
ground cable. Complete all electrical
work before connecting the cable.
serious injury.
W0129A
Connect the negative cable (1) to the battery.
20113016 5
Next operation:
Door, window and windscreen - Remove Wiper motor removal (E.34.A)
84547569 01/12/2011
E.34.A / 26
Door, window and windscreen - Remove Wiper motor removal

Prior operation:
Door, window and windscreen - Install Door installation (E.34.A)
NOTE: This operation requires two persons.

1. WARNING
Before working on any part of the elec-
trical system, disconnect the battery
ground cable. Complete all electrical
work before connecting the cable.
serious injury.
W0129A
Disconnect the negative cable (1) from the battery.
20113016 1
2. Remove the (front) two bolts (1) on the cab roof (one
on each side).
3. Remove the nuts (2) located on the middle of the cab
roof (one on each side).
83113059 2
4. Remove the light bar mounting bolts (1), two on each

side, on the rear of the cab roof.
83113050 3
5. DANGER
Heavy parts!
serious injury.
D0018A
Slowly, raise the cab roof 14 - 20 cm (6 - 8 in) in order

to access wiring harness assemblies.
84547569 01/12/2011
E.34.A / 27
NOTE: : It is not necessary to (completely) remove the roof from the cab, just lift up and move rearward enough to
access the wiper motor hardware.
6. Disconnect the antenna (1) wiring harness assembly
from underneath the cab roof.
83113051 4
7. Disconnect the rear light bar wiring harness from un-

derneath the cab roof.
8. Disconnect the front wiper wiring harness.
9. Unscrew the wiper blade retaining screw (1).
20113039 5
10. Unscrew the small nut (1) securing the wiper motor
assembly.
20113040 6
84547569 01/12/2011
E.34.A / 28
11. Unscrew the large nut and remove the wiper motor
assembly (1) from top the cab.
83113053 7
Next operation:
Door, window and windscreen - Install Wiper motor installation (E.34.A)
84547569 01/12/2011
E.34.A / 29
Door, window and windscreen - Install Wiper motor installation

WARNING
W0129A
Prior operation:
Door, window and windscreen - Remove Wiper motor removal (E.34.A)
NOTE: This operation requires two persons.

1. Secure the wiper motor assembly (1), using the large
nut, to the top of the cab.
83113053 1
2. Further secure the wiper motor assembly into posi-

tion using the small nut (1) as shown.
20113040 2
3. Tighten the wiper blade retaining screw (1).
20113039 3
84547569 01/12/2011
E.34.A / 30
4. DANGER
Heavy parts!
serious injury.
D0018A
Slowly, align and lower the cab roof to within 14 -

20 cm (6 - 8 in) of the cab frame in order to access
wiring harness assemblies.
5. Connect the front wiper wiring harness.
6. Connect the rear light bar wiring harness from under-
neath the cab roof.
7. Connect the antenna (1) wiring harness assembly
83113051 4
8. When aligned, install the light bar mounting bolts (1),

two on each side, on the rear of the cab roof. Do not
tighten.
83113050 5
9. Install the nuts (1) located on the middle of the cab

roof (one on each side). Do not tighten.
10. Install the (front) two bolts (2) on the cab roof (one
on each side). Do not tighten.
83113059 6
NOTICE: When lowering cab roof onto mounting hardware (cab frame), use caution with regards to rubber seal around
perimeter of cab roof. Proper sealing is critical.
84547569 01/12/2011
E.34.A / 31
11. After all bolts/nuts at all locations have been started

(finger tight) and rubber seal has been verified,
tighten bolts at all locations as previously described.
12. WARNING
Do not reverse battery terminals. Con-
nect positive cable ends to positive termi-
nals (+) and negative cable ends to nega-
tive terminals (-).
serious injury.
W0262A
Connect the negative cable (1) to the battery.
20113016 7
Next operation:
Door, window and windscreen - Replace Cab windows (E.34.A)
84547569 01/12/2011
E.34.A / 32
Door, window and windscreen - Replace Cab windows

WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
WARNING
Chemical hazard!
Minor concentrations of acetic acid vapor may be produced during application. Provide adequate ven-
tilation when applying Room-Temperature Vulcanization (RTV) silicone in confined areas. Eye contact
with RTV silicone materials may cause irritation. If eye contact occurs, flush the eyes with water for
15 minutes.
W1082A
Prior operation:
Door, window and windscreen - Install Wiper motor installation (E.34.A)
Removal
1. If possible, remove any window support blocks
present as they can restrict the action of the cutting
wire.
2. From inside the cab use a pair of pliers to push the
cutting wire (1) through the adhesive (2) between the
glass and the frame.
20113042 1
3. Thread the cutting wire (1) into the handle and lock it
with the screw (2).
20113043 2
84547569 01/12/2011
E.34.A / 33
4. Anchor the pointed end of the tool into the adhesive.

Keep the wire close to the glass and pull on the hand
grip (2).
5. Anchor the pointed end of the tool into the adhesive.
Keep the wire close to the glass and pull on the hand
grip (2).
20113044 3
20113045 4
6. Use a tool with suction cups to remove the window

and place it on a suitable surface to avoid damaging
it.
7. Completely remove the adhesive from the window
surround, taking care not to damage the surrounding
area.
8. Remove the adhesive from the glass using a suitable
solvent.
9. Clean the frame, as described in operation 7.
NOTICE: When replacing a broken window, remove the glass fragments still attached to the cab and use a knife blade
to cut the adhesive (1), Figure 4, away from the frame. Take care not to damage the frame.
84547569 01/12/2011
E.34.A / 34
Installation
1. Make sure that the contact area between the glass
and the metal frame in the cab is perfectly clean.
2. Using a clean tissue, apply the activator (VP 04604
GURIT ESSEX) around the edge of the glass, where
contact will be made with the metal frame. Allow to
dry.
3. Shake the bottle of glass primer (Betaprime 5100
GURIT ESSEX) for 60 s. Using the applicator pro-
vided (1), apply the primer (2) around the edge of the
glass and overtop of the dried activator. Allow to dry
thoroughly.
20113046 5
4. Shake the bottle of metal plate primer (Betaprime

5402 GURIT ESSEX) for 60 s. Use the applicator
provided and apply around the metal frame where
contact will be made with the glass. Allow to dry
thoroughly.
5. Cut the spout of the adhesive dispenser as shown,
to achieve a triangular bead.
6. Apply a smooth, continuous bead of polyurethane
adhesive (Betaseal 1703 GURIT ESSEX) around the
edge of the glass over the previously primed area
(the cross-section of this bead must be triangular,
with a base width of 10 mm (0.39 in) and a height
of 10 mm (0.39 in).
NOTE: Make sure that the adhesive bead is continuous,
i.e., there are no areas where adhesive is missing. Other-
wise, water may penetrate.
7. Insert the window support blocks, if present. 20113047 6
NOTE: Leave the clamps in place for 4 h until the adhesive

has completely polymerized. To promote a good bond, do
not move the cab or the tractor during this time.
8. Using a tool with suction cups, position the window
in its surround and use suitable clamps to apply a
uniform pressure to obtain a 4 mm (0.2 in) thickness
of adhesive and ensure perfect adhesion.
84547569 01/12/2011
E.34.A / 35
Index
FRAME AND CAB - E

Cab - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Cab - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Door, window and windscreen - Install Door installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Door, window and windscreen - Install Rear window, handle and lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Door, window and windscreen - Install Wiper motor installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Door, window and windscreen - Remove Door removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Door, window and windscreen - Remove Rear window, handle and lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Door, window and windscreen - Remove Wiper motor removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Door, window and windscreen - Replace Cab windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Door, window and windscreen Lock - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Door, window and windscreen Lock - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
84547569 01/12/2011
E.34.A / 36
FRAME AND CAB - E
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning

- 40.D
TS6020
TS6030 HC
TS6030
84547569 01/12/2011
E.40.D / 1
Contents
FRAME AND CAB - E
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - 40.D
TECHNICAL DATA

Compressor
Capacity Oil type and quantity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
FUNCTIONAL DATA

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Overview Component identification/functionality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Ventilation system
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
SERVICE

Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Decontaminating - Component flushing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Decontaminating - Complete circuit flushing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Decontaminating - Post flushing procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Recover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Evacuate And Recharging - Air Conditioner System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Replace Air conditioning and heating pipes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Compressor
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Tension adjust Drive belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Condenser
Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Receiver/drier
Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
84547569 01/12/2011
E.40.D / 2
DIAGNOSTIC

Problem solving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
84547569 01/12/2011
E.40.D / 3
FRAME AND CAB - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning

- General specification
Air Conditioner System Gas CNH REFRIGERANT HFC-134A
Quantity 1300 g (45.9 oz)
System delivery side pressure 16 - 24 bar (232.00 - 348.00 psi)
System suction side pressure bar 0.5 - 3 bar (7.25 - 43.50 psi)
Pressure switch setting (high pressure) 25 bar (362.50 psi)
Pressure switch setting (low pressure) 2 bar (29.00 psi)
Temperature of refrigerant fluid at compressor outlet 60 - 120 °C (140.00 - 248.00 °F)
Temperature of refrigerant fluid at condenser outlet 40 - 60 °C (104.00 - 140.00 °F)
Temperature of refrigerant fluid at evaporator outlet 0 - 15 °C (32.00 - 59.00 °F)
Maximum capacity of electric centrifugal fan I, II, III speed 3500 - 8500 l/min (924.60 - 2245.46 US gpm)
84547569 01/12/2011
E.40.D / 4
Compressor - General specification

Denso BC 447190–0540 Compressor
Number of cylinders 10
Total displacement 167 cm³ (10.2 in³)
Maximum rotation speed 6000 RPM (6000.00 RPM)
Weight 5.5 kg (12.1 lb)
Quantity of lubricating oil 100 cm³ (6.1 in³)
Type of lubricating oil PAG SP20
Compressor - Capacity Oil type and quantity

• The tractor is equipped with a DENSO BC
447190–0540 compressor for refrigerant CNH
REFRIGERANT HFC-134A.
• The compressor is filled during assembly with
100cm3 (3.38oz) of PAG SP20 lubricating oil. In
the event that oil needs to be changed or added
use this type of oil.
• It is not necessary to check the compressor oil level
unless the system develops significant gas leaks.
NOTE: If the system develops significant leaks of CNH
REFRIGERANT HFC-134A, there will also be a significant
loss of compressor oil PAG SP20. It will therefore be nec-
essary to check the compressor oil level, bearing in mind
that, on average, only 70 to 72 cm3 (2.36 to 2.43oz), of
the total quantity of lubricating oil (100 cm3) [3.38 oz]) will
be present in the compressor, as the remaining 27 to 30
cm3 (0.91 to 1.01 oz) will be in circulation through the var-
ious system components. For problems of this type, we
recommend that you seek assistance from an authorized
dealer.
84547569 01/12/2011
E.40.D / 5

- Overview
The function of the air conditioning system is to create and maintain optimum working conditions inside the cab. The
climate inside the cab essentially depends on four factors:
• Temperature
• Humidity
• Speed
• Purity of cab air
“Ideal” conditions will vary from person to person, and so it is not possible to specify optimum values for the above
factors; however, we can specify a range of values within which the majority of people will feel most comfortable.
With regards to temperature and humidity, we can define a zone, known as the ‘comfort zone’, within which the tem-
perature and humidity combination corresponds to satisfactory climatic conditions.
Figure 1 illustrates that humidity should be within the range of 30 - 70 %. Below 30 % there is excessive dehydration
of the mucous tissue of the nose and throat, whereas above 70 % an uncomfortable sense of dampness may be
perceived.
The temperature may therefore may vary between 18 - 28 °C (64.40 - 82.40 °F). The air flow speed must not be so
high as to cause discomfort; speeds of 0.07 - 0.25 m/s (0.23 - 0.82 ft/s) are normally acceptable.
With regards to air purity, no precise limits have been defined; however, it is important to remember that the human or-
ganism gradually alters the composition of the air in the surrounding environment by breathing, increasing the amount
of carbon dioxide and humidity, and decreasing the amount of oxygen, etc.
Problems can be eliminated by allowing a small flow of external air to enter the cab. However, as these machines are
often used in dusty conditions (dust from the earth, hay, etc.), the installation of dry filters on the external air inlets
provides a simple solution.
The use of air conditioning in machinery generally serves to neutralize unpleasant climatic conditions inside the cab;
the air conditioning system controls the temperature and humidity of the air drawn into and already present in the cab
so as to maintain a comfortable climate for the operator.
The operating principle of the system is similar to that of a domestic refrigerator: heat is removed from the air by
means of a physical process (the evaporation of a liquid) which draws heat from the surrounding environment.
The liquid used in this process (refrigerant) is a product with a high refrigeration coefficient, low toxicity and mixes well
with lubricating oils. The various components of the system are connected by pipes in which the refrigerant circulates.
Simplified psychometric diagram
(1) Sensation of unbearable coldness.

(2) Sensation of coldness.
(3) Comfort zone.
(4) Sensation of heat.
(5) Sensation of unbearable heat.
SEZ50CAP1A-42 1
84547569 01/12/2011
E.40.D / 6

- Dynamic description
The air conditioning system consists of five main components as follows: (see figure 1 for location)
• Compressor (1)
• Condenser (2)
• Filter/drier (3)
• Expansion valve (4)
• Evaporator (5)
To understand the operating cycle of the system, follow the flow of the refrigerant starting from the compressor (1).
The compressor draws in vaporized refrigerant at a pressure of 0.5 - 3 bar (7.25 - 43.50 psi) compressing it to a
pressure of 16 - 24 bar (232.00 - 348.00 psi)
The refrigerant, heated by compression to 60 - 120 °C (140.00 - 248.00 °F), is directed to the condenser coil (2) (still
in vapor form) located in front of the engine radiator.
The air flow, produced by the electric fan and the forward movement of the machine, cools the refrigerant by means
of heat exchange. This action cools the refrigerant to the point of condensation between 40 - 60 °C (104.00 - 140.00
°F) depending on the outside temperature, changing the vapor into liquid.
The refrigerant, in liquid state at high pressure, is purified by passing through the filter/dryer (3) from where it flows to
the expansion valve (4), which restricts the flow of refrigerant and thus reduces its pressure.
As it passes through the expansion valve (4), part of the refrigerant is transformed into vapor and the low temperature
mixture of vapor and liquid thus formed enters the evaporator (5).
Here the electric fan causes a continuous circulation of the cab air over the fins of the evaporator (5), helping the
refrigerant to absorb heat from the air and thus change completely from a liquid to vapor.
The evaporation process removes heat from the air passing over the evaporator (5) and thus reduces the temperature
inside the cab.
The flow of air over the cold surface of the evaporator (5) also condenses some of the moisture in the air and therefore
reduces the humidity in the cab.
On leaving the evaporator (5) at 0 - 15 °C (32.00 - 59.00 °F) the low pressure mixture is taken in by the compressor
(1) to start a new cycle.
Schematic diagram of the air conditioning system
20115835 1
84547569 01/12/2011
E.40.D / 7

- Overview Component identification/functionality
Compressor
• The compressor serves to pressurize the refrigerant and force it through the system.
• The compressor is driven by the engine crankshaft via a “V” belt.
• The operation of the compressor can be summarized as follows, the valve opening and closing system is auto-
matic, achieved by preloading of the shutter blades.
• The rotating parts of the compressor are lubricated by special oil, inserted during assembly, some of which
circulates through the system mixed with the refrigerant.
Condenser
• The condenser is the system component in which the refrigerant vapor condenses to form a liquid.
• The condenser works in similar way to the engine cooling radiator, allowing the vapor to give up heat to the
external air.
• The condenser is comprised of a series of inner tubes through the refrigerant flows and a outer shell consisting
of a series of thin aluminium fins which increase the surface area in contact with the cooling air flowing through
the condenser.
• The condenser is fitted opposite the engine radiator, in the best position for the air flow necessary for heat
exchange.
Evaporator
• The cooling cycle is completed inside the evaporator.
• The refrigerant at the expansion valve outlet is a mixture of vapor liquid at low temperature and low pressure.
As it passes through the evaporator radiator the refrigerant absorbs heat from the cab air, evaporates, and is
then taken in by the compressor as vapor.
• The operation of the evaporator is controlled by the expansion valve which regulates the flow of refrigerant to
obtain the required degree of air cooling.
• The evaporator performs the opposite function to the condenser, but it is constructed in a similar way; the only
differences being the overall dimensions and the internal pipe layout.
• The evaporator also dehumidifies the air. The air passing over the evaporator contains a certain quantity of
moisture, and this must be kept within certain limits for operator comfort. Some of the humidity in the air con-
denses on the fins of the evaporator.
• The centrifugal fan draws the ambient air through the fins of the evaporator (where it is cooled and dehumidified)
and into the cab.
• The housing around the evaporator is equipped with a condensate trap from which the condensate is carried
outside the vehicle through discharge tubes.
84547569 01/12/2011
E.40.D / 8
Filter/drier
• The filter/drier, fitted near the compressor and positioned between the condenser and the expansion valve,
performs two basic functions: acting as a filter to remove solid and liquid particles from the refrigerant, and as
a temporary storage container during variable charge stages.
• It is important to eliminate water from the system to prevent corrosion and consequent damage to the compo-
nents.
• The filter therefore contains substances capable of absorbing humidity. Solid particles, such as grit, oxides,
metal particles produced by the mechanical wear of the compressor, etc., can also damage the system and so
the filter incorporates screens to retain them.
Filter/drier components
• Pressure port. (1)
• Upper screen (2)
• Disk (3)
• Drying unit (4)
• Lower screen (5)
SEZ50CAP1B-1 1
84547569 01/12/2011
E.40.D / 9
Thermostatic expansion valve

• This valve serves to reduce the pressure of the liquid refrigerant from the condenser so that the refrigerant
entering the evaporator can evaporate and thus take heat from the air which is to be cooled.
The expansion valve has two main functions:
- metering: the calibrated bore ( (6), 2) inside the valve body creates a difference in the pressure of the refrigerant
between the inlet (4) (liquid state) and the outlet (7) (mixed liquid/vapor state); the calibrated bore (6) also serves
to atomize the refrigerant to facilitate subsequent evaporation;
- modulation: inside the valve body a thermostatic sensor controls the valve aperture so that the right quantity
of refrigerant enters the evaporator to ensure complete evaporation.
• If the thermostatic sensor ( (2), 2) detects an increase in the temperature of the refrigerant at the evaporator
outlet, the flow of refrigerant is increased.
• If the temperature in the cab drops or the compressor starts to operate at a higher capacity (due to an increase
in engine speed), the flow rate into the evaporator is reduced.
• The expansion valve is installed on the evaporator inlet fitting (7), and as the internal refrigerant flow control
system is completely automatic, it requires no special maintenance.
• To perform functional testing, with the system is fully charged, check that the system operating pressures are
those indicated in ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - General specifi-
cation (E.40.D).
NOTE: In the event of malfunction, replace the valve.
Expansion valve block components/flow description
• From the evaporator outlet. (1)
• Thermostatic sensor (2)
• To compressor suction inlet (3)
• From filter/drier (4)
• Spring (5)
• Calibrated bore and ball (6)
• To evaporator inlet. (7)
SEZ50CAP1A-44 2
84547569 01/12/2011
E.40.D / 10
Adjustable electronic thermostatic switch (Defrost

function)
• The adjustable electronic thermostat switch safety
device fitted with a sensor that, when inserted be-
tween the evaporator fins (2), constantly monitors
the temperature.
• The sensor head contains a gas which is sensitive
to evaporator temperature variations, thus varying
the volume inside the sensor.
• The variation of the volume inside the sensor head
(1), acting on a membrane connected to a complex
mechanism, opens or closes the electric circuit con-
3
nected to the compressor electromagnetic clutch. SEZ50CAP1A-1
• The opening or closing of the compressor electro-

magnetic clutch electric circuit causes the compres-
sor to engage or disengage.
• The electronic thermostatic switch is adjustable
from inside the cab.
• The switch acts on a potentiometer designed to al-
low for variance of temperature.
• It is important that the electronic thermostatic switch
is always checked and inserted between the evapo-
rator fins, in order that the system can function cor-
rectly.
NOTE: In the event of malfunction, check the electric cir-
cuit of the electronic thermostatic switch and the control
installed on the control panel case.
84547569 01/12/2011
E.40.D / 11
Ventilation system - Overview

Cab heating and ventilation controls
Turn on the cab ventilation by means of the switch (1) and
direct the air flow by positioning the front vents (2).
20115836 1
20115837 2
The operator may select outside air or inside air by adjust-

ing the rear circulation vents (1). which can assume two
positions.
• vents closed: air is drawn from outside cab through

the lateral filters.
• vents open: the greater part of the air is drawn from
inside the cab through the vents.
Fresh air drawn into the cab from outside is always fil-
tered.
20115838 3
Electric Fan
The fan control switch (1), and is powered up when the ig-
nition switch is in the start position. The fan control switch
has four positions.
• (A) OFF
• (B) Low speed
• (C) Medium speed
• (D) High speed
20115836 4
84547569 01/12/2011
E.40.D / 12
Air filter
WARNING
Harmful dust!
Properly maintain filters. Keep cab doors
and windows closed. Cab air filter, even if it
is carbon, does not protect against all sub-
stances (e.g. chemical residue on crops).
Absolute protection requires product-specific
knowledge about potential hazards and how
to counter them.
Failure to comply could result in death or se-
rious injury.
W0100A
Switching the air conditioning and tempera-

ture control
The temperature control knobs allow the operator to ad-
just the cab temperature to their specifications. The heat-
ing control knob (1) can control how hot the cab tempera-
ture will be. When the knob is turned fully counter clock-
wise there will be minimum temperature, when the knob is
fully turned clockwise there will be maximum temperature.
The cooling control knob (2) can control how cool the cab
temperature will be. When the knob is turned fully counter
clockwise there will be minimum temperature, when the
knob is fully turned clockwise there will be maximum tem-
20115836 5
perature. These setting can be controlled by the fan con-
trol switch (3).
NOTE: The total capacity of the cooling system (including
the cab heating system) is 16 l (4.23 US gal).
84547569 01/12/2011
E.40.D / 13

- Test
DANGER
Avoid injury!
Observe ALL precautions listed below when servicing the air-conditioning system and handling re-
frigerant.
D0043A
1. Use a refrigerant identifier – OEM4450 or equivalent

– to test the purity of the R134A refrigerant before
recovering refrigerant or performing system service.
NOTE: Many modern recovery stations include a refriger-
ant identifier as an integrated component.
Next operation:
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Recover (E.40.D)
84547569 01/12/2011
E.40.D / 14

- Decontaminating - Component flushing
WARNING
Avoid injury!
W1000B
Prior operation:
NOTE: The power flush unit uses shop air to atomize the flushing solvent and a pulsing action to scrub residue and
contaminants out of components.
1. Attach flushing adapters (1) to the component to be
flushed. These adapters can be shop built or a uni-
versal A/C flushing fitting set is available.
RCPH07CCH027AAC 1
2. Fill the flushing reservoir (1) three-quarter full with

approved flushing solvent. Do not overfill the reser-
voir or you will restrict the pulsing action of the unit.
RCPH07CCH265ABC 2
3. Close the air (1) and the flushing (2) valves.
RCPH07CCH268ABC 3
84547569 01/12/2011
E.40.D / 15
4. Remove the flushing tank hose quick coupler from

the evaporation plug as shown.
RCPH07CCH022AAC 4
5. Connect the flushing tank hose quick coupler (1) to

an extension or an adapter hose.
RCPH07CCH024AAC 5
6. Connect a clean and dry shop air supply (1) to the

quick coupler on the flushing valve (2).
RCPH07CCH018AAC 6
7. Connect flushing (1) and drain (2) hoses to flushing

adapters on component being flushed so the flush-
ing solvent moves in the opposite direction of refrig-
erant flow – back flushing. Reinforced clear hose is
preferred to monitor the condition and removal of the
used solvent.
NOTE: Back flushing is done first to dislodge any contam-
inants, and then forward flushing is performed to remove
the contaminants.
RCPH07CCH019AAC 7
8. Secure the lid on the return bucket so all flush vapors

pass through the bucket filter.
84547569 01/12/2011
E.40.D / 16
9. Open the air valve (1) one-half to three-quarter turn.

NOTICE: Do not exceed this rate of air delivery. This rate
delivers one gallon per minute of flush solvent which is ideal
for the orifice openings on the components being flushed.
RCPH07CCH025AAC 8
10. Turn the flushing valve (1) to the “flush” position and
flush the component for 30 s.
RCPH07CCH025AAC 9
11. Close the flushing (1) and air valves (2). Reverse
hose connections (3) and (4) for forward flushing.
Open flushing and air valves and repeat flushing until
the solvent is clear.
RCPH07CCH020AAC 10
12. Turn the flushing valve (1) to the “air” position. Allow
air to flow through the component until no noticeable
mist is discharged.
NOTE: Air pressure is the only means to remove the flush-
ing solvent from the A/C system, and no solvent must re-
main in the system when it is evacuated and recharged.
Turn the component so gravity can assist in solvent re-
moval.
RCPH07CCH026AAC 11
84547569 01/12/2011
E.40.D / 17
13. Turn the flushing valve (1) to the “closed” posi-

tion. Disconnect the flushing and drain hoses and
adapters from the component.
RCPH07CCH021AAC 12
14. Install the flushing tank hose quick coupler (1) on

the evaporation plug to prevent evaporation of the
solvent remaining in the tank during storage.
RCPH07CCH022AAC 13
Next operation:
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Decontaminating - Post flushing proce-
dures (E.40.D)
84547569 01/12/2011
E.40.D / 18

- Decontaminating - Complete circuit flushing
WARNING
Chemical hazard!
W0180A
Prior operation:
NOTE: The power flush unit uses shop air to atomize the flushing solvent and a pulsing action to scrub residue and
contaminants out of components.
1. Fill the flushing reservoir (1) three-quarter full with
approved flushing solvent. Do not overfill the reser-
voir or you will restrict the pulsing action of the unit.
RCPH07CCH032AAC 1
2. Remove the receiver-drier, and join the hoses to-

gether with an adapter hose as shown. Discard the
receiver-drier.
RCPH07CCH418ABC 2
3. Remove the thermal expansion valve, and use

adapters to connect the hose lines to the evaporator
as shown.
RCPH07CCH424ABC 3
84547569 01/12/2011
E.40.D / 19
4. Disconnect the suction and discharge lines from the

compressor. Attach flushing adapters (1) and (2) to
the lines.
RCPH07CCH426ABC 4
5. Close the air (1) and the flushing (2) valves.
RCPH07CCH265ABC 5
6. Remove the flushing tank hose quick coupler from

the evaporation plug as shown.
RCPH07CCH035AAC 6
7. Connect the flushing tank hose quick coupler (1) to

an extension or adapter hose.
RCPH07CCH036AAC 7
84547569 01/12/2011
E.40.D / 20
8. Connect clean and dry shop air supply (1) to the

quick coupler on the flushing valve (2).
RCPH07CCH029AAC 8
9. Connect flushing and drain hoses to adapters on

compressor lines so flushing solvent moves in the
opposite direction of refrigerant flow – back flushing.
Connect the hose from the flush tank to the suction
line (1); connect the hose to the return bucket to the
discharge line (2). Reinforced clear hose is preferred
to monitor the condition and removal of the used sol-
vent.
NOTE: Back flushing is done first to dislodge any contam-
inants, and then forward flushing is performed to remove
the contaminants.
NOTE: The suction and discharge ports on the compressor
are marked with the letters “S” and “D,” respectively. RCPH07CCH426ABC 9
10. Secure the lid on the return bucket so all flush vapors
pass through the bucket filter.
11. Open the air valve (1) one-half to three-quarter turn.
NOTICE: Do not exceed this rate of air delivery. This rate
delivers one gallon per minute of flush solvent which is ideal
for the orifice openings in the circuit being flushed.
RCPH07CCH030AAC 10
12. Turn the flushing valve (2) to the “flush” position, and
flush the circuit until the solvent appears clear at the
return hose to the solvent waste container.
RCPH07CCH030AAC 11
84547569 01/12/2011
E.40.D / 21
13. Close the flushing and air valves. Reverse hose con-
nections for forward flushing. Connect the hose from
the flush tank to the discharge line (1); connect the
hose to the return bucket to the suction line (2). Open
the flushing and air valves and repeat flushing until
the solvent is clear.
RCPH07CCH426ABC 12
14. Turn the flushing valve to the “air” position. Allow air
to flow through the circuit until no noticeable mist is
discharged.
NOTE: Air pressure is the only means to remove the flush-
ing solvent from the A/C system, and no solvent must re-
main in the system when it is evacuated and recharged.
RCPH07CCH031AAC 13
15. Turn the flushing valve to the Closed position. Dis-

connect the flushing and drain hoses and adapters
from the compressor lines. Install the flushing tank
hose quick coupler on the evaporation plug, as
shown, to prevent evaporation of the solvent remain-
ing in the tank during storage.
RCPH07CCH035AAC 14
Next operation:
dures (E.40.D)
84547569 01/12/2011
E.40.D / 22

- Decontaminating - Post flushing procedures
WARNING
Chemical hazard!
W0180A
WARNING
Chemical hazard!
Coolant can be toxic. Keep away from children and pets. Avoid prolonged contact. If not reused,
dispose of in accordance with local environmental regulations.
W0295A
Prior operation:
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Decontaminating - Complete circuit
flushing (E.40.D)
Prior operation:
dures (E.40.D)
1. Identify and remove the source of the contamination.

2. Reconnect all fittings using new HNBR “green”
R134A compatible O-rings. Lubricate the O-rings
with mineral oil prior to installation.
RCPH07CCH376ABC 1
3. Install a new receiver-drier.

NOTE: The receiver-drier should be replaced just before
the system is drawn to a deep vacuum to avoid saturating
it with moisture.
RCPH07CCH344ABC 2
84547569 01/12/2011
E.40.D / 23
4. Clean or replace the thermal expansion valve as re-

quired.
RCPH07CCH371ABC 3
5. Install a new compressor if required.
RCPH07CCH332ABC 4
6. Adjust the level of PAG SP20 oil in the system. When

each component was flushed, some PAG SP20 oil
was removed from the system. Use the following
guidelines when adjusting PAG SP20 oil level:
• If the compressor is to be replaced and the en-
tire system was flushed, the new compressor
will contain all the PAG SP20 oil needed and
no further adjustment is required.
• If the compressor is not to be replaced and the
entire system was flushed, drain the oil from
the compressor to remove any remaining con-
taminants. Add back to the compressor one
container, 250 ml (8.5 US fl oz), of new PAG
SP20 oil. (Some oil, about 35 ml (1.2 US fl oz),
will remain in the compressor even after it has
been drained.)
• If the entire system was not flushed, drain the
oil from the compressor to be installed. Add
back new PAG SP20 oil equal to 250 ml (8.5
US fl oz) minus oil amounts still in the com-
ponents that were not flushed. Use the table
below.
Component flushed PAG SP20 oil to add

Condenser 50 ml (1.7 US fl oz)
Evaporator 40 ml (1.4 US fl oz)
Receiver-Drier 25 ml (0.85 US fl oz)
Each Hose 10 ml (0.34 US fl oz)
84547569 01/12/2011
E.40.D / 24
NOTE: Total system PAG SP20 oil should be 285 ml (9.6 US fl oz) and about 35 ml (1.2 US fl oz) will remain in a
drained compressor.
Final System Oil Check

7. After the system has been drawn to a deep vacuum
and recharged,
A. Operate the A/C system for 15 min to thor-
oughly circulate the PAG SP20 oil throughout
the system.
B. Install the gauge set and test the A/C system
for proper operation referring to the pressure/
temperature table ENVIRONMENT CONTROL
Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning -
Evacuate And Recharging - Air Conditioner
System (E.40.D).
C. Recover refrigerant from the system. Use the
dipstick method to check the PAG SP20 oil
level in the compressor. If needed, adjust the
oil level.
D. Evacuate and recharge the system.
NOTE: If oil level was measured and adjusted properly ac-
cording to the guidelines, Steps C and D are unnecessary.
NOTICE: Because the system has been open for a pro-
longed time, it is very important to draw the system to a
deep vacuum to remove all moisture. Evacuate the sys-
tem for at least 45 min to a vacuum of 749.3 mm Hg (29.5
in Hg).
Flushing Solvent Disposal

8. Good stewardship of our natural resources is every-
one’s business. Flushing solvent is a hazardous ma-
terial. Never dispose of this solvent by pouring it
down the drain or treating it as water soluble waste.
Observe all local, state and federal regulations when
disposing the solvent.
NOTICE: Never reuse contaminated flushing solvent.
Next operation:
84547569 01/12/2011
E.40.D / 25

- Recover
WARNING
Escaping refrigerant may cause frostbite!
Always wear protective goggles when handling refrigerant. If you get refrigerant in your eye, immedi-
ately flush your eyes with water for 15 minutes. Seek medical assistance immediately.
W0339A
WARNING
If you get refrigerant on your skin:
-Warm the area with your hand or lukewarm water, 32 - 38 °C (90 - 100 °F).
-Cover the area loosely with a bandage to protect the area and the prevent infection.
-Seek medical assistance immediately.
W0341A
WARNING
Explosion hazard!
Air-conditioning refrigerant boils at -12 °C (10 °F)!
-NEVER expose any part of the air-conditioning system to a direct flame or excessive heat.
-NEVER disconnect or disassemble any part of the air-conditioning system.
Discharging refrigerant gas into the atmosphere is illegal in many countries.
W0340A
Prior operation:
dures (E.40.D)
NOTICE: Some pictures may vary from the model A/C unit you are working on. The procedure is the same.
NOTICE: There are no repair procedures for the compressor or compressor clutch. If the clutch or compressor are
defective, replace them.
NOTICE: Refrigerant contamination has become an issue since the introduction of R134A as a replacement for R-12.
Contamination refers to a refrigerant blend and/or mixture of alternative refrigerants and R134A. Typically, R-12 sys-
tems which are in need of repair or recharge are suspect to refrigerant contamination due to the number of so called
“drop-in” replacements or substitutes for R134A. Systems designed for R134A may be at lower risk for contamination,
but precautions should be taken to prevent contamination of service equipment and/or other A/C systems.
NOTICE: A refrigerant identifier should be used to determine refrigerant contamination prior to recovery. Case rec-
ommends using the refrigerant identifier tool model OEM4450. If a refrigerant contamination level of 2 % or greater
is discovered, do not recover the system to a tank with pure R134A refrigerant. Recover only to a tank reserved for
contaminated refrigerant.
NOTE: Check with your local environmental agency for regulations on the proper disposition of contaminated refrig-
erant.
NOTE: In the United States, EPA regulations require that tanks of contaminated refrigerant be sent to a refrigerant
reclaimer for the contents to be purified or destroyed. Call 1-800-296-1996 to locate a reclaimer in your area. Recov-
ered refrigerant passes through an oil separator and a filter-drier before entering the refrigerant tank. The moisture
indicator will turn green when dry refrigerant passes over it.
1. Start the machine and run the engine at 1500 RPM.
If possible, operate the air conditioner for 15 min.
Adjust the temperature control to maximum cooling.
Temperature will be displayed on the LCD display.
Adjust the blower speed control to maximum blower
speed with the DEFOG switch ON.
84547569 01/12/2011
E.40.D / 26
2. Clean the external surfaces of the compressor and

hoses. Remove the caps (1) from the service ports
on the suction and pressure hoses.
RD06D005N 1
NOTE: The low pressure port will be the larger pipe/hose, and the high pressure port will be the smaller pipe/hose.
3. With the charging station manifold gauge valves in
the closed position, connect the hoses from the test
gauges to the service ports.
Connect the hose from the low pressure gauge to the
port on the suction hose (1). Turn in valve depressor.
Connect the hose from the high pressure gauge to
the port on the discharge hose (2). Turn in valve
depressor.
RD06D038N 2
4. Open the drain valve (1) to make sure that the oil
separator is drained prior to recovery. Oil may have
mistakenly been left in the recovery unit itself from
the previous service job. An oily mist will discharge
if the separator has been drained.
Check that the oil reservoir (2) has been drained prior
to recovery to avoid returning additional oil to the sys-
tem.
MK96C017N 3
A22111N 4
84547569 01/12/2011
E.40.D / 27
5. Open the high and low valves.
A22114N 5
6. Make certain the refrigerant tank gas and liquid

valves are open.
A22107N 6
7. Connect the main power plug to a 115 V AC outlet.

Move the main power switch to the ON position and
depress the recovery start switch.
The compressor will shut OFF automatically when
recovery is complete. Wait for 5 min and observe
the manifold pressure gauges for a pressure rise. If
pressure rises above 0 psi, depress the hold/cont
switch. Then wait for the compressor to automati-
cally shut OFF.
A22112N 7
8. Some recovery units require a manual air purge to re-

move non-condensables from the recovery tank. Re-
fer to the operator’s manual for your unit. Air purge
is automatic on an OEM-1415.
A22108N 8
84547569 01/12/2011
E.40.D / 28
9. Slowly open the oil drain valve and drain the oil into
the reservoir. When the oil stops draining, close the
oil drain valve completely.
MK96C017N 9
10. Record the amount of oil in the reservoir. This

amount of new oil should be added back to the sys-
tem. Dispose of any oil in the bottle in an appropriate
manner and return the bottle to the station.
A22111N 10
Next operation:
84547569 01/12/2011
E.40.D / 29

- Evacuate And Recharging - Air Conditioner System
WARNING
W0339A
WARNING
W0341A
Prior operation:
Replace the receiver-drier if one or more of the fol-

lowing conditions occurs before you remove the air
and moisture from the system:
• The system has been opened for service be-
fore.
• Receiver-drier has been operated two or more
years.
• Disassembly of compressor shows small par-
ticles of moisture removing material (gold or
brown particles).
• Large system leak (broken hose, break in line).
• Too much air or moisture in system.
• Removal of compressor caused the system to
be open (uncapped) longer than 5 min
NOTE: Some illustrations may vary from HVAC system to
system. The procedure however, is similar.
84547569 01/12/2011
E.40.D / 30
With the charging station manifold gauge valves in

the closed position, connect the hoses from the test
gauges to the service ports as follows:
1. Connect the hose from the low pressure gauge
to the port on the suction hose (larger hose) (1).
2. Connect the hose from the high pressure
gauge to the port on the discharge hose
(smaller hose) (2).
3. Turn in both thumbscrews to depress the ser-
vice valves.
4. Removal of air and moisture from the system is
necessary after the system has been opened
RD06D038N 1
for maintenance. Air enters the system when
the system is opened. Air has moisture that
must be removed to prevent damage to the
system components.
5. Air and moisture are removed from the system
by a vacuum pump. A vacuum pump is the only
equipment made to lower the pressure enough
to change the moisture to vapor that can be
removed from the system.
NOTE: Refer to the vacuum pump manufacturer’s user
manual for additional information.
6. Connect the main power plug to a 115 V AC
outlet. Move the main power switch to the ON
position (1), figure 2.. If program and vacuum
do not appear at the top of the display (2), fig-
ure 2, press the vacuum key (3) . Program a
minimum of 45 min and press the Enter key
(4) . The display will flash once indicating the
programmed data has been accepted.
A22113N 2
7. Fully open the low and high pressure valves (1)

and (2) .
A22114N 3
84547569 01/12/2011
E.40.D / 31
8. Open the red (vapor) and blue (liquid) valves

on the tank as shown.
A22107N 4
9. Press the “vacuum” key (1) . Automatic will

show on the display. Vacuum will appear on
the display and after a slight delay, the vac-
uum pump will start. The display will show
the amount of time programmed and begin a
countdown to zero. When the programmed
time has elapsed, an automatic hold occurs.
Check the low pressure gauge to see that the
A/C system maintains a 28 - 29-1/2 in of mer-
cury (Hg).
A22123N 5
NOTE: The low pressure gauge must not increase faster than one inch of mercury (Hg) in 15 min. If the system will
not hold vacuum, a leak exists that must be corrected before recharging can begin.
10. Press the “charge” key (1). PROGRAM and
CHARGE will appear on the display.
A22115N 6
11. Program 3.01 kg (6.64 lb) and press the en-

ter key as shown. The display will flash once
indicating the programmed data has been ac-
cepted.
A22113N 7
84547569 01/12/2011
E.40.D / 32
12. Press the “charge” key as shown, to begin re-

frigerant charging. Automatic and Charge will
appear on the display. The display shows the
programmed amount and counts down to zero
as charging proceeds. When charging is com-
pleted, the display shows CPL.
NOTE: Check the OEM equipment manual before perform-
ing Step 45 to avoid damaging recovery unit. Pressure
reading should be obtainable with valves closed. Damage
may occur if the machine is started with the valves acci-
dently open or if either or both valves are opened while the
A/C system is operating.
A22115N 8
13. Completely close the high and low pressure

manifold valves as shown.
A22114N 9
14. Observe the pressure gauge readings to deter-

mine that the correct amount of refrigerant has
entered the system. See chart on next page for
temperature and pressure variations. Check
lower louver temperature for proper cooling.
A22117N 10
15. Close any open valves (1) on the couplers and

carefully remove the gauge hoses from the
ports on the suction and discharge lines.
RD06D038N 11
84547569 01/12/2011
E.40.D / 33
16. Install the caps (1) on the service ports on the

suction and discharge lines.
RD06D005N 12
84547569 01/12/2011
E.40.D / 34
Air Conditioning Temperature/Pressure Chart

Ambient Normal Low Side Pressure Normal High Side Pressure Lower Louver Temps*
Temperature High Right Low Right High Right Low Right High Right Low Right
Hand Hand Hand Hand Hand Hand
21 °C (70 °F) 57 - 67 kPa (8 108 - 126 kPa 689 - 800 kPa 804 - 1000 kPa 11 °C (52 °F) 11 °C (52 °F)
- 10 psi) (16 - 18 psi) (100 - 116 psi) (117 - 145 psi)
27 °C (81 °F) 70 - 82 kPa (10 140 - 163 kPa 886 - 1030 kPa 1033 - 1241 14 °C (57 °F) 15 °C (59 °F)
- 12 psi) (20 - 24 psi) (129 - 149 psi) kPa (150 - 180
psi)
32 °C (90 °F) 89 - 104 kPa 172 - 200 kPa 1078 - 1253 1269 - 1475 17 °C (63 °F) 18 °C (64 °F)
(13 - 15 psi) (25 - 29 psi) kPa (156 - 182 kPa (184 - 214
psi) psi)
38 °C (100 °F) 102 - 119 kPa 204 - 237 kPa 1269 - 1475 1499 - 1742 19 °C (66 °F) 21 °C (70 °F)
(15 - 17 psi) (30 - 34 psi) kPa (184 - 214 kPa (217 - 253
psi) psi)
43 °C (109 °F) 121 - 141 kPa 236 - 274 kPa 1467 - 1705 1728 - 2009 22 °C (72 °F) 24 °C (75 °F)
(18 - 20 psi) (34 - 40 psi) kPa (213 - 247 kPa (251 - 291
psi) psi)
48 °C (118 °F) 134 - 156 kPa 274 - 319 kPa 1658 - 1927 1958 - 2275 25 °C (77 °F) 27 °C (81 °F)
(19 - 23 psi) (40 - 46 psi) kPa (240 - 279 kPa (284 - 330
psi) psi)
* Temperatures shown are highest normal temperatures

expected; actual lower louver temperatures may be cooler.
‡ System may cycle on and off at this ambient temperature.
The pressure-temperature chart is based on the fol-
lowing conditions:
• Engine operating at 1500 RPM.
• No engine load.
• Maximum blower speed.
• Doors open.
• Air conditioner temperature control switch set
to maximum cooling.
• Air conditioner control switch set to DEFOG
mode.
• Gauge readings taken 15 min after start up.
• Engine panels and rotor belt compartment door
in place.
• Heater valves (supply and return) closed at the
engine.
Next operation:
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Charging (E.40.D)
84547569 01/12/2011
E.40.D / 35

- Charging
WARNING
W0339A
DANGER
Avoid injury!
Observe ALL precautions listed below when servicing the air-conditioning system and handling re-
frigerant.
D0043A
Prior operation:
1. Press the “CHARGE” key (1). Program and Charge

will appear on the display.
RCPH07CCH014AAC 1
2. Program the proper refrigerant amount for your ma-

chine and press the “ENTER” key: All machines cov-
ered by this repair manual use 1.3 kg (2.87 lb) of re-
frigerant. The display will flash once indicating the
programmed data has been accepted.
RCPH07CCH011AAC 2
84547569 01/12/2011
E.40.D / 36
3. Press the “CHARGE” key (1) to begin refrigerant

charging. Automatic and Charge will appear on the
display. The display shows the programmed amount
and counts down to 0 (zero) as charging proceeds.
When charging is completed, the display shows “Cpl”
for complete.
NOTICE: Check the OEM equipment manual before per-
forming the next step to avoid damaging the recovery unit.
Pressure reading should be obtainable with valves closed.
Damage may occur if the machine is started with the valves
accidentally open or if either or both valves are opened
while the A/C system is operating.
RCPH07CCH014AAC 3
4. Completely close the high and low pressure manifold

valves (1) and (2).
RCPH07CCH007AAC 4
5. Start the machine and run the engine at 1500 RPM.

Operate the air conditioner system at maximum cool-
ing setting and blower speed with the door and ser-
vice door open. On automatic temperature control
systems, turn the Defog/defrost switch On.
6. On standard systems, turn the A/C switch On.
NOTE: The compressor does not operate if the system
pressure is too low or too high because the clutch is latched
off by the controller. Standard units blink the indicator
light on the A/C On/Off switch indicating a system pressure
problem. Automatic temperature control units generate a
fault code if the system pressure is to low or to high.
7. Observe the pressure gauge readings (as shown)
to determine that the correct amount of refrigerant
has entered the system. See ENVIRONMENT CON-
TROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning -
Evacuate And Recharging - Air Conditioner Sys-
tem (E.40.D) for temperature and pressure varia-
tions.
RCPH07CCH015AAC 5
84547569 01/12/2011
E.40.D / 37
8. Check louver temperature (as shown) for proper

cooling at the mid-cab vents.
RCPH07CCH016AAC 6
9. Close any open valves (1) on the couplers and care-

fully remove the gauge hoses from the ports on the
suction and discharge lines.
RD06D038N 7
10. Install the caps (1) on the service ports on the suction
and discharge lines.
RD06D005N 8
Next operation:
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Replace Air conditioning and heating
pipes (E.40.D)
84547569 01/12/2011
E.40.D / 38

- Replace Air conditioning and heating pipes
WARNING
W0339A
Removal
1. Disconnect the negative battery lead (1).
20113016 1
2. Recover the refrigerant from the system using the re-

covery/recycling station 294048 as described previ-
ously.
3. Drain off approximately . 3 l (3 US qt) of coolant from
the drain plug (1) on the engine block.
83113079 2
4. Remove the (front) two bolts (1) on the cab roof (one
on each side).
5. Remove the nuts (2) located on the middle of the cab
roof (one on each side).
83113059 3
84547569 01/12/2011
E.40.D / 39
6. Remove the light bar mounting bolts (1), two on each

side, on the rear of the cab roof.
83113050 4
7. Slowly, raise the cab roof 14 - 20 cm (6 - 8 in) in order

to access wiring harness assemblies.
8. Disconnect the antenna (1) wiring harness assembly
83113051 5
9. Disconnect the rear light bar wiring harness from un-

derneath the cab roof.
10. Disconnect the front wiper wiring harness.
11. WARNING
Avoid injury!
vice.
serious injury.
W1141A
Remove the cab roof as shown.
73117009 6
84547569 01/12/2011
E.40.D / 40
12. Remove plate fastening screws and take off the plate
(1).
83113080 7
13. Remove the air-conditioning assembly fastening

screws (1).
83113081 8
14. Remove the air-conditioning assembly inlet and out-

let pipes (1). Remove front retaining screws (2).
83113081 9
15. Remove heater pipe connections (1) and take off the
pipes.
83113083 10
84547569 01/12/2011
E.40.D / 41
16. Remove the bracket (1) that secures the pipe.
83113084 11
17. Remove all electrical connectors and take off the air-
conditioning assembly (1) completely.
83113085 12
18. The air-conditioning assembly is now as shown.
83113086 13
Installation
1. Connect all electrical connectors on the air-condition-
ing assembly (1).
83113085 14
84547569 01/12/2011
E.40.D / 42
2. Install the bracket (1) that secures the pipe.
83113084 15
3. Install the heater pipe connections (1) and install the

pipes.
83113083 16
4. Install front retaining screws (1) then attach the air-

conditioning assembly inlet and outlet pipes (2).
83113081 17
5. Install the air-conditioning assembly fastening

screws (1).
83113081 18
84547569 01/12/2011
E.40.D / 43
6. Install the plate (1) by installing the plate fastening

screws.
20113101 19
7. WARNING
Avoid injury!
vice.
serious injury.
W1141A
Position the cab roof over the cab in preparation for

installation as shown, leaving sufficient space to con-
nect applicable wiring connectors as described be-
low.
73117009 20
8. Connect the front wiper wiring harness.

9. Connect the rear light bar wiring harness from under-
neath the cab roof.
10. Connect the antenna (1) wiring harness assembly
83113051 21
11. After all wiring harness connections have been

made, slowly lower the cab roof into position, align-
ing the center studs with holes on the roof FIRST.
Screw the nuts onto the studs (finger tight), leaving
room for adjustment.
84547569 01/12/2011
E.40.D / 44
12. Align and install (finger tight) the light bar mounting
bolts (1), two on each side, on the rear of the cab
roof.
83113050 22
13. Align and Install (finger tight) the (front) two bolts (1)
on the cab roof (one on each side).
83113059 23
14. Tighten all (previously installed finger tight) bolts;

four on light bar assembly, two front bolts and two
center nuts, then replace the plastic caps on front
and center hardware.
15. Pour the previously drained coolant back into the ra-
diator.
16. WARNING
Battery gas can explode!
To prevent an explosion: 1. Always dis-
connect the negative (-) battery cable first.
2. Always connect the negative (-) battery
cable last. 3. Do not short circuit the bat-
tery posts with metal objects. 4. Do not
weld, grind, or smoke near a battery.
serious injury.
W0011A
Connect the negative battery lead (1).

20113016 24
84547569 01/12/2011
E.40.D / 45
17. Using drain plug (1) fill and then charge the air con-
ditioning system with CNH REFRIGERANT HFC-134A,
, using the evacuation/ charging station 380000315.
83113079 25
84547569 01/12/2011
E.40.D / 46
Compressor - Remove
WARNING
W0339A
WARNING
W0341A
1. Recover the refrigerant from the system using station

380000558 as described earlier.
2. Raise the hood.
3. Disconnect the negative battery lead (1)
20113016 1
4. Disconnect the flexible pipes from the compressor.

5. Remove the right-hand guard retaining screws (1).
83113095 2
84547569 01/12/2011
E.40.D / 47
6. Remove the two bolts (1) on the compressor belt ten-

sion arm.
83113096 3
7. Disconnect the earth lead (1) from the compressor.
83113097 4
8. Loosen the bolt (1) securing the compressor to the

engine and remove the drive belt from the pulleys.
83113098 5
9. Remove the compressor bolt (1) and then remove

the compressor.
83113099 6
Next operation:
Compressor - Install (E.40.D)
84547569 01/12/2011
E.40.D / 48
Compressor - Install
WARNING
W0341A
Prior operation:
Compressor - Remove (E.40.D)
1. Install the compressor by installing bolt (1).
83113099 1
2. Tighten bolt (1) securing the compressor to the en-

gine and install the drive belt on the pulleys.
83113098 2
3. Connect the earth lead (1) on the compressor.
83113097 3
84547569 01/12/2011
E.40.D / 49
4. Install the two bolts (1) on the compressor belt ten-

sion arm.
83113096 4
5. Install the right-hand guard retaining screws (1).
83113095 5
6. Connect the flexible pipes on the compressor.

7. Connect the negative battery lead (1)
20113016 6

9. Close the hood.
Next operation:
Compressor - Tension adjust Drive belt (E.40.D)
84547569 01/12/2011
E.40.D / 50
Compressor - Tension adjust Drive belt

DANGER
Spring under tension!
Before trying to remove the tension link nuts, make sure the trip compressor is securely in place. The
trip spring must be absolutely fixed into position.
D0055A
Prior operation:
Compressor - Install (E.40.D)
The tension and condition of the belt transmitting

drive from the engine to the compressor is particu-
larly important with regards to the correct operation
of the air conditioning system. The drive belt there-
fore requires careful attention as follows:
1. Fit the belt correctly.
2. Check the tension.
3. Check the condition of the belt.
Fitting the compressor drive belt

• When first fitted, the belt must not be forced,
pulled with a screwdriver, or rolled over the
edge of the pulley, as this would stretch the less
deformed fabric in the belt thus causing subse-
quent breakage of the other fabrics.
• When first fitted, the belt must be installed at a
greater tension than normal to compensate for
initial stretching during the running-in period.
The belt must therefore be checked again after
50 h of operation and adjusted to the normal
tension.
• This check is absolutely essential as if the belt
is too taut, in addition to damaging the pulley
bearings, it will cause premature fatigue of the
reinforcement fabrics and thus early deteriora-
tion.
• If on the contrary the belt is too slack, it will start
to slip and overheat, and it will therefore wear
out prematurely.
Checking compressor drive belt tension

• Check the tension only when the belt is cool (at
a temperature below 40 °C (104 °F).
• Check the tension by applying a load of 78 -
98 N (18 - 22 lb) to the center of the belt run
indicated in the figure: the belt should deflect
approximately 12 - 13 mm (0.5 - 0.5 in) as
shown.
83113100 1
84547569 01/12/2011
E.40.D / 51
Periodic checking of drive belt

When checking the tension, also check the amount
of drive belt wear. The main problems are as follows:
• Belt shiny: Smooth sides may slip on pulleys.
Corrective action may include adjusting the belt
to proper tension or replacement.
• Belt cracked: May break suddenly due to splits
on the inner surface caused by excessive flex-
ure. If cracks are excessive, the belt should be
replaced.
• Worn sides: With the sides worn or the inner
surface cracked, the belt can break at any mo-
ment. Belt should be replaced.
• Belt impregnated with grease : The belt will
wear more rapidly as the grease will cause
softening. This condition will be evidenced by
proper belt tension, yet belt extremely hot.
NOTE: If the belt squeaks when running, check the tension and adjust if necessary. If the noise continues, replace
the belt.
NOTE: If the belt has been stretched and it is not possible to tension it sufficiently, replace it.
Next operation:
Condenser - Replace (E.40.D)
84547569 01/12/2011
E.40.D / 52
Condenser - Replace
Removal
WARNING
W0339A
WARNING
W0341A
1. Disconnect the negative battery lead (1)
20113016 1

3. Detach the flexible refrigerant delivery and return
pipes (1) from the condenser.
4. Unscrew the wingnut securing the condenser.
83113092 2
84547569 01/12/2011
E.40.D / 53
5. For tractors equipped with front mudguards, remove

the screw (1) securing the top bracket of the con-
denser. For tractors without front mudguards, turn
the steering wheel to the full right- hand position
83113093 3
6. For tractors with front mudguards, remove the con-

denser group (1) with the top bracket. For tractors
without front mudguards, remove the con denser
from the right-hand side of the tractor.
83113094 4
Installation
1. Install the condenser (1) and the relative bracket,
then secure the condenser with the wingnut and the
bracket with the retaining screw (1), figure 6.
83113094 5
83113093 6
84547569 01/12/2011
E.40.D / 54
2. Connect the two flexible pipes (1) to the condenser.
83113092 7
3. Connect the negative battery lead. (1).
20113016 8
4. Evacuate the system then charge with R134A re-

frigerant, using the evacuation/charging station
380000558.
5. Close the hood.
84547569 01/12/2011
E.40.D / 55
Receiver/drier - Replace
Removal
WARNING
Avoid injury!
W1000B
WARNING
W0339A

2. Detach the exhaust pipe and raise the hood.
3. Disconnect the negative battery lead (1).
20113016 1
4. Disconnect the electrical connector (1) from the re-

ceiver-drier.
83113087 2
84547569 01/12/2011
E.40.D / 56
5. Detach the flexible pipe (1) connecting the con-

denser to the receiver-drier.
83113088 3
6. Detach the flexible pipe (1) connecting the receiver-

drier to the evaporator.
83113089 4
7. Remove the screw (1) securing the receiver-drier

band clamp.
83113090 5
8. Remove the complete receiver-dryer (1) as shown.
83113091 6
84547569 01/12/2011
E.40.D / 57
Installation
1. Replace the receiver-dryer in the support clamp as
shown.
83113091 7
2. Connect the flexible return and delivery pipe (1) to

the evaporator.
83113089 8
3. Connect the flexible return and delivery pipe (1) to

the condenser.
83113088 9
4. Connect the electrical connection (1) on the filter.
83113087 10
84547569 01/12/2011
E.40.D / 58
5. Connect the negative battery lead (1)
20113016 11
6. Evacuate the system then charge with R134A re-

frigerant, using the evacuation/charging station
380000558.
7. Attach the exhaust pipe and close the hood.
84547569 01/12/2011
E.40.D / 59

- Problem solving
OPERATION
Refer to ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Overview (E.40.D) for and
overview of the HVAC system. For a description on how the system works, refer to ENVIRONMENT CONTROL
Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Dynamic description (E.40.D).
TROUBLESHOOTING
THE SYSTEM DOES NOT Blown fuse Check fuses.
WORK
Compressor belt tension incorrect Check compressor drive belt tension.
Electrical wiring issue to clutch coil Check if the clutch coil is receiving power.
Insufficient ground Check that the ground contact is efficient
Faulty control devices Check the system control devices - relays,
wiring, thermostat, etc.
Faulty fittings or connections Visually check the condition of all fittings,
unions and pipes.
Electromagnetic clutch tolerance Check the clearance between the front
disk and the pulley of the electromagnetic
clutch.
84547569 01/12/2011
E.40.D / 60
Index
FRAME AND CAB - E
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - 40.D

Compressor - Capacity Oil type and quantity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Compressor - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Compressor - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Compressor - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Compressor - Tension adjust Drive belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Condenser - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Decontaminating - Complete circuit flushing
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Decontaminating - Component flushing 15
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Decontaminating - Post flushing procedures
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Evacuate And Recharging - Air Conditioner
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Overview Component identification/function-
ality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Problem solving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Recover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Replace Air conditioning and heating pipes
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Receiver/drier - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Ventilation system - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
84547569 01/12/2011
E.40.D / 61
PRINTED IN U.S.A.
84547569 01/12/2011
EN
SERVICE MANUAL
HITCH AND WORKING TOOL
TS6020
TS6030 HC
TS6030
84547569 01/12/2011
H
Contents
HITCH AND WORKING TOOL - H
HITCH Rear hitch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H.10.C

TS6020 , TS6030 HC , TS6030
84547569 01/12/2011
H
HITCH Rear hitch - 10.C
TS6020
TS6030 HC
TS6030
84547569 01/12/2011
H.10.C / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
HITCH Rear hitch

Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Control valve
Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
FUNCTIONAL DATA
HITCH Rear hitch

Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Cylinder
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
SERVICE
HITCH Rear hitch

Prepare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Cylinder
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
DIAGNOSTIC
Lift arm
Testing Excessive corrections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
84547569 01/12/2011
H.10.C / 2
HITCH AND WORKING TOOL - HITCH Rear hitch
HITCH Rear hitch - Torque

Component Torque settings – N m (lb ft or lb in)
Hydraulic lift cylinder to lift cover retaining bolts 224 - 271 N·m (165 - 200 lb ft)
Hydraulic lift cylinder safety valve 102 - 122 N·m (75 - 90 lb ft)
Hydraulic lift cover – Assembly to rear axle casing 136 - 170 N·m (100 - 125 lb ft)
Hydraulic lift arm retaining nuts 27 - 41 N·m (239 - 363 lb in)
Hydraulic lift filler plug 50 N·m (37 lb ft)
Control valve turnbuckle locknut 14 N·m (124 lb in)
Quadrant assembly to lift cover bolts 68 N·m (50 lb ft)
Selector lever adjuster rod locknut 12 N·m (106 lb in)
Lift lever adjuster rod locknut 12 N·m (106 lb in)
Draft control nut set screw 30 N·m (266 lb in)
Position control adjusting screw locknut 24 N·m (212 lb in)
Yoke retaining nut set screw 27 - 34 N·m (239 - 301 lb in)
Priority valve pack to lift cover retaining bolts 57 - 76 N·m (42 - 56 lb ft)
Detent shaft pivot coupling 7 N·m (62 lb in)
84547569 01/12/2011
H.10.C / 3
Control valve - Special tools

Tool part number Tool description
FNH02191 Control valve bushing installation and removal tool kit
FNH10090 Control valve bushing tool adapter
Dealer fabricated tools

Dealer fabricated tools are not provided, sold, or distributed from CNH America LLC. Use the following information as
a guide to fabricate tools used to make adjustments and test the tractor's hydraulic components.
Control valve depth gauge
NOTE: Previous tool part number FT8527 or FNH04654.
Use a piece of steel with a thickness of 3.0 mm (0.12

in) and the following dimensions to create the hydraulic
power lift control valve depth gauge tool.
• Dimension (A) = 20.0 mm (0.79 in)
• Dimension (B) = 11.7 mm (0.46 in)
• Dimension (C) = 12.0 mm (0.47 in)
RCPH10TTS011AAD 1
Control linkage rod and roller setting gauge

NOTE: Previous tool part number FNH00014.
Use a piece of steel with a thickness of 3.0 mm (0.12

in) and the following dimensions to create the control
linkage rod and roller setting gauge tool.
• Dimension (A) = 25.0 mm (0.98 in)
• Dimension (B) = 72.0 mm (2.83 in)
• Dimension (C) = 41.0 mm (1.61 in)
• Dimension (D) = 6.0 mm (0.24 in)
• Dimension (E) = 10.0 mm (0.39 in)
• Dimension (F) = 6.0 mm (0.24 in) RCPH10TTS010AAD 2
• Dimension (G) = 49.5 mm (1.95 in)

• Dimension (H) = 0.76 mm (0.03 in)
84547569 01/12/2011
H.10.C / 4
Control valve - General specification

Control valve sizes
Valve color Dimensions – mm (inch)
Orange 15.029 - 15.034 mm (0.5917 - 0.5919 in)
Green 15.034 - 15.039 mm (0.5919 - 0.5921 in)
Yellow 15.039 - 15.044 mm (0.5921 - 0.5923 in)
Blue 15.044 - 15.052 mm (0.5923 - 0.5926 in)
White 15.052 - 15.057 mm (0.5926 - 0.5928 in)
Control valve bushing sizes

Green / White 25.4 - 25.405 mm (1.0000 - 1.0002 in)
Orange 25.405 - 25.410 mm (1.0002 - 1.0004 in)
Green 25.410 - 25.415 mm (1.0004 - 1.0006 in)
Yellow 25.415 - 25.420 mm (1.0006 - 1.0008 in)
Blue 25.420 - 25.425 mm (1.0008 - 1.0010 in)
White 25.425 - 25.430 mm (1.0010 - 1.0012 in)
Blue / White 25.430 - 25.435 mm (1.0012 - 1.0014 in)
Auxiliary Service Control (ASC) valve sizes

Blue / White 15.8293 - 15.8369 mm (0.6232 - 0.6235 in)
White 15.8369 - 15.8445 mm (0.6235 - 0.6238 in)
Blue 15.8445 - 15.8521 mm (0.6238 - 0.6241 in)
Yellow 15.8521 - 15.8598 mm (0.6241 - 0.6244 in)
Green 15.8598 - 15.8674 mm (0.6244 - 0.6247 in)
84547569 01/12/2011
H.10.C / 5
HITCH Rear hitch - Dynamic description

Two distinct systems are incorporated when operating
the rear hitch lift arm and three point link:
• Draft Control
• Position Control
The control system selected depends on the type of im-

plement in use and the operating conditions.
A position/draft control lever operating in a quadrant on

the right-hand side of the operator's seat, provide control
of the hydraulic lift system.
Hydraulic control selector lever

The Draft control lever (1), operates in a slotted bracket
with formed notches to prevent accidental movement of
the lever. The lever clears the notches for moving, when
eased to the left.
RCIL10TTS001BAD 1
A decal adjacent to the Draft Control lever clearly identi-

fies the Draft and Position Control settings.
With the Draft Control lever in the forward notch (A), the
hydraulic system operates Draft Control in maximum sen-
sitivity. This is the most sensitive setting and variations
in soil density cause the hydraulic system to respond with
relatively large corrections. Moving the Draft Control lever
progressively away from the forward most notch , de-
creases draft control sensitivity. The rearmost notch (B)
positions the system in Position Control.
NOTICE: Always set the draft control lever to the rearmost
notch, when not operating the Draft Control, such as when
attaching equipment, transporting equipment, or with no
equipment attached.
Hydraulic Lift Control Lever

The hydraulic lift control lever (2), raises or lowers the
three-point linkage and implement to the required height
or working depth. Pushing the lift control lever forward
lowers the implement.
Pulling the lift control lever to the rear raises the imple-
ment. An adjustable stop (3) provides a means of return-
ing the lift control lever to the selected setting during use.
The stop can be bypassed by easing the lever to the right
until clear.
84547569 01/12/2011
H.10.C / 6
Principles of draft control

The Draft Control system manages the working depth of soil engaging implements to maintain an even pull on the
tractor, and to reduce wheel slippage.
When lowering a soil-engaging implement, e.g. a plow, into the ground, the draft forces (A) applied to the implement
tend to make the plow pivot at the point where it attaches to the lower links (B). Without the top link, the plow would
tip up (C). Due to the top link resistance, the plow stays level in the ground. This demonstrates compressive force (1)
acting on the top link against the tractor. The draft force will alter according to the depth of work and soil type.
When draft forces increase beyond selection, the compressive force on the top link (3) pushes the yoke (2) further
into the hydraulic lift cover, and the hydraulic system raises the implement until restoring the desired amount of draft.
When draft forces decrease below selection, the compressive force on the top link reduces, and the yoke moves out
from the top cover, and the hydraulic system responds by lowering the implement until restoring the desired amount
of draft
RCPH10TTS002FAD 2
Main forces applied by control linkage control
(1) Third point (compression) (A) Draft forces

(2) Lower arm (B) Pivot point of lower arm
(3) Draft control fork (C) Tumble force
84547569 01/12/2011
H.10.C / 7
Top Link Sensing and Three-Point Linkage

Draft forces applied to an implement, transmit mechani-
cally from a rocker (1) and control yoke (2), to the Draft
Control mechanism, via the top link (3) of the three-point
linkage. The hydraulic system responds by raising or low-
ering the implement, to restore and maintain uniform draft
loading.
RCPH10TTS069BAD 3
Draft control – Lowering

The draft control lever (11) connects to the control arm (9) by a clevis link. As the control lever moves downward, the
arm rises and aligns the control rod and roller assembly (5). The control rod and roller assembly attaches to the far
end of the lever arm. The top pivot point of the control link (4) connects to the draft control main spring plunger (1).
Downward movement of the lift control lever (10) moves the actuating lever (14) forward. The actuating lever pivots
about the control rod connector (8) and allows the control valve spring (7) to move the control valve spool rearward
into the lowering position.
The lowering action stops, when the implement draft compresses the draft control main spring (2) in a forward direction
enough to cause the main spring plunger to move the control link forward. This action causes the control rod to pivot
the actuating lever about the top attaching point. The actuating lever overcomes the rearward pressure of the control
valve spring and moves the control valve spool forward into the neutral position.
RCPH10TTS003FAD 4
Draft control – Lowering into work
84547569 01/12/2011
H.10.C / 8
Draft control – Raising

An increase in draft to the implement transmits through the yoke (3) to compress the draft control main spring (2),
moving the draft control main spring plunger (1) in a forward direction. The control rod and roller assembly (5) con-
nected to the plunger by the control link (4), pivots about the actuating lever (6). The actuating lever overcomes the
pressure of the control valve spring (7), and moves the control valve spool forward, into the raise position. As the
implement lifts, the draft forces acting on the yoke reduce, and the compression of the draft control main spring eases.
The control valve spring moves the control valve spool rearward, back into the neutral position.
A further decrease in draft reduces the draft control main spring compression and the pressure on the actuating lever.
The control valve spring extends and moves the control valve spool, rearward into the lowering position. As the
implement runs deeper, the draft increases and the control valve spool returns to the neutral position.
RCPH10TTS004FAD 5
Draft control – Raising
84547569 01/12/2011
H.10.C / 9
Draft control – Transport position

Pulling the draft control lever (10) to the top of the quadrant selects the transport position. The top of the actuating
lever (12) pivots rearwards about the control rod connector, which allows the control valve spring (7) to move the
control valve spool forward, into the raise position.
To limit the height of the implement, the piston skirt contacts a stop pin attached to the actuating lever, when reaching
the full raised position. The control valve spool moves rearward into the neutral position, stopping further movement
of the lift piston. The stop pin functions in both Draft and Position control.
Principles of position control

The system of Position control enables the working depth or height of an implement, relative to the tractor, to be preset
and maintained.
During Position control, the control rod and roller assembly (5) aligns with the lower end of the control link (4). With
the control rod and roller in this position, any variations in draft loading applied to the yoke (3) through the top link and
three-point linkage system will not alter the control rod and roller. Consequently, the actuating lever (12) and control
valve (7) remain unchanged unless movement of the draft control lever (10) occurs.
Moving of the lift control lever (11) pivots the control rod and repositions the control valve spool, to raise and lower
the implement as required.
As the lift arms move, the position control link (14) rides the position control cam (13), moving the control rod and
actuating lever. With the lift arms in the desired position, the actuating lever returns the control valve to neutral, which
stops further movement of the lift arms. Therefore, a direct relationship exists between the height of the lift arms and
the position of the draft control lever.
RCPH10TTS004FAD 6
Position control linkage operation
84547569 01/12/2011
H.10.C / 10
Cylinder - Overview
The hydraulic top cover (1) provides a base for mounting
the priority valve pack, brackets for the hydraulic lift con-
trol lever, draft control lever, and quadrant. In addition,
the cover houses the top link sensing and draft control
linkage system, hydraulic lift control linkage, lifting cylin-
der and arms, internal galleries, and covers the rear axle
center casing hydraulic reservoir (2).
The lift cylinder operates the lift arms to raise, lower and
transport an implement. The lift cylinder assembly con-
sists of a control valve, piston, exhaust valve, and a safety
valve.
Lift cylinder exhaust valve

RCPH10TTS004BAD 1
The spring-loaded exhaust valve, located in the lift cylin-
der, restricts the flow of exhaust oil from the lift cylinder,
thereby maintaining the rate of drop for controlled lower-
ing.
Lift cylinder safety valve

The spring-loaded lift cylinder safety valve, located in
the lift cylinder wall, protects the lift cylinder circuit from
overloading, such as, when transporting implements over
rough ground. The safety valve requires no servicing.
84547569 01/12/2011
H.10.C / 11
Hydraulic top cover
RCPH10TTS002GAD 2
(1) Selector brace (4) Control valve with brace and control roller.
(2) Selector arm (5) Lifting cylinder
(3) Control valve tensor (6) Position control brace
84547569 01/12/2011
H.10.C / 12
Cylinder - Exploded view

Lift cylinder component identification
RCPH10TTS005FAD 1
(1) Lifting piston (6) Detent plug (11) Deflector (diffuser)

(2) O-ring (7) O-ring (12) O-ring
(3) Stud bolts (8) Cylinder safety valve (13) Exhaust valve
(4) Ball (9) Seal ring (14) ASC (Auxiliary service control) valve
(5) Spring (10) Control valve sleeve (15) Lifting control valve
84547569 01/12/2011
H.10.C / 13
HITCH Rear hitch - Prepare

WARNING
Read and understand the SAFETY INFORMATION Section before you perform any maintenance, ser-
vice, or repairs. Read and understand the specific service procedures for the components you plan
to work with before you start servicing the machine.
W0138A
WARNING
Chemical hazard!
cals.
W0371A
WARNING
W0907A
CAUTION
C0014A


84547569 01/12/2011
H.10.C / 14
2. Lower the lift arms to their lowest position and take

off the top link (3) and rocker arm (1).
RCPH10TTS069BAD 1
3. Lower the draft control lever until notches (3) and

(4) are aligned. Tighten the 5/16 in UNC bolt (5)
securing the notch alignment.
RCPH10TTS002BAD 2
4. Clean the area around the hydraulic oil drain plug.

Remove the drain plug and allow the oil to drain into
an appropriate container.
rear axle housing.
RCPH09TTS028AAD 3

transfer case drain plug.
5. After the oil has drained install the drain plug.
RCPH09TTS040AAD 4
84547569 01/12/2011
H.10.C / 15

Next operation:
HITCH Rear hitch - Remove (H.10.C)
84547569 01/12/2011
H.10.C / 16
HITCH Rear hitch - Remove

WARNING
W0138A
WARNING
Chemical hazard!
cals.
W0371A
WARNING
W0907A
CAUTION
C0014A
Prior operation:
HITCH Rear hitch - Prepare (H.10.C)
1. Disconnect the control lever linkage (2) and (3) from

the hydraulic cover lever mechanism (1).
RCPH10TTS003BAD 1
2. Remove the remote valve from the hydraulic cover.

Refer to Remote valve - Remove (A.10.A) for de-
tails.
84547569 01/12/2011
H.10.C / 17
3. Disassemble the operator seat, PTO (lever, switch,

and mechanism) and parking brake.
A. Under the tractor operator platform disconnect
the rear electrical harness connection to the
seat connection. Remove the bolts securing
the seat base to the platform.
B. Disconnect the parking brake. Refer to PARK-
ING BRAKE Mechanical - Disassemble
(D.32.B) for details.
C. Disconnect the PTO lever, switch, mechanism
and spring support.
NOTE: Tractor's equipped with an engine mounted auxil-
iary hydraulic pump and/or hydraulic ram cylinder(s), dis-
connect the metallic pipe on the priority control valve front
port and the ram cylinder rod connection to the lifting arms.
4. Remove the seat, base plate, and bracket from the
operator platform.
5. If overhauling the lift cylinder loosen but do not re-
move the lift cylinder bolt hardware (1-4) before lift-
ing the hydraulic cover off the rear axle housing.
6. If necessary remove the control valve (priority control
valve) from the hydraulic cover. Refer to Control
valve - Remove (A.10.A) for details.
RCPH10TTS017BAD 2
7. Remove the bolt hardware from around the perimeter

of the hydraulic cover. With a suitable lifting device,
lift the hydraulic cover (1) and slide it rearward ex-
posing the rear axle housing (2).
NOTICE: Do not let the hydraulic cover assembly rest on
any of the internal components or controls.
RCPH10TTS004BAD 3
Next operation:
HITCH Rear hitch - Disassemble (H.10.C)
Next operation:
HITCH Rear hitch - Adjust (H.10.C)
84547569 01/12/2011
H.10.C / 18
HITCH Rear hitch - Disassemble

WARNING
W0138A
WARNING
Chemical hazard!
cals.
W0371A
WARNING
W0907A
CAUTION
C0014A
Prior operation:
1. Disconnect and remove the hydraulic lift control

valve tensor.
A. Fork pin (1)
B. Tensor (2)
C. Control valve (3)
D. Lever (brace part, roller, and control lever) (4)
RCPH10TTS006BAD 1
2. From the top of the hydraulic cover remove the lift

cylinder bolts.
3. Move lift arms to a raised position and carefully re-
move the lift cylinder from locating dowels.
NOTE: If overhauling the lift cylinder refer to Cylinder -
Disassemble (H.10.C) for details.
84547569 01/12/2011
H.10.C / 19
4. Disassemble the hydraulic control linkage support.
RCPH10TTS017FAD 2
Support linkage component identification
(1) Bolt (6) Support plate (11) Control brace and roller
(2) Nut (7) Roller and control brace axle (12) Washers (spacers)
(3) Washers (spacers) (8) Selector lever (13) Gasket
(4) Set screw (9) Open pin (14) Friction disc
(5) Draft and position control (10) Grommets (spacers) (15) Body
adjustment plate
84547569 01/12/2011
H.10.C / 20
5. Remove the control brace, roller and lever from the

cover.
RCPH10TTS018FAD 3
Control brace, roller, and lever components
(1) Shaft (3) Brace (5) Washer

(2) Lever (4) Brace and roller (6) Detent
84547569 01/12/2011
H.10.C / 21
6. Disassemble the selector brace and eccentric axle.
RCPH10TTS019FAD 4
Selector brace and eccentric axle components
(1) Sleeve (bushing) (6) Retaining ring (11) Cam

(2) Nut (7) Cam roller (12) Eccentric axle
(3) Brace (8) Spacer (13) Washer
(4) Retaining ring (9) Retaining ring
(5) Brace (10) Spacer
84547569 01/12/2011
H.10.C / 22
7. Disassemble the draft control main spring and

plunger.
RCPH10TTS020FAD 5
Draft control main spring and plunger
(1) Retaining ring (6) Retainer nut (11) Spring

(2) Plunger rod (7) Detent seal (12) Selector brace
(3) Washer (8) Fork (yoke) (13) Washer
(4) Spring (9) Set screw
(5) Washer (10) Support bracket
84547569 01/12/2011
H.10.C / 23
8. Remove the lifting arm components from both sides.
RCPH10TTS021FAD 6
Lifting arm components
(1) Lift arm (3) Bolt (5) Thrust washer

(2) Locking washer (4) Washer
84547569 01/12/2011
H.10.C / 24
9. Remove the transverse axle and components.
RCPH10TTS012FAD 7
Lifting arm transverse axle components
(1) Bushing (sleeve) (4) Transverse axle (7) Bushing (sleeve)

(2) Bushing (sleeve) (5) Piston rod and arm assembly (8) Detent seal
(3) Detent seal (6) Bushing (sleeve)
Next operation:
HITCH Rear hitch - Assemble (H.10.C)
84547569 01/12/2011
H.10.C / 25
HITCH Rear hitch - Assemble

WARNING
W0138A
WARNING
Chemical hazard!
cals.
W0371A
WARNING
W0907A
CAUTION
C0014A
Prior operation:
Before assembly, note the following:

• Replace any worn or damaged components.
• Before installation of the cross shaft, coat the
shaft and lip seals with grease.
• The following torque procedure must be ob-
served when tightening the lift arm retaining
bolts. Refer to figure 1.
• Install the lift arms and tighten the left hand arm
retaining bolt to a torque of 27 - 40 N·m (20 -
30 lb ft). Lock the bolt in position with the tab
washer.
• Raise both lift arms and tighten the right hand
arm retaining bolt sufficiently to allow the arms
to lower under their own weight. Lock the bolt
in position with the tab washer.
NOTICE: Do not over tighten bolts as damage to the cross
shaft seals will occur.
1. Install the transverse axle and components.
84547569 01/12/2011
H.10.C / 26
RCPH10TTS012FAD 1
Lifting arm transverse axle components
(1) Bushing (sleeve) (4) Transverse axle (7) Bushing (sleeve)

(2) Bushing (sleeve) (5) Piston rod and arm assembly (8) Detent seal
(3) Detent seal (6) Bushing (sleeve)
84547569 01/12/2011
H.10.C / 27
2. Install the lifting arm components from both sides.
RCPH10TTS021FAD 2
Lifting arm components
(1) Lift arm (3) Bolt (5) Thrust washer

(2) Locking washer (4) Washer
84547569 01/12/2011
H.10.C / 28
3. Assemble the draft control main spring and plunger.
RCPH10TTS020FAD 3
Draft control main spring and plunger
(1) Retaining ring (6) Retainer nut (11) Spring

(2) Plunger rod (7) Detent seal (12) Selector brace
(3) Washer (8) Fork (yoke) (13) Washer
(4) Spring (9) Set screw
(5) Washer (10) Support bracket
84547569 01/12/2011
H.10.C / 29
4. Assemble the selector brace and eccentric axle.
RCPH10TTS019FAD 4
Selector brace and eccentric axle components
(1) Sleeve (bushing) (6) Retaining ring (11) Cam

(2) Nut (7) Cam roller (12) Eccentric axle
(3) Brace (8) Spacer (13) Washer
(4) Retaining ring (9) Retaining ring
(5) Brace (10) Spacer
84547569 01/12/2011
H.10.C / 30
5. Install the control brace, roller and lever from the

cover.
RCPH10TTS018FAD 5
Control brace, roller, and lever components
(1) Shaft (3) Brace (5) Washer

(2) Lever (4) Brace and roller (6) Detent
84547569 01/12/2011
H.10.C / 31
6. Assemble the hydraulic control linkage support.
RCPH10TTS017FAD 6
Support linkage component identification
(1) Bolt (6) Support plate (11) Control brace and roller
(2) Nut (7) Roller and control brace axle (12) Washers (spacers)
(3) Washers (spacers) (8) Selector lever (13) Gasket
(4) Set screw (9) Open pin (14) Friction disc
(5) Draft and position control (10) Grommets (spacers) (15) Body
adjustment plate
84547569 01/12/2011
H.10.C / 32
7. Move lift arms to a lowered position and carefully

install the lift cylinder from locating dowels.
NOTE: If overhauling the lift cylinder refer to Cylinder -
Disassemble (H.10.C) for details.
8. From the top of the hydraulic cover, install the lift
cylinder bolts.
9. Install and connect the hydraulic lift control valve ten-
sor.
A. Fork pin (1)
B. Tensor (2)
C. Control valve (3)
D. Lever (brace part, roller, and control lever) (4)
RCPH10TTS006BAD 7
Next operation:
HITCH Rear hitch - Install (H.10.C)
84547569 01/12/2011
H.10.C / 33
HITCH Rear hitch - Adjust

WARNING
Spring under tension!
Compressed springs have potentially dangerous stored energy. Always assemble and disassemble
properly.
W0356A
CAUTION
Pinch hazard!
C0044A
Prior operation:
Adjustment and inspection setup

1. Position the hydraulic lift cover assembly on a sup-
port with the internal linkage facing upwards (as long
as the priority valve pack is removed from the top of
the cover), or vertically in a vice with the main draft
spring end upward.
2. Ensure the assembly is not resting on the external
control selector levers and the lift arms must move
freely.
Internal control linkage inspection

1. Move the draft/position control lever (2) and the lift
control lever into random positions.
RCPH10TTS077BAD 1
84547569 01/12/2011
H.10.C / 34
2. At each setting manually move the lift arms (1) up-

ward (lower position) and downward (raised posi-
tion).
3. When moving the lift arm check the internal linkage
[cam roller (1), over travel spring (2), pivot block (3),
and control valve spool (4)] for binding or other de-
fects. Replace worn or damaged components.
RCPH10TTS076BAD 2
4. Place the lift arms (1) in the raised position (perpen-

dicular with the top cover on the support). Rotate
the lift control lever (2) counterclockwise to the fully
raised position (lever at top of quadrant). This moves
the control valve (3) spool inwards.
RCPH10TTS077BAD 3
5. Rotate the draft/position selector lever back and forth

while observing the travel of the roller (1) across the
cam (2).
6. The roller must move square and parallel (2) with the
cam and not at an angle (1) across the cam.
RCPH10TTS014BAD 4
84547569 01/12/2011
H.10.C / 35
7. If necessary, place shims on the roller linkage (1)

to center the roller (2) horizontally on the cam (3).
(This may require 4 – 6 shims). Do not over-shim or
eliminate all lateral movement.
8. Replace any worn components, and proceed with the
hydraulic lift internal control linkage adjustments.
NOTICE: To ensure the proper operation of the hydraulic
lift perform the following adjustment procedures (Main Draft
Spring, Draft Control Linkage, Position Control Linkage) in
sequence.
RCPH10TTS078BAD 5
Main draft spring adjustment

1. Move the hydraulic lift arms (3) to the fully raised po-
sition (perpendicular to the top cover on the support).
2. Rotate the lift/lower control lever (4) and the draft/
position selector lever (5) until the rod and roller (2)
do not touch the cam (1). Ensure there is no tension
on the control valve spool and spring (6). Check that
the linkage is free to move.
• Move the draft/position selector lever in the full
position setting.
• Move the lift/lower control lever in the full low-
ered setting.
RCPH10TTS084BAD 6
3. Unscrew the yoke (6) from the plunger (2) and the
top cover (1) to remove any previous preload.
4. Loosen the retainer nut setscrew (8) and turn the
retainer nut (9) counterclockwise to create free-play
in the main draft spring (4).
Turn the retainer nut clockwise until free-play is elim-
inated (evident by feeling spring resistance).
RCPH10TTS083BAD 7
5. Screw the yoke (1) onto the plunger (should feel

spring resistance). Turn the yoke the least amount
necessary to position the hole in the yoke so it will
be vertical when the hydraulic cover is reinstalled.
RCPH10TTS004AAD 8
84547569 01/12/2011
H.10.C / 36
6. Verify the elimination of free-play with a screwdriver

(3) by prying on the main draft spring through the
access hole (2).
7. Tighten the retainer nut setscrew (1) to a torque of
27 - 34 N·m (20 - 25 lb ft).
RCPH10TTS082BAD 9
Draft control linkage adjustment

NOTE: Ensure the correct adjustment of the main draft spring is achieved before adjusting the draft control internal
linkage. Refer to Control valve - Special tools (H.10.C) for tool requirements.
1. Move the lift arms (2) to the fully lowered position
(parallel with the top cover on the support).
2. At the control lever side, check that the eccentric pin
(1) rotated so lobe on inside of assembly points into
the top of the assembly. If necessary, loosen the nuts
on (1) and adjust the pin to obtain this position.
NOTE: To ensure the hydraulic lift cylinder piston reaches
the fully lowered position, remove the cylinder safety valve.
Replace the safety valve after obtaining the fully lowered
position.
RCPH10TTS081BAD 10
3. Place the position of the draft/position control adjust-

ment plate (3) in draft control and move the lift lever
until the notch on the body (2) is 1 mm (0.04 in) be-
fore the draft control notch (5) on the support.
4. Check for over-compression of the rod and roller
over-travel spring (1), which is evident when a gap
exists between the rod and roller pivot block and the
washer. If the rod and roller spring is over-com-
pressed, adjust the control valve spool turnbuckle
(4).
RCPH10TTS080BAD 11
84547569 01/12/2011
H.10.C / 37
5. Gradually move the draft/position control lever (1),

observing the control valve spool moves approxi-
mately 2 mm (0.079 in) into the control valve body
(2).
6. Hand tighten the nut (3) on the adjustment plate to
temporarily secure this position.
RCPH10TTS021BAD 12
7. Move the lift arms (1) between the raised position

(perpendicular with the top cover) and the lowered
position (parallel with the top cover) while observing
for movement of the control valve spool (2), [entering
valve body when raising and exiting valve body when
lowering].
• If the spool does not move, torque the nut (pre-
viously hand-tightened) to a torque of 20 - 29
N·m (15 - 21 lb ft).
• If the spool moves, gradually continue the
process of resetting the draft/position adjust-
ment plate until no further movement of the
spool exists.
RCPH10TTS077BAD 13
8. Place the lift arms in the lowered position (parallel

with the top cover).
9. Check that the rod (4) and roller (2) sits 48.5 - 50.5
mm (1.91 - 1.99 in) deep into the top cover with the
control linkage rod and roller setting gauge tool (3).
Place the edge of the handle flush with the machined
surface of the top cover, measure down to the diago-
nal leg of the gauge tool dimension H 0.76 mm (0.03
in).
NOTE: If the rod and roller is not within specification, repeat
the Draft Control Linkage Adjustment from the beginning.
RCPH10TTS022AAD 14
84547569 01/12/2011
H.10.C / 38
10. With a scribe or similar tool, make a notch (1) in line

with the draft control mark and the adjustment plate
(2).
RCPH10TTS024BAD 15
11. Remove the control valve faceplate on the opposite

end of the control valve spool.
12. Place the control valve depth gauge (1) into the end
of the control valve bushing (2).
RCPH09TTS269AAD 16
13. Check that the control valve spool (1) just touches the
depth gauge – measured 11.7 mm (0.46 in) from the
edge of the bushing (2) – dimension (A). If necessary,
adjust the control valve spool turnbuckle until the end
barely touches the gauge.
Apply thread sealant to the turnbuckle threads and
tighten lock nut to a torque of 163 N·m (120.2 lb ft).
RCPH09TTS270AAD 17
Position control linkage adjustment

NOTE: Ensure the correct adjustment of the main draft spring and the draft control linkage is achieved before adjusting
the position control internal linkage. Refer to Control valve - Special tools (H.10.C) for tool requirements.
84547569 01/12/2011
H.10.C / 39
1. Move the lift arms (2) to the fully lowered position

(parallel with the top cover on the support).
RCPH10TTS081BAD 18
2. Move the lift lever until the body notch (2) is 1 mm

(0.039 in) left of the notch (1) on the position control
support.
RCPH10TTS021AAD 19
3. Loosen the nut and move the draft/position control

notch (2) in the adjustment plate and align it with
the notched (1) made with the ripper during the draft
control linkage adjustment procedure. Tighten the
bolt (3).
RCPH10TTS026BAD 20
4. Place the edge of the handle flush with the machined

surface of the top cover (3), measure down to the
diagonal leg of the gauge tool. Check the rod (4) and
roller (2) sits 0.76 mm (0.03 in) out of the top cover
with the control linkage rod and roller setting gauge
tool.
NOTE: If the rod and roller is not within specification, repeat
the Draft Control Linkage Adjustment from the beginning
and the position control linkage. If the measurement is
correct proceed with the adjustment procedure.
RCPH10TTS087BAD 21
84547569 01/12/2011
H.10.C / 40
5. Remove the control valve faceplate on the opposite

end of the control valve spool.
6. 26. Place the control valve depth gauge (1) into the
end of the control valve bushing (2).
RCPH09TTS269AAD 22
7. Check that the control valve spool (1) just touches the
depth gauge – measured 11.7 mm (0.46 in) from the
edge of the bushing (2) – dimension (A). If necessary,
adjust the control valve spool turnbuckle until the end
barely touches the gauge.
Apply thread sealant to the turnbuckle threads and
tighten lock nut to a torque of 163 N·m (120.2 lb ft).
RCPH09TTS270AAD 23
8. If necessary, adjust the control valve spool by loos-

ening the lock nut (1) and rotating the eccentric axle
until the end barely touches the gauge.
Tighten the lock nut to a torque of 20 - 27 N·m (15 -
20 lb ft).
RCPH10TTS081BAD 24
Next operation:
HITCH Rear hitch - Install (H.10.C)
84547569 01/12/2011
H.10.C / 41
HITCH Rear hitch - Install

WARNING
W0138A
WARNING
Chemical hazard!
cals.
W0371A
WARNING
W0907A
CAUTION
C0014A
Prior operation:
Before installation, note the following:

• Replace any worn or damaged components.
• Before installing the hydraulic top cover, apply
a thin bead of a suitable gasket sealer to both
sides of the new cover gasket. The bead must
continue around the entire face of the gasket to
a thickness of 1 mm (0.04 in)
• Tighten top cover bolts to a torque of 136 - 170
N·m (100 - 125 lb ft)
• Manually raise lift arms (engine not running and
check that the arms fall slowly under their own
weight.
• Raise both lift arms and tighten the right hand
arm retaining bolt sufficiently to allow the arms
to lower under their own weight. Lock the bolt
in position with the tab washer.
NOTICE: Do not over tighten bolts as damage to the cross
shaft seals will occur.
84547569 01/12/2011
H.10.C / 42
1. Install the bolt hardware onto the perimeter of the

hydraulic cover. With a suitable lifting device, lift the
hydraulic cover (1) into place, covering the rear axle
housing (2).
NOTICE: Do not let the hydraulic cover assembly rest on
any of the internal components or controls.
2. If necessary install the control valve (priority control
valve) to the hydraulic cover. Refer to Control valve
- Remove (A.10.A) for details.
RCPH10TTS004BAD 1
3. If overhauling the lift cylinder was necessary, install

the lift cylinder bolt hardware (1-4) before lifting the
hydraulic cover onto the rear axle housing.
RCPH10TTS017BAD 2
4. Install the seat, base plate, and bracket onto the op-
erator platform.
5. Connect the control lever linkage (2) and (3) to the
hydraulic cover lever mechanism (1).
RCPH10TTS003BAD 3
84547569 01/12/2011
H.10.C / 43
6. Assemble the operator seat, PTO (lever, switch, and

mechanism) and parking brake.
A. Under the tractor operator platform, connect
the rear electrical harness connection to the
seat connection. Install the bolts securing the
seat base to the platform.
B. Connect the parking brake. Refer to PARKING
BRAKE Mechanical - Disassemble (D.32.B)
for details.
C. Connect the PTO lever, switch, mechanism
and spring support.
NOTE: For tractor's equipped with an engine mounted aux-
iliary hydraulic pump and/or hydraulic ram cylinder(s), con-
nect the metallic pipe on the priority control valve front port
and the ram cylinder rod connection to the lifting arms.
7. Install the remote valve to the hydraulic cover. Refer
to Remote valve - Remove (A.10.A) for details.
8. Refill the hydraulic oil system, operate tractor hy-
draulic system and refill as required.
84547569 01/12/2011
H.10.C / 44
Cylinder - Disassemble
WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
Prior operation:
NOTE: When disassembling the cylinder, lay components out in the order of removal to facilitate a quick and easy
1. Disassemble the lift cylinder with reference to the
Cylinder - Exploded view (H.10.C).
2. Insert a suitable tool (soft metal rod) through the
safety valve bore to eject the lift cylinder piston.
NOTE: The lift cylinder safety valve is not serviceable.
3. Disassemble the control valve.
RCPH10TTS007BAD 1
Next operation:
Cylinder - Overhaul (H.10.C)
84547569 01/12/2011
H.10.C / 45
Cylinder - Overhaul
WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
CAUTION
Pinch hazard!
C0044A
Prior operation:
Cylinder - Disassemble (H.10.C)
1. Wash all parts in suitable cleaning agent and allow

the parts to dry.
2. Check oil passages for obstructions.
3. Examine valves and bore for wear, burrs or
scratches. Remove minor damage to valve with fine
abrasive.
4. If the control valve bushing requires replacement re-
move the bushing using a suitable tool (1).
The control valve bushing is color coded and the orig-
inal size as fitted by the factory is indicated by a color
spot on the cylinder casting adjacent to the control
valve bore. Always install a new bushing with the
same color code markings.
When replacing the bushing, the bushing should be
lubricated and drawn through the bore.
RCPH10TTS086BAD 1
5. When the bush contacts the inner face of the guide,

remove guide and continue to draw bush through the
bore until the face of bush protrudes 2.54 - 2.62 mm
(0.100 - 0.103 in), beyond the rear face of the lift
cylinder (A).
6. Ensure valves are thoroughly washed before assem-
bly and move freely in bores. Heavy scoring of the
ASC valve bore necessitates replacement of lift cylin-
der.
RCPH10TTS008BAD 2
84547569 01/12/2011
H.10.C / 46
7. When installing a new lift cylinder, select largest con-

trol valve and ASC valve spools, which when lightly
lubricated, will operate in bore without binding when
turned through 360 ° and operated over full length of
stroke.
NOTE: The control valve bushing and ASC valve bores
are color coded as a guide for matching the valve to the
bore. To obtain an optimum fit lap with proprietary brand of
metal polish. Ensure all traces of polish are washed away
and dry components before assembly. For valve sizes re-
fer to Control valve - General specification (H.10.C) for
details.
8. If arm (2), piston rod (3) or retaining pins (1) and (4)
are worn, separate rod and arm assembly. The pins
are an interference fit into the arm, to remove pins
use a suitable lever between rod and end face of pin.
RCPH10TTS010BAD 3
Next operation:
Cylinder - Assemble (H.10.C)
84547569 01/12/2011
H.10.C / 47
Cylinder - Assemble
WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
Prior operation:
Cylinder - Overhaul (H.10.C)
NOTE: Assembly follows the disassembly procedures in reverse, with the following requirements.
1. Replace all O-rings and seals.
2. Install the O-ring (1) and backup seal (2) onto the
lifting piston (3).
RCPH10TTS085BAD 1
3. To aid installation of piston (3) into lift cylinder and

prevent damage to the piston seals, manufacture a
guide to the dimensions.
RCPH10TTS088BAD 2
(A) = 105 mm (4.134 in)

(B) = 134 mm (5.276 in)
(C) = 3 mm (0.118 in)
(D) = 40 mm (1.575 in)
(E) = 155 mm (6.102 in)
84547569 01/12/2011
H.10.C / 48
4. Install piston (1) into cylinder (3) using guide (2). Use
a piston ring compressor if no guide is available and
the piston is difficult to install.
RCPH10TTS013BAD 3
Next operation:
Cylinder - Install (H.10.C)
84547569 01/12/2011
H.10.C / 49
Cylinder - Install
Prior operation:
Cylinder - Assemble (H.10.C)
NOTE: The lift cylinder is an assembly of the hydraulic lift top cover; therefore refer to the HITCH Rear hitch - As-
semble (H.10.C) section for more complete installation instructions.
Ensure the lift cylinder retaining bolts are installed in the
correct locations and torqued to 224 - 271 N·m (165 - 200
lb ft)
RCPH10TTS017BAD 1
(1) = 76 mm (3.0 in)

(2) = 64 mm (2.5 in)
(3) = 57 mm (2.2 in)
(4) = 76 mm (3.0 in)
84547569 01/12/2011
H.10.C / 50
Lift arm - Testing Excessive corrections

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)
1 Condition Result Result
Check Arms do not lower Arms do lower
Raise the implement to the maxi- Action Action
mum and stop the engine A hydraulic fault does not occur A hydraulic fault does not occur
Examine if the internal linkage is Examine if the internal linkage is
blocked or damaged Examine spe- blocked or damaged Examine spe-
cially: Dial support Control roller and cially: Dial support Control roller and
rod rod
84547569 01/12/2011
H.10.C / 51
Index

Control valve - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Control valve - Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Cylinder - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Cylinder - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Cylinder - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Cylinder - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Cylinder - Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Cylinder - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
HITCH Rear hitch - Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
HITCH Rear hitch - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
HITCH Rear hitch - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
HITCH Rear hitch - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
HITCH Rear hitch - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
HITCH Rear hitch - Prepare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
HITCH Rear hitch - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
HITCH Rear hitch - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Lift arm - Testing Excessive corrections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
84547569 01/12/2011
H.10.C / 52
84547569 01/12/2011
H.10.C / 53
PRINTED IN U.S.A.
84547569 01/12/2011
EN
SPECIAL TOOL INDEX
Genuine IU PAGE
FNH00705 [Straight Fitting PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Special tools A.10.A / 6
- 7/16-20 UNF 37° x 1/4 F
NPTF]
FNH02028 [Pressure PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Special tools A.10.A / 6
Gauge, 0-5000 PSI w/Male
Disconnect]
380000583 [Tool For The PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Special tools A.10.A / 6
Installation Of The Swing Axle
Housing Universal Joint Seal ]
380000558 [ Vacuum / Charge Cab - Remove E.34.A / 4
Portable System]
380000558 [ Vacuum / Charge Cab - Install E.34.A / 12
Portable System]
380000315 [Recovery ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and E.40.D / 46
And Rrecharge Portable air-conditioning - Replace Air conditioning and heating pipes
System (For Discharging
And Recovering Of The
Refrigerant)]
380000558 [ Vacuum / Charge Compressor - Remove E.40.D / 47
Portable System]
380000558 [ Vacuum / Charge Compressor - Install E.40.D / 50
Portable System]
380000558 [ Vacuum / Charge Condenser - Replace E.40.D / 53
Portable System]
380000558 [ Vacuum / Charge Condenser - Replace E.40.D / 55
Portable System]
380000558 [ Vacuum / Charge Receiver/drier - Replace E.40.D / 56
Portable System]
380000558 [ Vacuum / Charge Receiver/drier - Replace E.40.D / 59
Portable System]
OEM IU PAGE
OEM1459 [Pressure gauge PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Special tools A.10.A / 6
0-40 bar (0 - 600 psi).]
OEM4450 [Refrigerant ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and E.40.D / 14
Identifier This tool is used to air-conditioning - Test
measure the purity of R134A
refrigerant.]
OEM4450 [Refrigerant ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and E.40.D / 26
Identifier This tool is used to air-conditioning - Recover
measure the purity of R134A
refrigerant.]
01/12/2011
55
PRINTED IN U.S.A.
84547569 01/12/2011
EN

84547569-New Holland TS6020 TS6030 TS6030HC Tractor

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

You might also like

84547569-New Holland TS6020 TS6030 TS6030HC Tractor

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

84547569-New Holland TS6020 TS6030 TS6030HC Tractor

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

SERVICE MANUAL

TS6020 / TS6030 / TS6030HC

Part number 84547569

ENGINE AND PTO IN ................................................................... B

TRANSMISSION, DRIVE AND PTO OUT ........................................ C

AXLES, BRAKES AND STEERING................................................. D

STEERING Hydraulic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.20.C

SERVICE BRAKE Mechanical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.30.B

FRAME AND CAB ........................................................................ E

HITCH AND WORKING TOOL ....................................................... H

Foreword - Ecology and the environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

Foreword - Ecology and the environment

Alternator Keep alive Transmission Draft

Automatic Turn signals Slow or Implement

Engine speed Turn signals Fast or high %age

FWD Hitch dis-

Brake fluid Hazard Remote

Stop Trailer Variable Remote

FAILURE TO FOLLOW DANGER, WARNING, AND CAUTION MESSAGES COULD RESULT

Safety rules - Personal safety

• Disengage all clutching levers or switches.

6. Always keep the machine in gear while travelling downhill.

A. (1) Do not operate.

Check local legislation on the usage of this machine.

Ensure to close or replace all guards before operating the machine.

General and operating safety

Hydraulic system safety

Do not weld hydraulic piping.

When flexible hoses or piping are damaged, replace them immediately.

It is forbidden to modify a hydraulic accumulator by machining, welding or any other means.

Danger of death by electrocution!

Diesel fuel safety

The essential precautions listed below must be observed:

Fire and explosion prevention

Wheels and tires

The wheel nut torque is given in SPECIFICATIONS.

Basic instructions - Important notice regarding equipment servicing

Torque - Minimum tightening torques for normal assembly

METRIC FLANGED HARDWARE

Metric Hex head and carriage bolts, classes 5.6 and up

Metric Hex nuts and locknuts, classes 05 and up

INCH NON-FLANGED HARDWARE

INCH FLANGED HARDWARE

Inch Bolts and free-spinning nuts

SAE Grade Identification

Inch Lock Nuts, All Metal (Three optional methods)

Torque - Standard torque data for hydraulics

1. Lubricate the O-ring by coating it with a light oil or

STANDARD TORQUE DATA FOR HYDRAULIC TUBES AND FITTINGS

PIPE THREAD FITTING TORQUE PIPE THREAD FITTING

INSTALLATION OF ORFS (O-RING FLAT

The use of proper oils, grease, and keeping the hydraulic

Basic instructions - Chain Wear Tables - Roller Chains

Critical dimensions of the chain are as follows:

Elongation is normal and may be minimized by proper

WEAR LIMITS ON ROLLER CHAIN

STANDARD ROLLER CHAIN SIZES - NEW CHAINS

* No. 150 Number does not exist.